SRS eens as EN OATS, Ces as 25! eee |; os Beet ent er * 7; a mt tos 29 feonven, PAN ines, : Zz 8 POR Hin sersnsn pon > iomonaege parecer: #8 Rave! amelie. eee lee " -- el tem = 1 t2 TRANSACTIONS OF THE LITERARY AND HISTORICAL SOCIETY OF cAn ot poe be oe QUEBEC : Va FOUNDED, JANUARY 6, 1824. QUEBEC : PRINTED FOR THE LITERARY AND HISTORICAL SOCIETY ; BY FRANCOIS LEMAITRE, STAR OFFICE. 1829. ra HID Ox 2 naam. co) cadeatig: here BHRUEAL CUCKUGT an ie Sts ti ‘FAA SRT ‘HOB. oa re 7 ang ass f " OW Aaya puRRL . oT TABLE OF CONTENTS. +> PAGE. List of Officers of the Literary and Historical Society of Quebec and Preface, Inaugural Address...........- ececccceccnn Ih tO Exxvi On the Geology of Lake Superior, by Commander meee es ype, Te Noon. se a dens ce cenaves | On Colouring Materials produced in Canada, ‘by arts GCC y TSG ss ah wia'n 2 G2 <'+ Rove ces nin'« 43 On Meteorological Phenomena observed in Canada, by Captain Paagecile, PEs ise! pseinwc. 47 Notes on the Saguenay Country, by A |. Stuart, Esq. 52 Observations on a few of the Rocks aud Minerals of Upper Canada, by Captain Bonnycastle, R. E.. 62 On the Geology of a portion of the Labrador Coast, by Lieutenant Baddeley, R. E............... 71 On the Geognosy of a part of the Saguenay Country, 79 On the Ancient Etruscans Tyrrhenians or Tuscans, by A. Stuart, Esq....... aie hissy e yar ite ae sisio o's 167 Notes on the Country about the Falls of Montmo- penn, by Wim, Groen, Esq sie cis sieinescacece si 181 On the Recent Shells which characterise Quebec and its environs, by Mrs. Sheppard of Woodfield, 188 Journey across the Continent of North America, by an Indian Chief, from Mr. Le Page du Pratz, com- municated by A. Stuart, Esq.........+.-+--- 198 Observations on the American Plants, described 5, Charlevoix, by William Sheppard, Esq.. 218 Observations on the Myrtus Cerifera or Myrtle- -wax Shrub, compiled by W. Green, Esq... ....... 231 Catalogue of Remarkable Coincidences inducing 3 a belief of the Asiatic Origin of the North American Indians, by Major Mercer, R. A... ....-. 240 Observations on Crickets in Canada, by the Hon. J. Hale. . ae 254 Catalogue ‘of Canadian Plants, presented “to. the Literary and Historical Society by the Right Hon. the Countess of Dalhousie... ..... ssss.ses-se0 255 IN sa kay €%,01K 9 on’ Wee # eda p mineine'eies v9.0 eeee i Catalogue of the Mineralogical Collection belonging to the Literary and Historical Society............ 265 And—at the end of the volume, twelve Prints, of which five are Lithographic, ras | bow fiw aki Ye et 3 . outst Sra ood ik capes oi « Pima ig ahaa b . qebo t et to 38 ed gautt 4th orRat ‘ ‘ ‘ t ene {* vanseete os " ‘eben che elon srl ‘ Fo atest tin HONE St Yo wet’ HOS ; i gint Aatraes ae Pos,» >of) al 2° > pad cinaguindit cant) ; yi ? y agree sai mw aitottpe ee eee. Tt, sd a 2 bofiq doo: itt y 7 J i + “w Oe hal al i gaat aia, Ben ba ne “Vi 3 605333 : J pray ik GF: ; arg 0 Pe Ba $41 Yo TH ‘ cw TRULEY Pace tat ain ML coorer viel ad antl : ss ae yours Had gu adoikige dae aoe ee (ae eS eda PASS ye ~esitalt nufvsnn)- 20% 38 grt tAuh il qa eo piohpae je i Hf bas ea oe Pe A al MT el As. Lo aeplang ene CA eae ve eo resnre pints troltst'o" 'S Goodghtowsel MSA Mle. ohn" faqirore tt lyfe yrs suk yanks at 96). hata, ‘aid at ipa ve nye ¢ Ss AM 4 ¥ > tise ao@wsaee? * ww OFFICERS OF THE . LITERARY AND HISTORICAL SOCIETY OF QUEBEC, For the Year ending Ath June, 1829. President—FREDERICK BADDELEY, Ese.; First Vice President—Tue Hon. JUSTICE BOWEN ; Second Vice President—Hon, A. W. COCHRAN ; Secretary and Treasurer—W1ILLIAM GREEN, Ese. THE Lirerary anv Hisroricat Society oF QuEBEC, founded in January 182% owes its origin to the zeal for the advancement of Science, and to the munifi- cence of the Earl of Datnovusrg, late Governor Gene- ral of British North America.—To that distinguished Nobleman the first idea of its creation is due—The powerful influence of his example supported it during jts infancy, and his generous liberality portioned its youth. The establishment of this Institution, as being the first step by which the rising literature of a Colony is made to approximate, that of the Mother Country, must be interesting to every friend of Science. Its first efforts have an undoubted claim to be viewed with a degree of indulgence somewhat greater than would be allowed to a similar Institution in most of the Eu- ropean States; for, it must be obvious, that in a Colo- ny where, with few exceptions, the occupations of all, are either Professional, Commercial, or Agricultural, Society, besides being comparatively less extensive, is so constituted, that those who have leisure for scienti- fic enquiry are far from numerous, and there are per- haps none who are so circumstanced as to be able to devote the greater part of their time to the acquisition of knowledge. This Society has, therefore, difficul- ties to overcome which are peculiar to its situation. When the Members of this Young Society reflect on the successful efforts made by similar Institutions of the Old World in the pursuit of knowledge, they feel, in regard to their own humble exertions, that there are different gradations in the scale of merit. They have, however, this gratifying recollection, that all additions to the sources of literary and scientific infor- mation are valuable and meritorious. In conclusion, it must be borne in mind, that the first object of this Society is to promote a taste for lite- rature, and scientific enquiry in a New Country.— The following Volume which contains selections from its Transactions, from the period of its foundation down to its junction with the Sociery FoR THE ENCOU- RAGEMENT OF Arts AND Scrences 1n CaNnaApa, which formally took effect on the 4th June 1829, will show, in part, how far they have as yet succeeded, in exer- tious which are universally conceded to be conducive to the good of Society. Quebec, 10th November, 1829. AT THE MEETING of the Quesec Literary anv Hts- Toricau Society, holden at the Castle of Saint Lewis, in the city of Quebec, on Monday, the 31st day of May, 1824— The following inaugural Address and Essay respecting the early civil and ecclesiastical juridical History of France, written by the Honorable J. Sewrtr, Chief Justice of Lower Canada, was read before the Society, by the Author. Certified, Wm. GREEN, Secretary, re Inaugural Address. MY LORD AND GENTLEMEN, A\proIntEeD to address a Society, distinguished, in its origin, by the rank and character ofits noble Founder, and, in the first stage of its progress, by the respectability and talents of its numerous Members; whose high and me- ritorious purpose is, to extend more amply the advantages of Science and Literature to a remote, but rising portion of the Great Empire to which we belong, and the beneficial effects of its disinterested labours to future times, Tam anxious to devote the period, in which I hope to be honored with your attention, to a subject which, corresponding with the views of your Institution, & involving matter interesting to Science, may, in some degree, be worthy of your notice. Confining myself, therefore, to the more immediate object of the Society—Tistorical Research—I shall offer to your consideration an Essay upon the Juridical History of France, antecedent to the erection of the Sovereign Council of Que- bec, in the year 1663; the Law, as it was then adminis- tered in France, in the Tribunals of the Vicomté of Paris, being, in fact, the Common Law of the division of Canada which we now inhabit(1). The study of the Municipal Law of every country requires some previous knowledge of its rise and progress.—The ob~ svlete principles of former ages are, most commonly, the foundations of what we possess ; and, in many instances, the true object and intent of modern Institutions, can only be known by reference to the history of their origin and gradual improvement. And as J feel assured, that, to persons of li- beral education, knowledge of the Law which constitutes the rule of their civil conduct, must at all times be desirable, I cannot but hope that what I am about to offer, upon the peculiar Municipal Law by which we are governed, (though, I (1) Edits et Ordonnances, vol. 1, p. 21. =f 4 Inaugural Address. lil I am conscious, it will be found imperfect,) will neverthe- less be favorably received, as an attempt to elucidate a sub- ject which, in Lower-Canada, cannot be thought to be un- interesting. The conquest of Gaul by the Roman power—the entire subversion of the Roman Government by the Franks—the nearly total annihilation of the power of the Crown at the close of the eleventh century, and the subsequent re-estae blishment of that power, are the events which more imme- diately affected the Laws of France, and occasioned their successive mutations. To these events, therefore, and to the greater effects which they have respectively produced in her legal polity, our inquiries will at present be confined. Of the state of Gaul before the Roman conquest, (which was effected under the immediate command of Casar, about fifty years before the birth of our Saviour,) but little can be said with any degree of certainty. The inhabitants were then governed by a few unwritten customs and usages, pecu- liar to themselves, barbarous in the extreme and not meriting the appellation of Laws. Their manners were simple, and produced but few causes of contention, and such controver- sies asarose, were decided by their Druids, who, as among the ancient Britons, were both Priests and Judges.(1) A consequence of the Roman conquest was, the introduc- ‘tion of the Roman Law, and for five entire centuries, during which Gaul remained a Province of the Empire, her people were wholly governed by that system. (2) ‘The Roman Law, however, of thatday was not the Justiaian Code, for that was compiled near a hundred years after the expulsion of the Romans.(3) It consisted of the several Constitutions of the preceding Emperors, and of the writings of certain Civilians. i % The (1) Cesar de BelloGal: Liber, 5&6. (2) Histoire du Droit Frangois, by Abbé Fleury, p. 9 & 10, Vide also, at the beginning of Ist vo). of Henry’s, a learned ‘Dissertation, by Bretonnier, which establishes this fact. (3) Fleury, p. 10. _—-——— tv Inaugural Address. The Constitutions had been collected in three Codes—the Gregorian, Hermogenian, and Theodosian, but the latter, published by the Emperor Theodosius, confirmed and adopte ed the two former, and as the writings of the Civilians cone sisted of such only as were sanctioned by the Code of Theo- dosius, there is reason to believe that it was the Theodosian Code only which was called the Roman Law.(1) The power of the Roman Empire, in Gaul, was totally ahnihilated about the year 450 of the Christian era, Rome, weakened by the extent of her dominion, and yet more by the degeneracy ofher citizens, debased iu sentiments, dee pressed in talents and enervated in courage, (2) fell a sacri- fice to the more hardy and enterprising Nations of the North, and the Government of all that extent of Territory, which has since been denominated France, was transferred to Bar barians—to the Franks and their associate Tribes—the Goths and Burgundians,3) and from the accession of the first Chieftain of the Franks (Meroveée,) France dates the origin of her Monarchy, divided intothree Dynasties or ra- ces of Kingse-The Merovingian—the Carlovingian—and the Capetiau. The first comprehends Merovée and his descend- ants, who possessed the Throne from the year 450, to the year 770, when they were succeeded by Charles, the gon of Pepin, afterwards called Charlesmagne, and his descendants, who constitute the Carlovingian race, im whose possession it remained until the year 987, when it passed to the Capes tian race, who continued in possession, until the death of the late unfortunate Monarch, Louis the 16th, a descendant from Hugh Capet, the first of the Capetian dynasty.(4) There was notamong the Barbarians, by whom the Romans were expelled, any general Government, they were subject, in (1) Fleury, p. 12. (2) Gibbon’s Decline & Fall, vol 1st p, 94. 1st. L. C. Dénizart’s Dis- cours Préliminaire, p, 59. (3) Esprit des Loix, Lib. 30, c. 6, vol. 2, p. 354. (4) See the Histories of rance byDuhaillan, Mezeray, &c. Inaugural Address. v in their own District, to the Chieftain whocould do them the most good or the most injury, (1) and, when they con- quered Gaul, they took possession of the country as a band of independent clans,(2) Their first object was to seture their new acquisitions, and with this view, the leaders distri- buted among the soldiery, the lands which they had conquer- ed, with acondition of continued military service annexed to the Grant, an idea which appears to have been suggested by the peculiar situation in which they were placed, and to have been put in practice, as the best means of furnishing that immediate mutual assistance, which was indispensably necessary for the defence and preservation of their conquest. Large districts or parcels of land were accordingly allotted to the Chieftains and to the superior Officers, who were cal led Leuds (Lords or Seigneurs) (3) and their allotments» which were called feuda (fiefs or fees) were subdivided among the inferior officers and soldiers upon the general condition, that the possessor should do service faithfully, both at home and abroad to him, ty whom they were given.(4) Every feudatory was, therefore, bound, when called upon, to de- fend his immediate superior, from whom he had received, and of whom he held, his estate: that superior to de- fend his superior, and so upwards to the Prince, while, on the other hand, the Prince and every Seigneur was equally bound to defend his vassals or dependants, who held their estates of him, so that the duty of the whole was severally and recipro- cally to defend the conquest they had made together, and every part of it-(5) This singular Institution, which is now called the feudal system, by degrees became general in France, and, by the new division of property which it occasioned, with the peculiar maxims and manners to which it gave rise, gradually introduced a species of laws before unknown, The (1) Dalrymple’s Essay on the Feudal System, p. 5. (2) ibid. 3 6. r . ee (3) Dalrymple, p. 11. Loyseau des Seigneuries, §60 & 61, cap. 1. (4) Loysean des Seigneuries, cap. 1. §62 to 66. 3 Wright on Tenures, p. 8, VI Inaugural Address. The whole of France, however, was not so distributed, nor so holden—all was not seized by the conquerors, such of the ancient Inhabitants, as were allowed to remain in the country, kept their estates as they held them before ; many, also, of theinvaders, who were not yet attached to any particular chieftain, took possession of vacant Lands and enjoyed them in the same manner,(1) and there were some, even among the soldiery, who considering the por- tions which fell to their lot, as recompences due to their va- lour, and as settlements acquired by their own swords, took and retained possession of them in full property as freemen.(2) From trese causes, there were many estates which were al- lodial, which the possessors enjoyed in their own right and did not hold of any superior Lord, to whom they were bound to do homage or perform service.(3) Every tenant of this des- cription was called liber homo in contradistinction to ** vas- salus,’’ or one who held of a superior,(4) yet they were not, by any means, exempt from the service of the state—they were subject to the command of the Dukes, or Governors of Provinces, and the Counts, or Governors of Towns, who were officers of the King’s appointment ; and the duty of personal service was considered so sacred, that they were prohibited from entering into holy orders, unless they had obtained the consent of the Sovereign. (5) At their first incursions, the Barbarians, like the aborigines of Gaul, were governed by traditional customs. Theit® manners were uncivilized ; war and hunting, were the only subjects of pursuit in estimation, and, as they had no fixed habitations, no other property than cattle, their common disputes arose either from personal quarrels or acts of depre- — ae dation. (1) Dalrymple, p. 10 & 11. (2) Robertson’s Charles V. vol. 1st. p. 214. Lefevre de ia Planche Traité du Domaine, vol. 1st. p. 117 & sea. (3) Robertson’s ibid. vol. 1st p. 214. (4) Robertson’s ib. p.216. Dalrymple, p.10& 11, Cust. of Paris, art, 182 (5) Capitular’s Liber. 1st sec, 114. » Inaugwal Address. VII dation. These were usually decided in public meetings of the people, held annually, at the close of winter, in genera] upon the information of witnesses, but in doubtful cases, by the ordeal of fire or water, or by combat. (1) The polished minds of Romans, found nothing worthy of _ imitation in such conquerors—but the conquerors, savages as they were, perceived much in the Romans, which they could not but admire. They particularly viewed a written Code of laws as a novelty possessed of many advantages, and, not only permitted the Roman Jurisprudence to sur- vive the destructlon of the Roman Government, but, in imitation of what they approved, reduced their own usages to writing, particularly the Salique Law, which was the pes culiar Law of the Franks, (2) The Theodosian Code, and the Laws, Customs and usages of the Barbarians, became» therefore, equally the Laws of France, (3) and as all Laws were held to be purely personal, and were not, for this rea. son, confined in their operation to any certain District, the Barbarian was tried by the Law of his tribe, the Roman by the Roman Code, the children followed the Law of theif Father, the wife that of her husband, the widow came back to that to which she was originally subject, and the freed- man was governed by the Law of his Patron, (4) Yet, notwithstanding these general provisions, every Iadividual was permitted to make election of the Law by which he chose to be governed, it was only required that he should make it publicly, and such elections were frequent. (5) The Clergy, in particular, who were chiefly Romans, considered the privilege of being governed by the Roman Law to be 80 valuable, that when any person entered into holy orders it was usual for him to renounce the Law to which he had Ses been (1) Fleury, p. 12 & 13. (2) Fleury, p. 21. (3) Esprit des Loix, Liber. 28, cap. 4, vol. 2 p, 240. (4) Esprit des Loix, Liber, 28, cap. 2. (5) Esprit des Loix, Liber. 28, cap, 2d. Fleury, p. 18, Vill Inaugural Address. been formerly subject, and to declare that he would, from henceforth, be governed by the Roman Code. (1) Many customs, also, peculiar to the victors, were continued after the conquest of Gaul. It had, particularly been their prac- tice to meet in council, at the close of every winter, upon the state of their respective nations ; and during the first and sccond Dynasties, several meetings of the Sovereign and of the Chiefs, in church and state, with the addition of the commons (from the reign of Charlemagne) were held, in the open air, annually in the month of March or May, and from thence denominated champs de mars, or champs de mai.(2) In these Assemblies, Laws were passed for the government of the Kingdom at large, and Canons established for the re- gulation of the Church—Taxes were imposed—Regencies «vere appointed, and the Sovereign elected until the Crown became hereditary, and then, the Successor was proclaimed, if his right to the Throne was not controverted, and, if it was, it was solemnly determined.(3) The question on each subject of discussion was generally propounded by the King, who. when it had been fully debated, pronounced the defi- nitive resolution. The result was then put into writing, the questions and resolutions which were passed upon them were reduced under distinct heads, called chapters, and to collections of several chapters was given the name of Ca- pitulars.(4) It is certain that a supreme jurisdiction over all persons, and all causes, was exercised by the Assemblies of the Champ de Mars, but the precise extent of that Jurisdiction, which was originally vested in the subordinate Courts of the Crown, or of the feudal Lords or Seigneurs, cannot now be deter- mined, (1) Robertson’s Charles Y. vol. Ist. p. 315, (2) Fleury, p. 39. : (3) Encyclopedia Method. de Jurisp. verbo “‘ Champ de Mars,” vol. 1st. part 2d. p. 443, Robertson’s Charles V. vol. 1st. p, 167, (4) Fleury, p. 40. Inaugw al Address. 1X mined.(1) It appears, however, from the learned research~ es of a modern writer,* to have been a fundamental principle of the French Monarchy, that every person who held a mili- tary command in chief, was, of right, entitled toa civil Ju- risdiction over all whom he led to war-(2) Justice, there- fore, was distributed by every feodal Seigneur to his vassals, within the limits of his Fief, whether he was a layman or an ecclesiastic, for he led them in person against the enemy, if he was a layman, and by his substitute (advocatus) if he hap- pened to be an ecclesiastic,(3) and, upon the same principle, the Liberi or tenants of allodial estates who were led to war by the Dukes and Counts were subject to ¢heir jurisdiction. 4) The rule of Gecision, however, in every court was the general Law of the state, and the King, being the acknowledged head of the Government, in all matters, civil and military, all proceedings were in his name.(5) The Dukes, the Counts and the Seigneurs, iu their res« pective jurisdictions, originally decided causes in person, (6) but they, afterwards, entrusted this part of their duty to others. ‘The officer who was appointed for the purpose by a Seigneur, was sometimes, called a Seneschal,t+ hut, most commonly, a Bailiff which, in the language of those days, imported a guardian or protector of Justice, (7) and those who were named by the Dukes and Counts, were called Viscounts, (1) Robertson’s Charles V, 1st p. 304. *Montesquieu. (2) Montesquieu, lib. 30, cap. 18—Répert. Svo. vol. 25, p. 6. Loyseau des Seigneuries, cap. 1st sect. 72 and 73. (3) Montesquieu, liber 30, cap. 17, vol. 2d. p. 377. , (4) Montesquieu, lib. 30 cap. Repert. vol. 6, p. 8—8vo. edit. (5) Montesquieu, lib, 30, cap. 17, (6) Dictionaire de Jurisprudence, vol. 3. p. 18. col. 1. {The title of Senechal imported “ an officer of the household”—Vis- counts were said to be ‘ quasi comitum vicem gerentes”—Prevosta quasi prwpositi juredicendos—Viguieres “ quasi vicarii comitum,”— and Chastelans “ quasi castrorum custodes.’—Loyseau de labus de Justice des Villages p. 6. quod vide. (7) Eney. Method. yerbo ‘bailiff’ vol, 1. p. 710. Dict. de Droit, verbo * builif” Loyseau de lAbus de Justice ie Villages, p. 6, and Loyseau des Offices, p. 4. & p. 349, x Inaugural Address. Viscounts, Prevosts, Viguiers and Chastelahs.(1) But in all their Jurisdictions, an usage, which derived its origin from the forests of Germany, was continued. Neither the Dukes, the Counts nor the Seigneurs, nor any of their officers decid- ed alone : They assembled in their courts a kind of assize composed of their vassals, to the number of twelve,(2) who were, principally, the officers of their respective courts, and by those persons (who as vassals were the equals of the par- ties whose causes were there tried and thence called Peers) the judgment was pronounced according to the opinion of the majority, unless there was an equal division of voices, when, in criminal cases, it was given for the accused, and, in cases of Inheritance, in favour of the Defendant, subject always to anappeal to arms, and an ultimate decision by ju- dicial combat.(3) The feudal system is well calculated for defence, but not for the support of order.—In theory it is founded in subor- dination, but in practice it has been found universally to have diminished the power of the Sovereign, while it in- creased that of the greater vassals. This was particularly the case in France, where the Seigneurs, ata very early pe- riod of the monarchy, began to usurp the rights which had, till (hen been deemed the distinctions of Royalty, and with such advantage, in consequence of the weakness of the Kings of the second race, and the anarchy into which the Kingdom was thrown by the depredations of the Hungarians and Nor- mans(4), during the ninth and tenth centuries, that the very dependants of the Crown, the Dukes, the Counts, and even the inferior officers of the State, were induced, by their example, to adopt the same conduct ; they combined together, and, abou, the period at which Hugh Capet, the first of the third race, took (1) Loyseaude I’Abus de Justice des Villages, p.6. (2) Montesquieu, book 30, cap. 18. vol. 2. p. 381 & 382. (3) Montesquieu, Book 28, cap. 23, 24, 25, 26 § 27. (4) Fleury, p. 47. Inaugural Address. x1 took possession of the Throne, were completely successful. They made hereditary, in their families, the lands, titles and oflices, which, before, they had enjoyed for life only. They usurped the sovereignty of the soil, with civil and military authority over the inhabitants. ‘They granted lands to their immediate tenants, who granted them over to others by sub- infeudation, and, although they professed to hold their Fiefs from the Crown, they were, in fact, independent. Strong in power, they exercised, in their several territories, every Royal prerogative.—They coined money—fixed the standard of weights and measures—granted safeguards—entertained a military force—imposed taxes—and administered justice in their own names, and in Courts of their own creation, which decided ultimately in all cases, civil and criminal, not ac- cording to the writteu Laws of the Kingdom, but according to the unwritten customs and usages of the District over which they respectively claimed and exercised Jurisdiction.(1) By these usurpations of the Seigneurs, the foundations of the ancient laws of France were gradually undermined. But the demolition of this venerable fabrick was greatly promoted by the profound ignorance which pervaded the Kingdom dur- ing this period. Few persons, except ecclesiastics, could read, and, hence, the Theodosian Code—the Laws of the Barbarians, which had been reduced to writing, and the Ca- pitulars sunk imperceptibly, but equally, into oblivion, The clergy also furthered its destruction by adopting, in their jue risdictions, the Canon Law which they had begun to compile early in the ninth century, and the Crown completed it by the publication of the ever-memorable Edict of Pistes, so called from the City of Pistes, where it was promulgated in the year 864, by Charles the Bald, one of the weakest of the week descendants of Charlemagne. By this Edict, in the mistaken policy of conciliation, the unwritten usages of each tt Seigneurie (1) Fleury, 51 §- 52—Hargraves’ Notes on Coke’s Littleton, p 366, a. XII Inaugural Address. Seigneurie were ratified and declared to be Law ; a declara- tion which may be considered not only as the efficient cause of the final extinction of the ancient Law, but of the perma- nent establishment of that infinite variety of customs, which obtained in France until the late Revolution(1). The authority of the Crown of France, at its ullimate point of depression, about the close of the tenth century» was merely nominal, the Royal Jurisdiction being confined to the Royal Domaine, which comprehended no more than four cities, in which the King was obeyed as feadal Lord, and not as Sovereign(2) ; on the other hand, the power of the Seigneurs at this epoch was enormous—their tyranny ex- orbitant.—The whole country was laid waste by the wars which they waged against each other, and their own vassals were reduced to an actual state of slavery, under the denomi- nation of serfs and hommes de poite, or under the pretended rights of personal service and corvé, were treated as if, in fact, they had been reduced to that wretched condition(3). By this state of anarchy those who were yet inthe possession of allodial property, were, in the first instance, induced to annex what they held to the Jurisdiction of some Fief, and to subject themselves to feudal services, for the immediate safety of their persons and the defence of their estates, and so generally was this the case that it gave rise to the maxim “6 nulle terre sans Seigneur,” whichat length, became the universal Law of France.(4) But as the Seigneurs could not, in every instance, protect their dependants against the Ineur- sions of their neighbours, and as the feudal burthens were, in themselves, insufferable, many vassals abandoned their Lords, by degrees, and sought protection in walled towns —— (1) Montesquieu, Lib. 28. cap. 4. vol. 2d p.|243. (2) Robertson’s Charles Y. vol. 1st. p. 366. (3) Dictionnaire de Jurisprudence, vol. 3d. p.16 and 17. (4) Robertson’s Charles V. vol. Ist. p. 223—Dict.de Jurisp. vol. 3, p: 16—Fleury, p. 61—Robertson ibid, p, 16. where Inaugural Address. XII where they united and entered into armed associations for mu, tual defence.(1) These associations, which began durivg the reign of ‘‘Louis le Gros,” about the year 1109, & were called ‘* communes,” could not long remain without some government; regulations, therefore were made, and usages adopted by each commune for the control of its subjects, and being asylums for all who where inclined to be peaceable, and barriers against the com- mon enemy (the Seigneurs) the crown afforded them every assistance in its power—conceded to them the right of enact- ing Laws for their own internal Government and enfranchised the Inhabitants.(2) The seigneurs plainly saw that the Institution of com- munes was adverse to their interest, yet they could not pre- vent the increase of such associations; they even found them- selves compelled to have recourse to the same expedient to prevent their dependants from taking refuge in the royal ci- ties which were incorporated : many of the towas, also, within their territories, were willing to purchase charters of liberty, and as most of the seigneurs had expended large sums in the holy wars, and were needy, they sold them as a means of present relief, From hence, in less than two centuries, most of the towns in France, from a state of dependence, be- came free corporations, and personal servitude was generally abolished.(3) The effects of these establishments were very soon felt ; they were found to afford a degree of security equal to thar which was afforded by the seigueurs, who began to be of less importance when they ceased to be the protectors of the peo- ple. The communes themselves became attached to their sovereign, whom they considered as the author of their liber- ties, and they looked to the Crown as the common centre of union, necessary for the defenee of the whole against their oppressors. (1) Dict, de Jurisp. vol. 3d. p, 17. (2) Dict. de Jurisp. vol. 3d p. 17. Réper. vol. 13. verbo “ commune,” (3) Robertson's Charles V, vol. ist. p. 33, 227 & 251. XIV Inaugural Address. oppressors.(l) On the other hand, the sovereign considered them as iastruments which might, with great advantage, be employed to increase the Royal Prerogative. ‘To this end, they endeavoured to raise them to importance, and, with consummate policy, called them to assist, by their Depu- ties, in the States General of the nation. Availing them- selves, also, of their co-operation, under the idea of res- training the power of the seigneurs, they laboured in the great design of restoring to France her ancient limits, and to the Crown its original Jurisdiction, From time to time, as opportunities occurred, they reunited the dismembered Provinces to the Royal Domain, and reduced them to imme- diate dependence by conquest, by escheats and by treaties, (2) they abolished private warfare and judicial combats, and extended the administration of Justice, under the royal au- thority, to all persons, and to ali causes,(3) by steps of which the most effectual shall be more particularly noticed. Re fore, and during the reign of Charlemagne, Justices in Eyre ef the royal appointment, under the title of * Miss; Dominici,” visited, occasionally, the differeat Provinces, chiefly for the purpose of investigating the conduct of the Dukes and Counts in the several Jurisdictions, civil and cri- minal, which they exercised under the authority of the Crown, which was sometimes greater, and sometimes less, as the sovereizn was more or less feared and respected.(4) Louis the VI. about the year 1125, attempted to revise the oflice of the * Missi Dominici,” under the title of Juges des I’ xempts(5), but the seigneurs were in his time too powerful, —— (1) Robertson’s Charles V. vol. 1st p, 34. (2) This design was ultimately completed in 1735, by the re-union of the Provinces of Bar and Lorraine—Vide Abrégé Chronologique des grands Fiefs de la Couronne de France, Paris 1759, and Hargrave’s Note on Coke and Littleton, 366 b. (3) Loyseau des Seigneuries, cap. 5. sec. 63. Delolme, p. 17. Robert- son’s Charles Y. vol. Ist. p. 36 & 56, (4) Répert. 8vo vol. 40, p. 180 verbo “ Missi Dominici.” Du Cange verbo « Dux,» « Comites,» et « Missi.» (5) Reper. verbo «Missi Dominici,» vol. II. p. 573. and Inaugural Address, Xv and he wasobliged to abandon his intention.(1) ITis suc- cessors had recourse to expedicnts less alarming.—Among the first, certain cases in which the King was interested, or presumed to be interested, were declared to be “ Pleas for the Crown,” or ‘* Cas Royaux’’ which, according to feu- dal principles, (he being the Lord paramount) could not be dicided by the officer of his vassal, and were therefore cog- nizable in the Royal courts exclusively. To this distinc- tion, the seignevrs of inferior note submitted, but it was scorned by the more powerful, who, relying upon their Strength, continued to exercise Jurisdiction over all cases. The attempt, however, even with respect to the latter, was productive of benefit; it turned the attention of the vas- sals to courts distinct from those of their oppressors, aud taught them to view the sovereign as a protector, and this facilitated the subsequent introduction of Appeals, by which the decisions of the seigneurial courts were brought under the review ofthe Royal Judges.(2) Of these the Appeal ** de défaut de droit,” on account of the delay or refusal of Justice, was the first. ‘The feudal law had provided that if a Seigneur had not as many vassals as enabled him to try, by their peers, the parties who pleaded in his Court, or if he delayed, or refused to proceed to trial, the cause might be carried by appeal to the Court of the superior Lord of whom the Seigneur held, and be there tried (3) The right of Jurisdiction had been usurped by many inconsidera- ble Seigneurs who were often unable to hold Courts, for want of Officers and Vassals, and while trials by battle continued in use, there were times, and cases, even in the Courts of the greater Seigneurs, in which it was diflicult to assemble the Peers, by reason of the dangerto which they were exposed, by their being liable to appeals, by either party, (1) Hénault’s Abrégé Chronologique, tome 2d p. 730. (2) Robertson's Charles V. vol. Ist. p. 60, 61. (3) Beavmanoir, cap, 62, p. 322, Uvsprit des Loix, Lib. 28, cap, 28. xvI Inaugural Address. party, on account of false judgments, which necessarily led to the hazard of a personal combat, if they maintained their opinion.(1) In all such cases Justice was delayed, and there were, therefore, frequent occasions for appeals of this des- cription, from whence the practice became familiar, and served as an introductiou to appeals on account of the ‘* ine justice” or “ iniquity” of the sentence, which followed, and gradually increased, as the trial by combat declined, for that mode of trial being, in fact, an appeal to the Deity, and the issue of the battle, held to be a decision by his immediate interference, was incompatible with a new judgment of any kind.(2) To facilitate Appeals, and the recourse of the subject to the Royal authority, Judges, under the title of ‘° Grand Baillis,’ were appointed in all the cities of the Royal Do- maine, with an Appellate Jurisdiction over all causes, civil and criminal, heard in the Seigneurial and in the Royal (but inferior) Courts of Prevété(3), which was final, except in certain cases of importance, which they were required to transmit to the King, to be decided by himself in his Council, where they were ultimately determined.(4) The number of these Jurisdictions, at their first creation, was inconsiderable, but in the reign of Philip Augustus, about the year 1190, they were numerous.(5) A regulation of greater importance succeeded the institue tion of the Grand Baillis. The King's Supreme Court of Justice, or Council, in which he presided, which, asia all other feudal Kingdoms, was originally ambulatory, follow- ing the person of the Monarch, ard held only upon some of ——— the (1) Montesquieu, Lib. 28, cap. 27, vol. 2d. p. 282 & seq. Robertson’s Charles Y. vol. 1st. p. 306. (2) Robertson’s Charles V. vol. 1st. p. 61. (3) Dict. de Jurisp. vol. 3. p. 18. Dict.de Droit, verbo “ Baillis,” vol. 1, p. 166, col. 2d. (4) Ency. Method. de Jurisp. verbo “ Baillis,” vol. 1st. p. 710. (5) Dictr. de Jurisp. vol. 3d, p. 18. Fontanon, Lib, 1st. Tit. 1st. p. 179. Dictr. de Droit, vol. 1. p. 168. Inaugural Address. XV the great festivals, was rendered sedentary at Paris, and ap- pointed to be kept open the greater part of the year, under the appellation of the ** Parlement de Paris.” This was ef- fected by an Ordinance of Philip le Bel, passed in the year 1302, and emphatically entitled ‘* Ordonnance pour le bien, butilité, et la réformation du Reyaume.”’(1) This Ordinance erected, also, a Sovereign Court of Assize, at the City of Troyes, in Champagne, under the title of “© Grand Jours,” re-established the Parliament of Thoulouse, a Court before held under the authority of the Counts of that Province, and confirmed a Court of Exchequer at Rouen, which had subsisted since the re-union of that City to the Crown of France, inthe year 1200, and was originally cre- ated by the Court of the Peers of France, by which John, King of England, was, by default, convicted, as a vassal of France, of the murder of his nephew Arthur.(2) Other Sovereign Courts of Parliament, making in all thirteen (a), were afterwards erected in the several Provinces of the Em- pire.(3) To the several Royal Courts, when established, the people were invited to have recourse for redress, by every means which policy could devise. ‘The Monarchs named Judges of abilities and legal acquirements—they added dignity to their character, and splendor to the administration of their office. To the Parliaments, which were the most respectable, and to the presidial Courts, which were established for their assist- ance, they granted the right of deciding, ultimately, in Ap- peal; and to the Baillis, whose judgments thus became lia- ble to reversion, an original Jurisdiction which, before, they did not possess.(4) They appointed a number of Counsel- lors (1) Conférence des il a igs Bouchel, p. 137. (2) Dictr, de Jurispr. vol. 3. p. 21 & 22. Ord, de Louvre, Tom. 1, p. 366. (a) Paris, Thoulouse, Grenoble, Bordeaux, Dijon, Rouen, Aix, Rennes, Pau, Mely, Besancon, Douai, Nancy.—Sce Répert. vol. 44, p. 296, verbo * Parlement,» and Dictr. de Droit, verbo Parlement, (3) Répertoire, 8vo, vol. 44, p. 296, (4) Dictr, de Droit, verbo Baillis, XVI Inaugural Address. lors or Members in each Parliament to assist the President, ( i} and, in imitation of the Seigneurial Courts and those of the Dukes and Counts, in which the suitors had been accustomed to the trial by peers, they required the Baillis to summon to their assistance, a certain number of discreet persons (prodes homines,) and to decide according to their counsel and ad- vice.(2) The people also were permitted, in the dialect of the times, “ de veignir a la Cort du Roi, par ressort, par ap- «* pel, ou par defaute de Droit, ou par faux Jugement, ou par “© recréance nie, ou par Grief, ou par veer le droit de sa “© Cort,(3) and, under the sanction of this authority, the Royal Judges took advantage of every defect in the rights of the Seigneurs, and of every error in their proceedings, they brought before them, in their respective Jurisdictions, all causes which it was possible for them to remove, and held cognizance over all which it was possible for them to retain, at the same time, they laboured to render the practice of their Courts regular, and their judgments consistent, by which means they ultimately obtained the confidence of the people, and were generally respected. Suitors then began to abandon the Seigneurial Courts, (in which the will of the feudal Lord was, buttoo frequently, the Law by which the case of his vassal was decided,) and took refuge in the more discerning and more equitable Tribunals of the Crown.(4) The King was again universally recognised to be the source of Justice, and the Seigneurs were deprived of every Jurisdiction to which they could not shew title, derived by grant from the Crown.(5) The ecclesiastics, who, in the reign of Charlemagne, were altogether subject to the temporal power(6), had, in com- mon (1) Répertoire, verbo “ Parlement,” vol. 44, p. 294. (2) Montesquieu, Liber. 27, cap. 42, vol. 2. p. 320. , (3) Etablissemens de St. Louis, cap. 15, lib. 2, Ordonnances des Rois a France, de Imprimerie Royale, Tom. 1, p. 107. Dict, deJurispr. vol. 3d. p. 21. (4) Robertson’s Charles V. vol. ist. p. 309. (5) Bacquet’s Droit de Justice, vol. ist. p. 9 & 10. (6) Loyseau des Seigneuries, chap. 15, sec. 29 to 39% Inaugural Address. xIx mon with the Seigneurs, taken advantage of the disorders which prevailed, and of the superstition of the age, not only to enlarge their own peculiar Jurisdictions, but to shake off, entirely, their subjection to all authority, except that of the Church. They had, in fact, so multiplied their pretexts for extending the Jurisdiction of the Spiritual Courts, that it was, ultimately, in their power to withdraw almost every person, and every cause, from the cognizance of the Civil Magistrate(1) They claimed and exercised, as their ex~ clusive privilege, the right of deciding all civil causes, in which any of their body was a party, or was, in any manner, interested, and allcriminal prosecutions, in which the de- fendant either was, or asserted himself to be, a Clerk ; in causes where none but laymen were concerned, they claimed and exercised a similar priyilege for various extraordinary reasons—in matters of contract, because contracts were then usually euforced by the oath of the parties—in all testamen~ tary cases, because the deceased having left his body to the Church for Sepulture, the execution of his Will, by the Church, was a necessary consequence, inasmuch as it con- cerned the repose of his soul(2)—in all matrimonial cases, because marriage was a Sacrament—and in all cases in which a widow oran orphan was a party, because it was the duty ofthe Church to protect such characters. In other cases the same privilege was claimed for reasons which were not Jese extraordinary. If an individual resisted their authority, he was excommunicated, and upon his submission, a pecunia- ry fine was imposed for reconciliation with the Church, which the temporal Judge, in whose Jurisdiction he resided, was required to enforce by his authority, under pain of personal excommunication, and the interdiction of the whole District over which he presided, iu case of disobedience.(3) —___— t The (1) Robertson's Charles V. vol. Ist. p.112. Fleury’s Institut. du Droit Canon, vol. 2. p. 8 Hericourt, part ist. p. 120. (2) Loysean des Seigneuries. (3) Floury’s hustitat, du Droit Canon, vol. 2. p. 9 & 10, xx Inaugural Address. The first attempt, by the King’s Courts, to reduce the ex- orbitant pretensions of the Clergy, was the appeal ** de Deni de Justice,”*(1) which was similar to the appeal ** de Défaut de Droit.” 'This was daily extended, by construction, toa great variety of cases, and was followed by the ‘** Appel comme d’abus,” which, in the nature of a prohibition, sus+ pended all proceedings, and was allowed, atany stage of a cause,(2) to all who complained, that the Judge of the Spi- ritual Court had exceeded his authority by any proceedings» contrary to the Canons of the Church, recognized in France, or to the Law of the Land in any respect.(3) This remedy was in practice long before the year 1539, butin that year it was formally declared to be the Law of France, by an Ordi- nance of Francis the First ‘* pour la réformation et abrévia- ‘« tion des Procés.”(4) By this Ordinance the Ecclesiastical Judges were also forbid to cite before them any of the King’s lay subjects, in any matter whatever, except those which were strictly Spiritual, and the King’s lay subjects were forbid to institute any suit, ofa temporal nature, before any Court of Ecclesiastical Jurisdiction.(5) Thus the Crown of France, by persevering in one great plan, with indefatigable exertion, and continued prudence, suspending its attempts when the conduct of the Clergy, or any formidable conspiracy of the greater Seigneurs, required it; and resuming them when they were feeble or remiss, be- came once more the Fountain of Justice. That part of its original Jurisdiction, over causes and persons, which the Clergy and the Seigneurs had usurped, was regained, and the entire proceedings of the Seigneurial and Ecclesiastical Judges, in all causes, civil and criminal, spiritual and temporal, which ae were (1) Dict. de Jurisprudence, vol. Ist. p. 292. (2) L.C. Dénizart’s Preliminary Discourse to vol. 1st. p. 73. (3] Fleury’s Institut. du Droit Canon. vol. 2d. p. 12. {4] Dictionnaire de Jurisprudence, vol. Ist. p. 297, Traité de l’Abus, vol. Ist. cap. 2. p. 11.ed. of 1778. [5] Ordonnances de Neron, yol- 1st. p. 162. Loyseau des Seigneurics, 3p. 15, sec. 75, 76 & 77. Inaugwal Address. XXI were legally subject to their inquiry, were broaght before the review aud control of the Sovereign, through the medium of his Courts. Upon the re-establishment of the Royal authority, the local customs of France were so numerous and so yarious, that there were not two Seigneuiies, throughout the whole Kingdom, entirely governed by the same Law.(1) Some of the causes of this amazing diversity have been traced in the different usages of the Barbarians, which were introduced by the original conquest of Gaul---in that peculiar principle of their Jurisprudence, which permitted each individual to make choice of the Law by which he thought proper to be governed, and the consequent existence, not only of the cus« toms of each particular tribe, but ofthe Theodosian Code, especially among the Clergy—in the introduction of the feu- dal system, andthe distinctions which it created between feudal and allodial property—in judicial combats which were necessarily introductive of new usages created Uy their several and various issues—in the usurpations of the Sei- gneurs, the means which they, severally, adopted to support them, and the independent administration of Justice within the limits of their respective Jurisdictions—in the Ordinan- ces enacted by the Sovereign for the government of the Royal Domaine—in the establishment of Communes and their bye- laws—and in the compilation of the Canon Law, and its ge. neral application to all questions decided by Ecclesiastics- But to these causes must be added the discovery of the Jus- tinian Code, which was brought from Italy into France about the middle of the twelfth century,(2) and soon affected her Jurisprudence in various gradations :—In some of the Pro- vinces it was entirely adopted and confirmed, and declared, by the Royal authority, to be exclusively their Common or Mu. nicipal Law. In others it was recei ved as subsidiary to their (1) Montesquieu, Lib. 28, cap. 45. (2) Idem, Lib. 28, cap. 42. Robertson's Charles Y. vol, Ist. 316. own p- XXII Inaugural Address. own local customs, as a rule of decision in cases for which they had not provided ; but in the greater number it mingled imperceptibly with their usages, and had a powerful though less sensible influence. To the revival of the Roman Law must, also be attributed the decline of the Trial by Peers and by the prodes homines. The duties of both were, originally, similar and required nei- ther capacity nor study. They decided upon the usage and custom of the people and place to which they belonged, and a knowledge of these was all which it was necessary for them to possess. But when the Institutes and digest of Justinian were translated and publicly taught, the proceedings in the different Tribunals were materially changed, Learning a- mong the laity was totally unknown—but the clergy having some information, and being in possession of all the offices in the different Courts, eagerly adopted the practice of the Ro- man Law. . 18’; thence tothe Lake Askatiche into which the former Lake empties itself, whence they fall into the river Nekowba which receives ulso the waters of Lake Nekoaba all of which emply themselves into Lake St. John, and thence into the Saguenay, with all the country comprized within these waters; on the east by Cape Cormorant and thence to the height of land comprizing the River Moisy, Lake Kichestigaux, the Jake of the Nuskapis, and the other Rivers and Lakes emptying into them. Io the collection of plates, plans, &c., representing a see ries of events in the history of France, commencing with the Gauls and ending with the reign of Louis the XV., made by 56 Andrew Stuart on the by Mr. Févret de Fontette, and now in the King’s library at Paris, wlll be found the following plans, &c., relating to Ca- nada. Under the year 1690, ‘Petite Carte du Canada, ou le Che- ¢* valier Guillaume Phips, fit une tentative inutile, les 10 et 19 “* Octobre. Les Anglois canonent Quebec, le 10 Octobre.” Under the year 1758. Plan de Louisbourg en Canada, rendu aux Auglois le 26 Juillet.— Perien, Under the year 1759, Plan de la ville et dusiege de Qué- bec, pris par les Anglois le 18 Septembre-—Inem. Under the year i760, Plans de la bataille de Quebec, les attaques du Fort Carillon du 8 de Juillet, de celle du Fort de William Henry le 7 Aodt, et de celles de Chouaguen le 12 Aodit.—Prnrirr. The foregoing are extracted from the Appendix to the 4th volume of the Bibliotheque Historique de France. Upon the cession of the Canadas to Great Britain by the Treaty of Paris in 1763, this tract continued to be granted to lessees under leases of twenty-one years. i, It was the interest of the lessees to exclude strangers as much as possible and to keep secret the resources of the country as well for the purpose of maintaining their monopos Jy, as for that of preventing competition, when the Jease should come at the end of each twenty.one years to be brought to sale. Accordingly, down to within the last six or eight years nothing was known of this country. The most ridiculous stories were circulated and believed of the dangers of the na. vigation of the Saguenay, of its falls which no man had ever approached, of its unfathomable depth, and of the severity of the climate, &c. &c, The account given of this country before a committee of the assembly, to whom was referred the matter of the Crown lands, by two gentlemen of the highest respectability, the Messrs. Taché of Kamouraska, who had long resided there, first awakeued the public attention to it, Saguenay country, Ge. 57 An exploring survey of this tract of country, was com- menced during the last season under the authority of an act of the Provincial Legislature. It appears from the Report of the Commissioners employ ed upon the service and from the documents which accompa. ny the Report, that the Saguenay is navigable by vessels of any size for a distauee of twenty two or twenty three leagues, to Ha Ha Bay, and that it is navigabie by vessels of large dimensions for five or six leagues higher up to Chicotimy. The harbour of Tadousac would contain it is said, twenty five ships of war. The following harbours there is reason to believe, are to be found between ‘T'adousac and Chicotimy. At La Boulle, about two leagues above Tadousac, is a good harbour for vessels against the north west winds, on the north east bank of the Saguenay, and a good harbour for boats, on the south west side at the place called L'ance 4 la Barque. - At three leagues from Tadousac, at the place called La Passe-pierres is a good harbour for schooners against north west winds. At the Bay St. Etienne, obout two leagues from La Boulle is a good harbour against north west winds ; and opposite this Bay is the Bay 41a Grosse Roche, which is a good harbour for shipping. “On the same side of the River is the Bay Ollapermuche, with a good harbour for boats, and at a small distance from it the Ange aux Foins having a good harbour for schooners, Opposite the Ange aux Foins is the River Ste. Marguerite, itant six leagues from Tedoutsc; having a good harbour as gainst all winds. About seven leagues from Tadovusac is the Island of St. Louis, having a good harbour at each of its extremities, A lenzue higher we come to the River Petit Saguenay, which has a good harbour, Half aleague higher are the Islands Cocard and Burthele- my, having « good harbour. ll A 58 Andrew Stuart on the A llttle higher is the Bay of St. John : a good harbour against all winds, . Higher up is the Bay du Rude ; a very good harbour. Opposite La Trinité is tne Bay a ’Aviron ; a good harbour. La descente des femmes ; a good harbour for ships. La Grande Pointe ; a good harbour. Ha Ha Bay an excellent harbour. The foregoing notes upon the harbours of the Saguenay, are extracted from the report of Mr. Gauvreau. Upon the north eastern shore of the Saguenay, from Tadousac, to within one or two leagues of Chicotimy, there seems to be but little land susceptible of culture. What extent of ground susceptible of culture, there may be between the old settlements in the rear of Murray Bay and St. Paul’s Bay, upon the St. Lawrence on the one side, and Ha Ha Bay, and the Saguenay, and Tadousac, on the other is not known, Between Chicotimy and the country immediately in its rear on the one side, and Ha Ha Bay and the waters which empty intoit on the other will be found 300,000 acres of cultivable land. Proceeding from Chicotimy to Lake St. John by the Chi- cotimy River, Lake Tsinogomi, &c., itseems probable that the country from Chicotimy to the foot of Lake Tsinogomi, on the western side of these waters is not susceptible of cul- ture. From Lake Tsinogomi to Lake St. John, there is accord- ing to the report of the Traders and Indians, a deep tract of level and fertile country, extending to the westward and southward, Nothing, however, is known with certainty upon this point, as the Surveyor charged with exploring this portion of the country, was prevented by accidental circumstances from do- ing so. From Chicotimy to Lake St. John, the distance by ad- measurement is 67 miles, 68 chains. The a a ee Ee Saguenay country, §c. 59 The waters on the western side of the Peninsula, which lies between the Lake Tsinogomi and the grand outlet of Lake St. John, are generally tiavigable for batteaux &c, those which are now navigable only by cdnoes might probably at a small expense be rendered navigable by batteaux. _ The following are the carrying places on this route. Length of Por-| Water Com- Names of Portage. ean municalione Chatus, Links,|Chains, Links, Chicotimi, 160 00 92 00 Maie, 10 00 62 00 Altim, 9 00 33 00 Washkou, 7 00/619 00 Melow, 13 00 99 00 Ministuke, 33. 00 | 14800 Assini, 20 00 | 1863 00 Wegque, 96 00 | 476 00 Pashicounanish, 25 40 | 459 00 Melow-zebi, 18 00 | From Belle Riviere portage to entraace of 365 00 Lake St. John, , i From Kouspizan to the Post, 821 00 Distance of Land Carriage, 391 40 do. Water, 5036 60 5428 00 67 miles, 68 chains, 00 Links. The Grand Outlet of Lake St. John isa rapid stream na- vigable only by canoes, aud even in these, dangerous to all but the most expert canoemen. Upon the north easternmost shore of the Saguenay, there seems to be but little land susceptible of culture till within a short distance from Chicotimy. The country was here penetrated for a distance of sixteen leagues from the mouth of the river des Terres rompues. The soil was found to be of superior quality in the whole of this distance, and this tract of good land probably extends to the north eastermost side of Lake St. John. He? The 60 Andrew Stuart on the The Peninsula lying between Lake Tsinogomi and the Grand Outlet of Lake St. John, is reported by the surveyor to contain about 250,000 acres of level and fertile land. On the south westernmost side of Lake St. John, the Mountains approach nearto the Lake, and beyond them the whole conntry lying to the westward between Lake St. John aud the St. Maurice is altogether unspsecpiible of cultare, with the exception of some few patches too inconsiderable to merit being particularized. The north easternmost side of Lake St. John, eontaine much good land. The following is a Table of the distances whic hthe rivers einptying into Lake St. John, on this side of the Lake were ascended on the late exploring survey. Chains, Links, Miles, Chains, 2k River Perebonca, 1700 00 20 Musk-rat River, 170 =600 $ 10. River David, 769 00 8 49 Rum River, ‘ 123 00 I 43 River Mistassini, 720 00 9 00 Koucciatien River, 40 00 oO 40 River Baddeley, 560 00 7 oo River Pastagoutin, 480 00 6 00 Saguenay from Chicoutimi = a oo 6 4 Terres Rompues, The following isa Table of Latitudes as taken by Lieutenant Baddeley of the Royal Engineers, with an artificial hori- zon. Riviére La Fleur, 46; 53° 40° Chicoutimi, 48 24 9 Portage des Roches, 48 14 31 About half way over Lake Kennawgommin, 48 16 22 Where two parties met Lake St. John, 48 37 59 Perebonca River, 48 .42..37 Mistassini River, 48 38 55 Quignatshouen River, 48 24 35 Mitabitshuan River, 48 23 12 Tadousac, 48 6 39 Saguenay country @&e. 61 The climate at Chicoutimi, aud lower down the Saguenay seems to be very mueh like that at Quebec, whilst it would ppear that the climate of the country about Lake St. John, is as mild as that of Montreal, perhaps milder, The survey made by the Commissioners was but a partial one, the funds at their disposal not admitting of any other. To complete our kiowledge of this Territory, it would be requisite ~ Ist. To explore in every direction the country lying in the tear of Murray Bay and St. Paul’s Bay upon the St. Law- rence on the one side, and Ha Ha Bay and the Saguenay on the other. 2d. To explore the country lying between Chicotimy and Lake St. John upon the western side of the River Chicotimy, Lake Tsinogomi, &c. _ 3d. To explore the old route from Charlesbourg to the Sa- guenay, striking the Saguenay half way between ‘T'adousae and Chicotimy, as laid down by Charlevoix. (doublful) 4th. To explore the country most likely to afford a direct commuuication by land from Quebec to the old esta- blishment of the Jesuits upon Lake St. John, a distance of about 100 miles ; through which country the Jesuits are said to have been in the habit of causing cattle to be driven from Charlesbourg. Much as thus still remains to do, it is nevertheless true that enough has been done to establish, that there is a vast extent of Territory about Lake St. John, the Saguenay, and their tributary waters which it is desirable should be set- ted, Desultory 62 Capt. Bonnycastle on some of the Arr. V.—Desultory Observations on a few of the Rocks and Minerals of Upper Canada, by Captain Bonnycastie, R. E. In the very desirable step which the Historical Society has at length adopted to commence the march of geological science in Canada, every reason is afforded for belief that a new and important opening will be made towards clearing away the incumbrances which have long overshadowed so fair a field for research, and that, not only will the country be ultimately benefitted and enriched, but that a new light may be spread over the science itself from the unveiling of those peculiar doubts and difficulties with which its study in this singular country is beset. Among some of these hitherto unsolved questions which so naturally present themselves to an enquiring mind, is that of the manner in which the vast masses of foreign rocks, in the shape of water worn boulders, have been transported to their present situations and whence they came. The boulders of the Juraand of Germany, are of small import and of limited extent when compared tothose of Canada. I have travelled by land or along the shores from Prescott to Lake Erie, and every where these singular strangers present themselves to view, thickly spread over rocks and soils to which they have not the slightest analogy, and at an immeasurable distance from any beds to which they might, in a few instances, be supposed to have originally belonged, I have observed them equally strewing the shores of the lakes and of the St. Law- rence, and covering the mountains and the hills, and that too asin Pelham township at a very considerable elevation. Here (at Kingston,) they line the low limestone shores of the lake, and consist of hard schists, of granites, of gneiss, of quartz, of Rocks and Minerals of U, Canada 63 of black basaltic looking masses, and of nearly pure felspar. The granites on the higher plateaus of the limestone of Frontenac, are so numerous and varied, that I am confident in a few hours,above a hundred specimens of different kinds might be procured, but there are no data either from their form or their position, on which a theory of a plausible nature, asto the route they have travelled, could be drawn. The diluvian dressings, as they are rather affectedly termed, have been so variously rolled about, that the side on which these boulders have received the most severe chastisement is un- doubtedly not recognizable. I have fancied that I could perceive there was a kind of regularity in their general po- Sition, but I cannot as yet speak with certainty. I conjecture that they are in nearly parallel lines on the flat tables which this part of the country affords, but I shall not hazard a Statement until I have oppoitunity to enquire more largely. Altogether, the subject of the Canadian boulders appears to me, one of the deepest interest. At Kingston, the mineralogical contents of the transported rocky masses are very interesting. Prase, schorl, varieties of mica, beautiful large crystals of felspur, garnets, and the other concomitants of gniess, granite and sandstones may be readily found, whilst Jarge blocks of quartz from the trans- parent limpid species, through almost all the shades to dark brown, exist ; I have a piece of quartz from a rock which is Wader ground and is of course a boulder, nearly as pure as the Brazilian kind, having but a slight milkiness about it, There are some amygdaloidal boulders here also, containing imperfect jasper, agate, &c., but they are merely curious from their present situation, and are very rare and much worn and disintegrated. Although secondary rocks visibly prevail in the neigh- bourhood it is well known that Kingston is the great point where the pure granite range, which forms the Thousand Is- lands, 64 Capt. Bonnycastle on some of the lands, and the country of the United States down to Lake George, again rises. Here a deposit of immense extent of beautiful red granite rears its head above the limestone range and forms Cedar Island, and the shores of Hamilton's Cove, while in the former place is observed, the unusual and unex. pected circumstance of the granite, and the limestone ming- ling with each other, and that so intimately as to appear, even in a stnall specimen, the result of contemporaneous fusion ; primitive limestone, therefore, exists here.* Kalm, the Swedish traveller, has noticed similaf#calcareous granites in this country, and one near the St. Lawrence, he particularly describcs as being composed of red felspar, black mica, white limestone with grains of purple or red quartz. Of another rock he says, that the absence of felspar is supplied by grey primitive limestone which, together with purple or garnet coloured quartz, and black mica it is composed of. It was supposed that the granitic range from the United States, and Thousand Islands terminated at Kingston, but I feel inclined to think otherwise, and that this granite spreads onwards towards the immense primitive range, which divides the waters flowing into Hudson’s Bay and the upper lakes from those which pay tribute to the mighty St. Lawrence. P The limestone of Kingston, contains in most instances but few shells and those mostly of one kind, a sort of scallop, 1. should not be atall surprized at some discoveries being wlti-, mately effected here with respect to animal “remains, as Has. miltoa's * Captain: Bonnycastle appears to alludeto this-rock in the following) extract from another communication of his: « Hereis the most singular junetion of the granite, with I think a talcose limestone ; these rocks actu- ally intermix so, that the quartz and felspar of the granite may be seen separately in the lime, and the lime separately in the granite, far beyond the line where the two masses have actually been soldered togetheras it were, This isall made evident by having a surface smoothed and polished. There is not much schorl here but Lhave scen a’ little in the granite in situ.» Rocks and Minerals of U. Canada. 63 milton’s Cove on its north shore is eavernous to a very great degree, the limestone quarter of Uedar Island is the same, and there are some tokens of vast caverns under Point Henry, as a stream, which is of some volume ia spring, loses itself suddenly there in a chasm. Orthoceratites.and other organies are found here, the bival- ves are, however, not very common, and the orthoceratites seem to belong to large slabs which have been transported, ra- ther than toany rock in stlt, Chain coral (tulsipora catenulata)madrepores and the honey~- comb fossil (fayoisite) are found on the islands in the vicini- ty, but not very perfect; and amongst other things a small slab was picked up Jately, on which is the perfect appearance of alarge plant in alfo relievo, with some leaves beside it. 2. About fifteen miles from Kingston, iu the township of Loughborough, galena aud broad plates of mica, as well as ecarburet of iron, exist as [am informed. Pipe clay very pare is found near the forty mile creek in the Niagara district, and there is also a lange bed of sulphur, Iead is found at Mud Creek, iv the county, or rather township joining Pelham, and fine granular gypsum at the Grand River, in such quantities as to be common on all the farms in the Niagara district. Selenite (crystallized gypsum ) is found at Fort George, and at Beckett’s Mills. Atthe Short Hills there is a singular declivity in the woods, which bears every appearance of hav- ing been an ancient waterfall; some water still oozes out of che rock at its base,and here are strewed masses of agatized wood and hornstone, apparently formed by the petrifying qualities of the ancient stream, There is an extensive bed of iron pyrites in the woods at the Short Hills, and thereabouts occur crater like hollows, which may probably have been formed by the combustion of that mineral; the lips of the cups, however, ave not high, and it is equally probable that these hollows may have been cave ed by the sinking of the sand. I In 66 Capt. Bonnycustle on some of the In a!l probability there is a great deposit of magnetic iron hear Kingston, as well as of other ores of iron; large masses are occasionally seen, and I have met with very pure ores in tumps as large as a man’s head. I propose to close these observations upon a few of the rocks and minerals of Upper Canada, by adding a mineralo- gical annalysis of the Marmora ores of iron, together, with that of a Kingston mineral which, I believe, has hitherto been con» sidered erroneously to be tremolites I Magnetic oxide of Iron, Marmora, Upper Canada, ‘This mineral is composed of large and small crystals in thé inass, (sometimes though not frequently exhibiting the form of tie octahedrén,) generally strongly bevelled on all their ‘edges. Ceélour externally iron black; on a fresh fracture, fron grey inspots. Fracture, uneven with cavities. Lustre, weakly metallic. Powder, under the hammer black ; under the file also black; streak, metallic. Alone on charcoal very difficult to fase. With borax, on platina wire, it first becomes ted, then bottle green, and when ceol it forms a transparent and colotrless glass. With salt of phosphorus the same is observed: It strongly attracts the insulated needle. This is the granular magnetic ore and exists in immense quantities on the Crow Lake, forming mountain masses. It is very valuable, and although it contains much sulphur, from the quantity of carkuret of iron and argillacious ores found near it, its fasion is accomplished without great expenses. W°.i1,—Red oxide of Tron and fibrous hornblende, BMarmora. This thass‘has a laminar structure in the direction of the fongitudinal fracture, but is very compact. The hornblende ‘covers both faces of the flattish surfacés, and appears some- times penetrating the mass. Tt has the peculiar odour of hornbleide, a fibrous structure, resinous lustre and bitumi* iofts Appearatice ; the fibrous structure when filed across its length Rocks and Minerals of U. Canada, 67 length is very distinct, resembling the grain of bamboo or cane. Its streak greenish gray. Insoluble in nitric acid. The ore itself has but little of the metallic look » and does not move theneedle. External colour, dark brownish dirty red ; Streak, dark fine red ; powder, the Same, very fine and ra- ther smooth. The streak and powder are uncertain, being sometimes as above, atothers the streak is brown grey, as well as pow- der, the hornblende being so intimately mixed with the mass, The results of fusion also vary. Alone it does not fuse on charcoal, but blackens with borax 3 the dark powder gives a dull red opaque glass ; in the oxidating flame, wine yellow ; in the reducing flame fine dark (green ?) colour, which be- comes more green on eooling. This variety does not appear to be very common, it fs q curious specimen, N°. 1L.—Mountain ore (cated also take ore,) from the mountain it almost composes being near the lake, Marmora, This ore is a very massive looking variety with an even fracture and argillaceous appearance. In nitric acid insoly- ble. Colour of fracture, iron black or steel gray ; it is gene- rally coated by alight crust of brown oxide, Powder by file black ; streak, metallic. Moves the needle, and is evi- dently earthy magnetic oxide ef iron, This ore is very abundant at Marmora, and js used fox making the best bar iron there, It is probably inexhaustible, N°.1V.—Red ore, ar ochrey red oxide of iron, Marmora, This has an earthy aspect ; strongly soils the fingers of g deeper indian red than its own external colour, which ig dull brick red, byt when cut fine indian red. #racture earthy. Powder dark red. Streak red and shines a liitle. Lasily cutand broken, Nitric acid changes the colour of the mass, Or appears to discharge it. No other effect from dropping the powder into nitric acid than a metallic scum arising and floating on the surface, 13 This 63 Capt. Bonnycastie on some of the This is a variety of the ochrey red oxide of iron, and might be made use of as a pigment, for which purpose it is in. deed sometimes sold at Marmora, at the rate of 25s, a ton, It may perhaps be rendered useful in the arts as its quali- ties are much the same as that brought from the gulf of Ormus. At Marmora it is abundant, and is used as a strong flux for the best ores. Its effects, in this way are repree sented as very great. N°. V.—Irregular mass ; apparently epidote and decompos- ing Felspar, Marmora, A green substance in distinct erystallizations intersecting. Fracture crystalline and laminated longitudinally ; cross frac- ture uneven, Powder, greenish gray, and harsh to the touch, Does not yield easily to the knife, and has a greenish gray streak, Opaque, or feebly transluent at the edges in thin laminee. Fresh fracture has alustrealmost metallic, shining and vitreous, or slightly resinous. Does not fuse easily, or scarcely at all, on charcoal, but in foreeps in a thin scale, it fuses with difficulty on the edges into a round black, dull, ena- mel, here and there. With borax, on platina wire, intume- sces, and yields a glass of a yellowish colour. Crystalline cleavage in two directions, longitawal and diagonal. There is also Tthink some hornbleade and mach iren fn this specimen. Rocks of this nature appear abnndant in the porphyritic sienite of Marmora. N°. VI.—Argillaceous carbonate of tron, Marmora. Yellowish brown, sparry looking masses, with an uneven fracture, and crystalline stracture which is lamellar, aad yesembles ealcspar, having a shining pearly lustre when turn- edto the light. Sweak very easily effected, and of a fight brownish yellow or yellowish white colour, Poder, rovgh and very red. ‘The powder when fine on the finger moves the needle faintly, Eflervesces in powder strongly ; when thrown juto nitric acid a bright red heavy powder sub- sides, and a metallic scum rises. Decrepitates on charcoal, aud falis into a metallic dull red powder, I Rocks and Minerals of U. Camada = 609 I should call this aw argillaceous carbonate of iron, or ar- gillaceous sparry iron ore. I believe they think it is yellow ochre at the Marmora works. N°. VII.=Clayey iron ore, Marmora, Earthy, uneven, irregular masses resembling some kinds of graphic clay. Colour green grey, slightly glimmering. Streak, greenish grey. Powder, darker greenish gray. _A- fone on charcoal, it becomes powdery, and rising up a little turns reddish brown and crumbles into dust, parts of which look metallic, but does not readily fuse. With borax on pla- tena wire, it is very difficult to fuse, but turns at last into a beautiful light green glass which on coolng fades. During the process the essay becomes bright red hot in points. With sall of phosphorus it is also difficult of fusion; at first it forms a red globule which turns gradually a dark bottle green, then a fine light green and becomes a colourless glass on cooling, Not effervescent in acids, nitric, muriatic nor sulphuric, I should call this specimen (which is very commonat Marmoe ra, and is called a coarse black lead by the workmen,) green argillaceous oxide of iron, from the peculiar bottle green colour it developes. Perhaps there is some chrome in_ its composition which gives it its slightly green hue in mass. 1t resembles in its qualities the indurated green iron earth of Jameson, Hauy‘s fer oxide terreux. supposad by some, according to Cleaveland, a phosphuret of iron, and cf rare occurrence, It affords a greenish black trace on paper with pressure, hut none on white porcelain, and feels very slightly greasy. When moistened by breathing on it, it gives out a strong ar- gillaceous odour. N°. VULL—White and light blue radiated and bladed sul- phate of baryles, Kingston, This mineral exists at Kingston, in the upper beds of a compact dark limestone with very few, or rather scarcely any, thells. These upper beds appear to have been subjected two some 70 Capt. Bonnycastle on some of the &e. some convulsion as they are much broken and irregular, dif- fering also in their aspect from those on which they repose, aud passing by exposure to the oxygen of the air, or some other operating cause, into a dull whitish (argillaceous) grey looking substance. Calcspar commonly is in conjunction with the barytes, and is sometimes red orof a pale flesh colour, but the whole spe. cimes is very frequently much decomposed. Nodular masses of this barytes, coated by argillaceous lime of a dirty light brown colonr, and of the size of a cocoa nut, are also some- times found on the surface of the exposed beds. I have been particular inthe examination of this mineral, because I suppose that it is the substance which has long passed at Kingston under the designation of tremolite. Its obvious great specific gravity might have prevented this mig- take. , Structure bladed & radiated ; the plates or blades very loag and intersecting in broad rays, leaving interstices. Fracture crystalline, and, in the direction’ of the rays, lamellar and shining; across them uneven, powdery and dull. Lustre, fine white and shining, rather vilreous. Poqder, white, & harsh, and also breaks into little long spangles on slight trituration, Streak, white. Scratched by fluor spar and in some places, by the nail. Not affected by the acids nitric, muriatle nor sulphuric, ncitherin mass, powder nor spangle. Alone on charcoal it is very difficult of fusion ; in a thin lamina it turns white, and transparent on cooling, at the first blast ; on the next turns again lime white, and gives out an intense and beautiful white light, after which it separates, swells a little, and fuses into an irregular dull, Uut fine while, enamel, which when cold and placed on the tongue, gives the peculiar disagreeable taste of sulphuretted hydrogen and after a few hours becomes soft and powdery Ant; Arr. VI.—Geology of a portion of the Labrador Coast, by Lieut. Baddeley, Royal Engineers. Verx little is known of either the geology or mineralogy of any portion of the coast of Labrador, and for that little we are almost entirely indebted to the Rev. Mr. Steinhaeur, ex- tracts from whose communication on the subject to the Geo- logical Society of London, will be found at tne end of this article. In the autumn of 1827, Capt. Campbell, h. p. 79th Regi- ment, visited the coast of Labrador, from Bradore to Cha- teau Bay, and bronght back with him the necessary materials for affording the following report, which he kindly placed at my disposal. On the island of Quirpon, about one hundred yards to the north of Newfoundland, quartz rock was observed, forming a thick continuous vein or stratum running north east. It is remarkably pure, white, compact and deeply translucent on the edges. A tendency to the formation of regular crystals appears in some hollows and nests in the mass. These crystals when near the external surface of the rock, are often characterized by having beautifully polished faces, as if they had been operated upon by the lapidary’s wheel ; the same is also observod of some portions of the surface, which exhibit no tendency to regular crystallization. Dr. MacCulloch has noticed the same fact in his paper on Quartz Rock, page 480, vol. 2, of the Geological ‘Transactions, At Cape Charl.s, onthe Labrador coast, immediately op- posite, the same rock was observed, and vader similar cir- cumstances. At Francis harbour, on the Labrador coast, an aggregate ‘composed of quartz and calcareous spar, forms a continuous scaly %2 Lieut, Baddeley on the Geology seam or thin stratum in micaceous schist, which, according to Capt. Campbell, is common to most. of the rocks from Bradore to this places The quartz of this aggregate projects in ribs, as it were, from both the otherwise flat surfaces of the seam. Itis white, translucent and compact. The calcare~ ous spar is also white, but its laminar structure, greatly in- ferior fiardness, and violent effervescence in acid, remove any doubt as to its nature. The micaceous schist alluded to abeve, rises ia steps to a considerable height from the water; nothing is known of its stratification, but only that it is associated with granite of a beautiful description, composed of white decomposing felspar, silver mica, and grey quartz, the felspar being occasionally stained or invested by a mineral of abrick red colour. Granite, contalning large crystals of black mica, was also brought from an island near Square Island harbour, A granite, in which the felspar greatly predominates in large crystals ‘of a white colour, was found to be the prevailing rock at Cape Charles, Battle harbour, and lying above one of a sparkling character, (micaceous schist ?) A very siliceous limestone occurs at Bradore. An indurat- ed calcareous tufa, probably derived from the disintegration of the foregoing limestone, is found incrusting pebbles lyiug in the sea at this place. A beautiful aggregate, composed of flesh coloured crystals of felspar and green hornblende, a syenite, was observed, forming veins about one foot wideia a rock, which is describ- ed as being dark and of a bluish colour, (basalt ?) On an islet called Castle Reef Rock, in Henley harbour, Chateau Bay, a rock, composed of a mixtnre of felspar of a dark purplish grey colour, a very fusible green hornblende, and grey quartz, occurs, apparently, underlying basalt. ‘The felspar is remarkable for the almost splenleut scan metallic lustre of the Coast of Labrador. 73 lustre on the frequently striated faces of the lamin of which {t is composed, and strong resinous cross fracture. The basaltic formation before mentioned, is thus described. “ Upon entering the harbour it has something the appear- ance of a fortification, The upper portion consists of a mass of amorphous basalt, fifty feet thick, 990 feet long, and 210 feet wide, in its broadest part, which is in the centre. This mass is supported by an aggregation of basaltic columns, tho greatest height of which, is 25 feet. The smallest periphery toany one of these is two feet, and largest seven feet six inches. The position of these columns is vertical or nearly $0, (notany were observed inclincd to the horizon, bent or curved,) and in close contact one with the other. They are jointed at every foot or one foot six inches. They vary in the number of sides. Capt. Campbell saw them of five, six, seven, and eight sides ; one he measured was an irregular pentagon of 6 feet 6 inches, in periphery; another he brought home has eight sides (the smallest may perhaps be esteemed only a truncation,) and itis remarkable for pose sessing the process described by MacCulloch. (pl. 5.) The base of these pillars is 180 feet above the water ; from the former in mostplaces the ground slopes off at an angle of 45° to meet the latter, The method adopted, unaided by the use of instruments, to ascertain the height of this slope, should be generally remembered. IJlaving taken a boat-hook which he found to be 15 feet 6 inches long, Capt. Campbell fixed a cross piece, about six fect in length, at right angles, to oneend ; then forcing the other, or pointed extremity, into the ground, at the waters edge, he plumb’d the boat hook to ascertain that it was upright. He then ascended the bill until his eye was in the prolongation of the cross piece, when the —— EE * The ae 4.) was reduced by a friend, from one Capt. Camp K 74 Lieut. Baddeley on the Geology the boat hook was removed to the place where he stood, and the same thing repeated. By ascending in this manner, it took eighteen stations to reach the top of the slope, which multiplied by the height of the boat hook, minus the height of the eye (in thls case 5 fect 6 inches,) gives a product of 180 feet, which added to 75 feef, the sum of the height of coe Jumnar and amorphous basalt, previously measured by drope ping a line from the summit, makes a total height above the sea of 255 feet. In some places the upper part having fallen away, the columns under are left without any other burthen to support than thatof their own weight ; in these cases it is often pos- sible to push them over with the foot, by climbling up and going behind them. ‘The summit is flat and covered with moss and turf; its shape is oblong, and it is widest in the middle, Thecolumns pass all round, andthere is only one way of reaching the summit. This formation extends to another island to the westward, called Saddle Island, from which, Castle Reef Rock is di- vided by an arm of the sea, called bythe fishermen Castle Reef Tickle. The width of this arm is not more than 120 yards, and its depth is sufficient for the largest vessels, There is no essential difference inthe basaltiform appeare ance of Saddle Island ; the occurrence, however, of three caves, on the side towards the sea, affords, upon an exami- tion of them, strong presumptive evidence that these columng traverse the mountain, and with the same regularity and close juxta position they exhibit on the outside. Thc deep. estof these caverns was foundto be 20 yards deep by 15 yards wide in the middle—the floors were strewn with the fragments of columns, and the sides were ornamented by those which their removal exposed to view—the ceiling was as smooth as thatofa room but of almost an iron blackness. The thickness of amorphous basalt above was from 30 to 40 feet, The of the Coast of Labrador. 75 _ The course of this formation is east and west, and the co- Jumns to the westward are of longer dimensions than those to the eastward. Mineralogical analysis of basalt from the Coast of Labrador. * Colour, binish black ; externally itis yellowish brown. Opaque. Structure, compact granular. Fracture, slightly uneven, somewhat conchoidal, it scratches glass, but yields to the knife, Colour of streak light grey. Magnetic before the application of heat—No apparent action in acids. Sp.Gr. 2-9. . Before the blowpipe it forms a shining black globule of enamel. A yellowish green mineral, supposed to be olivine, is dissemi nated in spots through the basalt.t Extracts from the Rev, Mr. Steinhauer’s notes on the Geoe ology of the Labrador Coast. “According to the descriptions of those who have had an ope portunity of contemplating this inhospitable region, it cunsistg almost entirely of barren rocks ,towering in craggy eminences, on which even the lichen in vain endeavours to fix a habitae tion ; for moisture enters the rock with its fibres ; the cold of winter congeals that moistnre, and the summer’s thaw precipitates the loosened fragment and its tenant to the foot. These fragments mouldering into sand, afford in some places support to a few species of pines, and the annual decomposition of their leaves, stains this earth to the depth of a few inches with a blackish hue. Io other spots where the thawing snow occasions an accumulation of water, sphagma and other mosses form a species ofturf, and conceal the barrenness of the land ; but every were the plucking upa tuft of vegetation, or ree moving the withered leaves, discovers either the bare rock or a bright silicious sand. In several parts of the country the rocks are intersected by chasms running generally in aright line * The part within the ferruginous band, represented in the plan is modified by the rust of iron. tA black purnice full of perfectly round pores, was found floating on the sea at Bradore. K 2 76 Lieut, Baddeley on the Geology Mne to aconsiderable distance, as if intended to be the recep tacle of future veins ; the floor, as I am informed, is com- posed of a different species of stone from the side, and ge- nerally of a lighter colour ; but I could not, from the descripe tion, ascertain whether it was calcareous or not. These clefts when covered with snow in the winter, sometimes prove dangerous pitfalls to the unwary wanderer who does not know how to avoid them by the line of bushes (vaccinium, iedum &c.) which fringe their margin. Indeed the narrow passages which divide the coast into numberless islands, ale most seem to be similar chasms occupied by the sea, few, if any, of those islands being alluvial, but high barren rocks, appearing from the sea like continuous land. ‘¢ The highest mountains seem to extend along the eastern coast ; the names and situations of the principal, known to the Missionaries, are The Nachwak chain, about lat. 59° The insulated mountain, Tupperlik, (the tent) lat. 58: 15°. The Kaumayok chain terminating in the high island of Cape Mugford or Grimmington, lat. 58°. The high land of Kiglapyed in lat, 57°. The Mealy mountains laid down on Lane’s survey of the coast of Labrador in lat. 53: 50‘, and said to be never free from snow ; they have not been visited by the Missionaries who now seldom go far to the south of Hopedale. ‘¢ With respect to their actual height, little can be said with certainty, but as Mount Thoresby, on an island south of Kiglapyed was ascertained by the officers of H. M.S. Medu- sa and Thalia, to be 2733 feet, and the Kiglapyed is evidently higher, yet inferior to the Kaumayok and Nachwak heighfsy the latter cannot be assumed at less than 3000 feet. This sup position gains additional probability, from the circumstance that the Kaumayok has been seen by Capt. Frazier ata dis« tance of upwards of 30 leagues from land. The mountains to the west of Cape Chadieigh are much lower, and accords ing a ee of the Coast of Labrador. 77 ing to the accounts of the missionaries, of a different nature, but wherein the difference consists we are unable to deter- mine. « From the islands near Cape Chudleigh we have received specimens of large-grained pale granite, with garnets. The island of Ammitok (about lat. 59+ 30‘) is described as con- sisting almost entirely of a crumbling granite, sometimes mixed with hornblende. The mountains of Nachwak about Nackwak Bay, furnish considerable quantities of * lapis ollaris generally of the grey kind, but sometimes of the semi- transparent green variety. The missionaries describe the southern part of the chain, as exhibiting a very singular ap pearance towards the sea, being composed of alternate layers of black and white rock in a vertical position, which makes the cliff seem striped, the black strata are about five feet in thickness, the white double that breadth. Nulletartok bay, still farthersouth, and probably near the extremity of the same chain, has been called Slate Bay, from a stratum of slate, which appears there a little above high water mark ; from this stratum the travellers write, that an acrid liquid of a strong sulphureous smell, exudes, which seems to indicate an impregnation with sulphuric acid. Below high water mark, in the same bay, they noticed a stratum, which they describe as resembling + cast iron, with a glossy, somewhat reddish, surface, and extremely hard. The north side of the Kaumayok mountains consists of a white stone with black or grey veins resembling { statuary marble, but very hard. Of the productions of the Kiglapyed we have no account, but to the south of this chain the district commences, where the Labrador felspar is found. ‘This stone was first distinguished by * Potstone, variety of Stealite. Lt. B. ¢ Magnetic iron? Lt. B. { Quarts rock? LtB. 78 Lieut. Baddeley on the Geology by the late Rev. B. Latrobe,* among a number of specimens sent to him ; it occurs not only in pebbles on the shore, but in spots in the rocks in the neighbourhood of Nain, parti- cularly neara Lagoon, about 50 or 60 miles inland, in which Nain north river terminates. Its colours, dartiug through the limpid erystal of the lake, and flashing from the cliffs, more especially when moistened by a shower of rain, chang- ing continualiy with every alteration in the position of the boat, are described as almost realizing ascene in fairy land. The same district produces also the Labrador hornblende, (hyperstene) anda white stone striped with green, which seems to constitute a rock on an island near Nain, and was first noticed by the Rev. C. J. Latrobe, among other frag ments, which induced him to cause large fragments to be broken off and brought over. **One of the mountains in the vicinity of Nain, (as well as several others in different parts of the coast,) exhibits a species of + Mam-tor, continually crumbling away, and shivering down into the valley below. «The island of Ukasiksalik, free stone island, has derived Its name from the quantities of lapis ollaris found there. It is probably the most southern place on the coast where this mineral occurs, as the missionaries who first visited the Eski- mos in Chateau Bay, in the straits of Belle Isle, were told ~ by them that they procured the stoue of which their lamps, pots, &c., were made from this island. *‘At Hopedale the secondary limestone seems to come in ; at least we have received from that place fragments of reddish carvonate of lime, calcareous spar, and schiefer spar. Mr. Latrobe also possesses a madrepore, said to have been found there. It isremarkable that the river abounds iu fragments of * President of the Society for the furtherance of the Gospel establish- ed by the brethren. t A mountain in the Peak of Derbyshire. Lt, B. of the Coast of Labrador. 79 of stone, worn into the most fantastic shapes, in which the imagination without great exertion may trace the rude resem- blance of birds crocodiles, &e. They sometimes form rings six or eight inches in diameter, and three quarters of an inch thick. ‘Their great abundance precluded the possibility of their being the work of art. With respect to the land west of Cape Chudleigh, as it has been but once vesited, we cannot expect to learn much about it. The mountaius of Torngarsuir (the evil spirit) in lat. 60° are described as rugged, barren and black, and containing a huge cavern which the heathen Eskimos fable to be the habitation of the devil, The rocks further north are light coloured but there appear to be no mountains of cone siderable height on this part of the coast which is called Une guva. Onalmost every part of it fragments of ared jasper impregnated with iron, are frequent and in some places hae matites and cubical pyrites. It may be worth remark that the tides rise here no less than from 40 to 50 feet, while they seldom exceed 8 or 10 cn the eastern cost. The current sets from west to east round Cape Chudleigh, (Geological Transactions, vol. 2.) Arr. VII.—Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy of a part of the Saguenay country. Tue materials for forming this geognostical essay were procuied while attached to an Exploring Party, which left Quebec in the summer of 1828, ona journey through the Saguee pay Country, to collect information as to its capabilities for sete tlement. Upon a perusal, it will be found to require much indulgence, partly on account of the inexperience and limited information of the S0 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy* the writer, on the subject in general, and partly owing to the short period allotted for observation. This indulgence, it is hoped, will be readily granted by the reader, when he is ine formed, that it has been written without assistance, and by a person, ashe will soou ascertain, totally unpractised in book- making. As this is considered by the writer merely as a sort of appen- dix to the more important and comprehensive reports of Ensign Nixon, 66th Regt., Messrs. Bouchette, Hamel and Davis, he has omitted as superfluous, most of the distances and courses, &c., retaining only the latitudes of those places where he had reason to think his observations were correctly made for deter- mining them, and referring the reader for the relative position of places, to the accompanying plan. As this paper will be unaccompanied by any of the Reports alluded to above, it becomes necessary to introduce it by a rapid sketch of the country it treats of. The country through which the following report professes to be a geognostical section, is situated at a variable distance of from 100 to 200 miles from Quebec, commencing a little west of a line due north of that place, and passing through all the points of a segment subtending an angle of about 50°, as far eastward as the mouth of the Saguenay, which lies 65 leagues north-east of that place. The principal topogrophical features observed while moving nearly on this segment, are embraced in the following description :— Lake * The term geognosy and its derivatives have been used in this essay to imply a knowledge of the names of the rocky constituents &c. whi form thecrust of the earth, derived from consulting their mineral con- tents, physical structure &c. By geology &c., ismeant not only this knowledge, but the still more scientific one which points to the relative ages of these rocks, &c. and to the probable mannerin which they have been formed. The geogaist in- forins us, for instance, that such a rock is a syenite or trap; butitis the geologist who explains whether it belongs to the primary or overlying clasa &c. The former may collect facts; but it isthe latter who must rea- son upon them—no man can hopeto be the second uutil he has become the first. We do not stop to inquire if this distinction be correct but rather beg that it may be conceded to us on this occasioa, of a part of the Saguenay Country. SI * Lake St. John is a natural basin or nesetvoir, oceupying the most northerly portion of the country alluded to, into which radiate, with generally rapid courses, several rivers. ‘The greatest breadth of this lake is measured nearly on a due north line from ’ the post of Metabetchuan, and is equal toa little more than nine- teen minutes of latitude*, It isof a rounded form and remark- ably shallow. The only outlet to this lake is on the side tothe east- ward of south ; and here it may be considered that the Sague- nay river commences, which pursuing a direct, violent, danger- ous, and contracted course for about twenty-five leagues, sud- denly expands by meeting the tide, into a noble and navigable river, second only in Canada to the Sr. Lawrence, with whose waters it ultimately miogles its own, passing in its course to the latter river over a farther distance of 25 Icagues, and through a section of rocks from 200 to 1000 feet in altitude. The breadth of this river, in the navigable portion of it, varies from half a mile to three quarters of a league, and its depth is in most places considerable. At the upper end of these navigable waters, and whiere the tide rises upwards of eighteen feet, the Chicoutimi river enters the Saguenay on its right bank from the southward of west. It has its source in Lake Kenwangomi, between which and its mouth there are five or six portages; it would otherwise be na- vignble for batteaux. By this route in canoes Lake St. John is reached, the more direct one by the upper waters of (he Sague- nay being impracticable. Lake Kenwangomi is about five or ix leagues long and so narrow as to resemble a wide river rather than alake. Like the Saguenay its course is generally from the northward of west. It is separated from avother lake called ' * It was made much more by the Deputy Surveyor General, but as he Possessed no other instrument for makiny observations than a theodolite, we may ps without arrogance prefer our own, which were mode with an excellent sextant of eight inches rae by Gilkerson, and an artificial hori- zon, 82 Lieut, Baddeley on the geognosy called Kenwangomishish by a species of dividing ridge about half a mile wide, which separates the waters flowing southward di- rectly into the Saguenay, from those which, by pursuing a northerly course, first enter Lake St. John; a topographical feature of rather unusual occurrence.* We will not further anticipate what will appear in the body of the essay, but without more preamble, will now proceed with the description of the rocks which were met with on the route, in the order they came under observation, trusting that it may afford the experienced geologist the means of fixing their geological positition,—an attempt we have seldom pre; sumed tosmake, and where made, it is with the diffidence and hesitation compatible with our want of experience and know- ledge on the subject. The rocks on the Island of Orleans, wherever we have seen them, are composed of alternating strata of clay-slate and grey wacke. At Patrick’s Hole, which was reached about 10 A. M. of the 6th August, these rocks appear alternating with each other, in very distinct strata, the dip of which, when not vertical, is either to the east or west, at an angle of from 609 to 85°. Here the grey wacke predominates, and rising be- yond the hin strata of clay-slate, owing to the greater resist- ance the former opposes to the action of weathering, forms on the shore natural low stone walls, parallel toeach other. It is probable that a good building material may be procured at this place. As the term wacke has been applied very loosely to rocks of very different characters, we will here describe the mineral con- tents, 'c. of the one to which we have applied this name :— Its * For further information on this interesting tract of country, consult the reports of the gentlemen before mentioned, but particularly those of the House of Assembly, elicited through the exertions of Andrew Stuart, Esq., to which indeed we are indebted for all that is known of the country. See also article 4 of this work. of a part of the Saguenay Country. 83 Its prevailing colour in the neighbourhood of Quebec, of which it is a characteristic rock, is greenish grey. It possesses a mechanical and granular structure, being composed of rounded grains of quartz, thickly distributed through a base of indurat- ed clay ; these are sometimes large enough to render the term pudding stone applicable to it. Small white crystals of felspar and small angular pieces of clay-slate are occasionally seen in it. It is almost always characterised by a great degree of solidity and infriability, and could never be mistaken for one of the latest sandstones. The grey wacke of Cape Rouge is an excellent building stone, and has been much employed in the scarps of the new fortifications at Quebec. Although the predominating rock, grey wacke, is comparatively rare among the debris or shingle on the shore, owing to its power of resisting the disin- tegrating action of the atmosphere ; while clay-slate, for a con- trary reason, covers the shore in angular fragments. These two rocks continue without interruption, as far to the westward as the Telegraph, from the neighbourhood of which Messrs. Nixon and Bowen brought specimens of the latter, much discoloured by the red oxide of iron, and containing small rounded nuclei or nests of magnetic iron, These gentlemen report the soil over which they passed, to be sandy and much neglected, a description that will apply to most of that we saw on this island. A few yards beyond high water mark, the rocks suddenly emerge, and form a bank about fifty feet high, running parallel to the river. Having walked about a mile to the eastward of Patrick’s Hole, along the shore, no important geological change was observed. At river La Fleur, off which adverse winds obliged us to anchor, the same rocks were observed; we here learnt, how- ever, that limestone is found in the adjoining parishes of St. Frangois, to the eastward, and St. Laurent to the westward, atthe latter of which places lime is burnt for the supply of the $4 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy the island. We here made a small excursion inland, for about two miles, on a N. W. course, without observing any thing more remarkable than an isolated ridge of grey wacke, suddenly cropping out and dipping to the S.E.*. at an angle of from 50° to 60°. Upon our return we took the Sun’s Meridian Al- tiude, and found the latitude to be 460 53’ 407, Leaving river La Fleur, we came to anchor again off La Grosse Isle, on which we passed the night. This island we were informed belongs to the Ursulines, and is about three quarters of a league long, by about 550 feet wide, but being almost entirely a bare rock, one farm only, of about 90 acres, is under culture upon it. Having reached this place very late at night, and quitting it very early in the rorning, our geog~ nostical observations were necessarily very scanty. The rock we believe is grey wacke. It is covered witha grey lichen, and bears the appearance externally of a solidity it does not possess, at least in the places examined, as it readily broke under the hammer, into tabular pieces, with oxidated surfaces. The ob- scuricy cf the weather and time at the period of observation, together with the absence of the specimens collected, which were left behind, will not allow us to describe with confidence. The outline of the island is craggy and irregular. Fassing to the southward of the island, in descending the St. Lawrence, several islands, viz: Marguerite, Cochon, &c. &e., some of them mere isolated rocks, were observed on the left hand, and which have the appearance of being also of grey wacke. Ve lay off the mouth of the Saguenay on the morning of the 9th of August, ata conjectured distance of from 9 to 12 miles. The highest point of land on the western side of the entrance into the Sagueuay at this distance, subtended an angle of __ * This is the prevailing dip on the northern shore of the St, Lawrence ; it is frequently reversed on the southern of a part of the Saguenay Country. 85 of 1912744, No approximate height could be expected from calculating with such imperfect data; they were em- ployed, however, and by one calculation, in which 12 miles were assumed as the base, the height was found to be 919 feet ; by another, in which the base was 10} miles, 805 feet were obtained : the former agrees nearly with the result of an obser- vation less liable to prove erroneous which was taken subse- quently at the post of T'adousac. Upon landing at this place (Tadousac) we proceeded imme- diately to examine a few of the geognostical characters of the country. The only place of residence here is erected on a bank of sandy alluvium, elevated about 50 feet above the river, and forming a flat terrace at the base of the mountains which sud- denly emerge at a short distance behind. The rock of which these mountains is composed is granite, either of a red ora grey color, depending upon that of the felspar. It contains very little mica, but sufficient to make it a genuine granite, a rock as will be seen of rare occurrence among those about to be described. It crops out in cuboidal masses, and possesses sometimes the probably fallacious appearance of being stratified. At the foot of this granite, a small stream drains a tolerably deep section of the before mentioned alluvium, which is crowded with water-washed fragments of crystalline rocks, On the shore were seen small deposits of magnetic iron. Here bases were measured, and the requisite angles taken for determining the height of the most elevated land on cither side the mouth of the Saguenay, which was tound to be 912 feet on the west- ern side, and 588 fect on that to the eastward. These results are approximations only, as the observations from whence they are derived, were not taken with the utmost precision. Leaving the ha:bour of Tadousac and proceeding to the east- ward round the clayey precipice of Pointe-aux-Vaches, which is the most southern portion of the alluvial plateau before de- sernbed, 86 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy scribed, we reached a small bay, at the bottom of which the Moulin a Bande rivulet enters the St. Lawrence, at the dis- tance of about three miles fromthe Post. It is here that the bed of white marble is situated, which has already excited much attention. We visited this place late in the evening, and could only spare ten minutes to its examination. It lays in close contact with syenitic gneiss, a rock composed of white felspar, grey quartz and black hornblende ; the latter of which mine- rals it is, that by its arrangement in parallel seams and layers, “makes the term gneiss more applicable to it than granite ; these seams and layers indeed are sometimes so thick, and always so continuous, as to merit the name of alternating ‘ hornblende schists’? of Macculloch, if an aggregate, in other places in the neighbourhood, of so intrusive a character, and on that account agreeing better with one of his ‘ overlying”? rocks,-can be admitted among that class. The fracture of the rock is effected more readily in the direction of these seams than elsewhere, and the surface thus exposed hasa black pseudo metallic brilliancy, resembling some micaceous schists, for which at the first sight it might be mistaken, but the easy fusibility before the blow- pipe, into a black shining globule, of that mineral which some- times resembles black mica, is a sufficient distinction. But to return to the marble: At its junction with the gneiss, it is much entangled with it, and it is stained in many places of a greenish color. Conformable to the accompanying strata it dips io the S. W. at a high angle, and crops out in yellowish white water-washed masses on the shore, at the bot- tom of a precipitous cliff, where alone we saw it. None of the specimens examined could be considered of excellent quality, as they were much stained and bastardised by what was sup- posed to be either hornblende or epidote; besides they are of a laminar, and not of that granular, structure which bestows on the white Italian marbles their greatest value, by causing them’ to of apart of the Saguenay Country. — 87 to work freely in any direction. We had no leisure to ascer- tain the quantity in which this matble occurs, but this defici- ency of information is fully supplied by the following anony- mous communication, which there is reason to think generally correct :— * ‘T’'apousac, Sept. 14, 1826. _ We walked this morning along the beach to Moulin a Baude, about four miles below this Post, to see the bed of mar- ble there. Point Rouge, forming the south-east promontory of the harbour of Tadousac, is chiefly composed of a very hard close-grained red granite. The granite alternates for a few paces with, andis then followed as far as Pointe-aux-Vaches, by several varieties of primitive rocks, principally gneiss, &'c. until they are there met by a bed of clay, apparently one hundred and fifty feet thick above the level of the river, and cut down nearly perpendicularly by the beating of the waters for a distance of about two hundred yards, which is the whole breadth of the bed. © This clay is of the same character as that at Pointe-aux- Bouleaux.(*) The primitive rocks of the same description which were found laying against the clay, almost immediately succeed it, and the action of the water discloses to the passenger that fantastic and beautiful intermixture of layers of different coe lours, so common between Malbay and the Saguenay. The shore is then indented, and a bed of gneiss, stretching out-into the St. Lawrence, has been cut off by the water and forms a little island ; opposite to it is a bay, and in the dry sand throwu up (*) “ The clay at Pointe aux Bouleaux and Pointe aux Vaches, the two outermost tongues of the benks of the Saguenay atits mouth, occurs in immense beds, of which that at the first place is about thirty or forty feet in thickness above ground, and thatat the last place probably two bundred feet; both together extending in superticies apparently ten or iwelve miles. It is extremely fine in its texture, contains a good deal of lime and some iron. It has the property of crambling when water is thrown upon it, as ansiaked does, and might by being merely spread out and exposed to the falls of rain, answer as an excellent manure for a soil having an excess of acid, such as that of swamps, &c."’ Samuel Neilson, Esq. 88 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy up, the wild oats grow so profusely that they almost appear to be sown by man. A larger bay a little farther on is what is called Moulin a Baude; it isabout one hundred and fifty or two hundred yards deep ; and at its bottom is the bed of marble. This bed is nearly vertical, rising within view to the top of the bank, which is here scantily wooded and about one hundred and fifty feet high, ascending at anangle of about 70°. The direction of the bed is nearly N..(NW ?) ; the breadth along its whole exposure varies from six to eight or nine feet, disap- pearing under ground without diminution. In some parts it is interlaced by the adjacent strata, (gneiss), but it is generally pure and solid. A small stream falling down the bank has inter- sected it, and disengaged a large block or two which have been exposed to the water and frost; they do not appear to have been much affected by this.exposure ; indeed they have resisted it exceedingly well. Supplies of many thousand tons might be obtained at a trifling expense. As a statuary marble it will be very valuable, for it is, generally speaking, of a pure white colour, although to the depth of a few inches from the ad- jacent strata it is often tinged green, and in a few parts of the mass there is a red tinge(*). This muddy bay is dry at low water, affords a protected harbour, and admits at high water vessels drawing six or eight feet. A vessel of the former draught might indeed touch the bed itself with its keel. The entrance from the St. Lawrence is not difficult. It isnot more than forty-eight hours’ sail from Quebec with a light fair wind. Large sound blocks of the marble, of fifteen or twenty feet in length by four or five feet wide, might, I think, be obtained ; these would be fine ornaments as columns, &c. to buildings. As the marble does not take a fine polish, it would not be so much (*) Asastatuary marble it is totally unfit ; whiteness alone is not sufficient ; jt should also possess a granular structure. Those marbles are best for that purpose which, like the Carrara marble, resemble the finest white sugar. of a part of the Saguenay Country. 89 much in request for chimney-pieces, 'c. It well deserves to be worked. The discovery of marble at this place is not a very new one. Charlevoix, who anchored here in 1720, in the Cha- meau, a French King’s-ship, landed at the small stream at the bottom of the bay, and it is probably in allusion to this very bed, which he could not have faikd to see, that he says, in speaking of the place, ‘ tout ce pays est plein de marbre.’({) The marble in question was long ago known to the North West Company.” It is acurious fact, that this marble was bought for gyp- sum ; the purchaser, as we are informed, on the most respectable authority, ground it up for cement, and found it to answer very well. If so, he must first have expelled its carbonic acid by means of a powerful heat, for there is no doubt whatever of its being a very pure carbonate of lime, and its association with granite and gneiss places it among the primary marbles, That gypsum has ever been found among primary rocks, so as to indicate its primary origin, is doubted by some geologists. It bears a strong resemblance to alabaster, and probably on that account was mistaken for gypsum, On the subject of this mistake the following extract of a letter, addressed by us to the Editor of the Quebec Mercury, is given ;— “ Two kinds of alabaster only aré known,—that formed on the floors of caverns by calcareous depositions from the roof, called stalagmites, and some varieties of gypsum or sulphate of lime. The former it cannot be, and one of the latter it is not for the following reasons :—All the varieties of gypsum except the anhydrous may be scratched by the nail, which this cannot be. None of them effervesce in acid, which this not only does but forms a clear solution in: The gypsums fall to pow- der ({) A remarkable instance of exaggeration if be alluded only to the bed in question ; but it is probable that, deceived by the whitened surfaces of al- most all the rocks in this place, be mistook that for marble which was only the rock it ways associated with, M 6” 90 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy der with heat—the mineral in question burns to lime. It is therefore a carbonate and not a sulphate of lime. The translucency of this marble is remarkable, which joined to its colour (in favourable specimens a dazzling white, some- times slightly shaded with pink) renders it, to all external ap- pearance, well calculated for ornamental purposes, particularly for the manufacture of vases, lamps, &c.. If its abundance will allow of its being employed as a building stone, the ease — with which it may be worked, its solidity and whiteness, would render it at once an economical, a durable and a hand- some building material. Some have indulged the hope that it might be made an article of export ; but admitting that it is in suficient abundance, which we doubt, white marbles of a far superior character are found in many parts of Scotland, a full account of which may be found in some papers communi- cated by Dr. Macculloch to the Geological Society of London, and entered in the 2nd and Srd Vols. -of its Transactions; We here insert an extract from one of thése papers which will be found to afford some interesting information io the Gre- éian, Italian and Scottish marbles, «« Few substances in the catalogue of those with which economical mineralogy is concerned, have'excited more interest than statuary marble, from its rarity, its beauty and its indis- pensable necessity in the art of sculpture. It has at different times formed an object of anxious research in this country, and premiums have been held out for it by the Society of Arts. It has consequently been found in various parts of Scotland, as well as in Ireland, but no native specimens have yet been introduced into the arts. As the causes which have impeded their introduction have hitherto been such as may be considered adventitious being of a commercial nature, and not founded on any experience of their physical defects, it has been hoped that they might by perseverance and time be removed, and that the statuary marbles of this country might at some future day super- sede of a part of the Saguenay Country. 91 sede the necessity of importing this article. 14 will not therefore be a misplaced enquiry to examine the several properties of those marbles which have at different times held a place in the estimation of artists, and to compare them with our own speci- mens, more particularly with that of Sky, now under review, the most abundant and certainly the most specious of all those which have yet been found in Britain. The enquiry is the more necessary, as the several circumstances in which white marbles differ, do not appear to have been generally attended to, and as an undue value seems in some instances to have been fixed on our own in popular estimation, although not in that of sculptors themselves. . ** The value of this substance in those distant periods when the arts of Greece flourished, occasioned an industrious research after a material in which the sublime ideas of its artists could be embodied. Accordingly many quarries have been wrought in ancient times, of which little has de- scended to us but the names, and a few of the works which were executed from their produce. These marbles were of va- rious qualities, and examples of them are still to be seen in ancient statues, although with regard to many of them a species of evidence often little better than conjectural, has guided sculptors and mineralogists in their attempts to determine the quarries from whence they were derived. Amwug these, the quarries of Paros afforded a marble, (the often quoted lychnites of Pliny) in which it is asserted that the celebrated Venus was wrought, as well as some others to which we have not dc. cess. But there are many specimens of sculpture in the Bri- tish Museum which seem to have been executed in this stone or one at least of analogous character. “Of the nature of the Parian Marble we are enabled to _ speak positively, since some blocks of it have been quarried during the last few years, and are now to be found in the shops of the sculptors of this city. The grain of this marble is large and 92 Lieut. Baddeley ~» the geagnosy and glicteniug, while at the same time its texture is loose and soft, and its colour of a yellowish and watery white. It pos- sesses considerable translucency on the edges, a quality which, however desirable in statuary marble when of a fine grain, from the softness which it gives to the outline, only increases the dis- agreeable aspect of the Parian by the angular reflections of light which takes place on the pellucid edge and surface from the innumerable faces of the small plates. It is certain indeed that the Greek sculptors abandoned the marble of Paros after the quarries of Luna and Carrara were discovered, the supe- rior fineness and whiteness of these marbles, which at present cause them to excel any with the places of which we are now acquainted, rendering them also at least equal to the best of those ancient ones of which the native places are now unknown. “¢ Independently of the injurious effects which the large grain of the Parian marble produces on the transparent surface of sculp- tured works, and the false lights which it thus introduces into the contour, it interferes materially with the requisite correctness of drawing in the lesser works, and is thus inapplicable to the. details of small sculptures in relief, It is, nevertheless, suscep- tible of a good polish, a quality, however, of little value in the eyes of the statuary, and one which in this variety only serves to render the defects of its texture more apparent. It is also said to have been deficient in size, since it was so intersect- - ed_ by fissures as to be incapable of yielding blocks of more than five feet in length. I may add that, in the present state of the public habits with regard to white marbles, there is no demand for modern works executed in Parian marble. Its celebrity is consigned to the metaphors of poets. * The quarries of Luna produce a compact white marble, susceptible of a high polish, and capable of being wrought with the most minute accuracy. Hence it is preferable for the of apart of the Saguenay Country. 93 the finer operations of bas relief either to the Parian, of which the aspect interferes with the delicacy of finish and of sur- face required in these works, or to the Pentelic, which was subject to accidents from veins of mica and of serpentine ; or to that of Carrara, in which dark veins are of frequent occurrence. It was accordingly preferred by the ancients, and among many other works, the Apollo (Belvidere) is said to have been ex- ecuted in Luna marble. We have no other knowledge of the marbles of Hymettus and of Arabia than their names. « Of all the marbles employed in the works of the ancients, and of which many specimens have descended to our days, that of Carrara is almost the only one which is at present held in estimation, or is now accessible to modern sculptors. This marble is of a very fine grain and compact texture ; it is also susceptible of a high polish when required, and is consequently applicable to every species of sculpture, except when, as is too often the case, dark yeins intrude and spoil the beauty of the work. Notwithstanding the general apparent uniformity of its texture, it offers different varieties of aspect. It is always of a fine granular fracture, yet this fracture is sometimes combined with a slight tendency to the flat splintery, in which case the stone is harder and more translucent than when it is purely gra- nular. When merely granular, it is sometimes dry and crumbly, precisely as if it had been exposed to a high heat ; it then loses much of its transparency, and is called woolly by sculptors. Its transparency is various, and in some cases nearly eqnal to that of alabaster, (granular gypsum.) “ The last of the ancient marbles which I shall describe, is that of Pentelicus of which the quarries are probably still to be found in the vicinity of Athens, although they have not been investigated by modern travellers. This marble ia of a loose texture, aud moderate sized grain, coarser than that of Carrara but finer than that of Paros; in colour it is Cx- 94 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy exceedingly imperfect, being tinged with grey, brown and yellow, and mottled with transparent parts, which give it the appearance of having been stained with oil. But its most formidable defect is its Jaminated structure, and the quan- tity of mica with which it is contaminated ; to this we are to attribute the corrosion and almost entire ruin of so many of the specimens, the action of the weather desolving those parts of the stone where the mica is most abundant, and cutting deep fissures through many parts of the work. It is peculiarly un- fortunate, that the two most admirable specimens which are calculated to excite in the minds of artists 2 mixed feeling of wonder and despair, the horse’s head, and the ‘Theseus, should be those which have suffered most. Had they been fortunately executed in the more uniform and durable stone of Carrara, these works might still have been preserved to us in all there original perfection of drawing and surface. Even the ham- mer of the Turk would have rebounded with little injury from the marbles of this texture, while the micaceons stone of Pen- telicus, splitting in the direction of its laminz, has permitted the complete mutilation of many valuable sculptures. «¢ We have no geological information with regard to the relation of these stones, The great resemblance of the Pentelic tothat of Glen,Tilt, in aspect and composition, renders it probable, that like this, it lies in mica slate, forming beds par- allel to, and interstratified with, that rock : that the others have similar relations to the primary rocks, we should have con- cluded on general geological principles, had we not already seen that the white marble of Sky, which has given rise to this discussion, belongs to the secondary strata. «© We have now to examine the white marbles which have been discovered in our own islands, for the purpose of compar- ing their relative properties, and the value which they are likely to possess in sculpture, I am unfortunately unable to give any agn ofa part of the Saguenay Country. 98 account of those found in Ireland, neither having seen their pla- tes, nor being possessed of any specimens. «: That which has been found at Cape Wrath, in-Scotland; is of a grain much larger than even the Parian, and is conse- quently useless for the purpose of sculpture ; and this indeed is by much the most common character of the Scottish speci- mens. ‘Those of Blairgowrie, of Glenavon and of Balahulish, are all equally characterized by this large sparry texture, and are all equally unfit for sculpture, however applicable to the purposes of architecture. The marble of Iona has been long since exhausted, and consequently requires no particular no- tice : however, valuable from the purity of its colour and compactness of its texture, yet the uncertainty of its splintery fracture before the chisel, (that tool without which no spirited work was ever finished) combined with its great hardness, would probably have rendered it useless in the arts even if it were still to be procured. ** Ina paper on Assynt, I have already described the white marble of that district ; it is of a very close texture, and al. though it contains no earth but lime, is of unusual specific gravity and harduess. It is incapable of being polished, a cir- cumstance, it is true, of no cousequence in Statuary, since the polish only gives a false light to the surface, and is not admit- ted of in modern sculpture ; but it labours under the concomi- tant disadvantage of want of transparency, producing nearly the same dead effect and dry outline as is seen in a plaster cast, a fault in itself sufficient to prevent it from ever being adopted asa good material in the arts : its extreme hardness also renders it very expensive to work. “ The marble of Sky, the more immediate object of this discussion, is of a pure white colour, and appears sufficiently extensive and continuous to be capable of fielding large blocks, The purity of its colour is seldom contaminated, its fracture is gra- 96 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy. granular and splintery, and its texture fine, less fine than that of Iona, but more so than that of Assynt ; its compactness, hardness and gravity are greater than those of the marble of Carrara, which it in fact resembles in little else than colour. — It is apparently well fitted for all the purposes of sculpture as it can be wrought in any direction, and has sufficient transparency, while at the same time it assumes even a better po- lish than is required for statuary. With these good qualities, however, is combined an uncertainty arising from its unequal hardness. While some parts of the stone are nearly as easy to work as that of Carrara, many other specimens turn out so hard as to add a charge of near 50 per cent to the cost of working : this appears to arise from the influence of the syenitic and trap veins which traverse it, as I have before mentioned, but which, however, produce no change in its chemical composition, nor any other effect than that of induration. This addition of price to the current charge of working is sufficient in the har- der specimens to counterbalance in a great degree the superior cheapness of the material, and the advantages derived from low- er freight, duty and insurance. Such are the difficulties which oppose the introduction of the most perfect marble which has yet been found in Britain, difficulties which, slight as they are, ought, together with the prevalence of established habits, and of acommercial routine, to check the extravagant hopes which have been entertained in this country, of superseding by its own produce, the importation of foreign statuary marble. But it will not be rendering justice to the marble of Sky if I do not add, that it possesses a property not found in that of Carrara and one of considerable importance, at least in small sculptures This is, that compactness of texture by which it resists the bruise which so often takes place in marble, at the point where the chisel stops, an effect known to sculptors, by the techni- cal of a part of the Saguenay Country. 97 cal term stunning, and of which the result is a disagreeable opaque white mark, generally in the very place where the deepest shade is wanted.” It is hoped that the foregoing digrssion will be excused, as it affords information not generally before the public, by which the means of estimating the white marbles of Canada are rea- dily obtained ; as well those whose localities are already ascer- tained as others that will eventually be so. P The rocks on both sides of the Saguenay, as high up as La Buole, (a mountain which stretches out into the river from the north eastern side, ina remarkable manner) are probably gra- nitic, and form a continuation of the same series met with in the more immediate neighbourhood of Tadousac. They have sometimes the appearance of being stratified and of dipping to the S. E. at an angle whichis nearly vertical. These rocks rise with almost perpendicular scarps to a considerable height, and their summits are barren, and in some places totally bare, in which latter case, the whitened surface of the rock, owing to the incipient decomposition of its felspar, resembles that of some limestones ; they are often also of a smoked or blackened appearance; nearly @ fleur d’eau, ared ferruginous baud cha- racterises these rocks. Their outline is rounded and mamillary, a character they lose asthe river is ascended, It was in the La Boule that we observed for the first time those singular masses of trap, sometimes under the form of veins or dykes, sometimes under the form of interfering and uncon- formable beds or strata, but most frequently as isolated patches both rounded and angular, the whole so deserving the attention of the geologist. As these trap appearances are chatacteristic of almost all the rocks we saw, it is necessary to describe the mineral contents of that aggregate to which we have applied this term, part cularly as without such a description it is almost unintelligible, owing to the loose and indefinite manner in N which 98 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy which it has been used. This term, wherever it may ap- pear in this essay, is meant toimply any rock in which horn- blende predominates, without any regard or reference to those theoretical notions which it has been often used to convey. It here more particularly means an aggregate composed of black crystalline hornblende, small grey crystals (or rather scales composed of an assemblage of crystals) of felspar and a little unelastic mjca or talc: in short, a substance similar to what has been before described as associated with the white marble at Moulin a Baude, but essentially differing from it in the manner in which it occurs. It much resembles also a compound that is found on the Montreal Mountain, to which a volcanic origin has been ascribed. The granite with the trap here associated was of a greyish color. In it we in one place observed nodules of magnetic iron, exhibiting a very iridescent surface resembling some ores of copper, for one of which it was at first mistaken. This ore is very strongly magnetic, apparently as much so as maleable iron. Contrary to the hornblendic compound in the gneiss at Moulin a Baude, it is not easy to procure a fragment of this trap shewing the two rocks in contact, as upon being struck they separate immediately and it is then perceived that the trap has externally that smooth even surface which a mould bestows on the substance cast in it, shewing generally no ap- pearance of entanglement or conglomeration at the places of con- tact. On the weathered surface of the trap the felspar is of- ten brown and prominent. This trap is often very magnetic. The granite of La Boule, for such we call the rock though apparently stratified, is composed of grey quartz, reddish fel- spar and small points of brown mica. A little above the line of junction of the river and the rock and on its south- eastern side, a thick dyke of trap traverses it nearly horizon- tally and at right angles to the stratification. It appears to rise out of the water at the western extremity of La Boule, and of a part of the Saguenay Country. 99 and, with a slight inclination, ascends towards the eastern. i We will now describe more particularly the appearances of these dykes, veins, &c.: they rise at all angles through the accompanying strata; they are frequently parallel to each other, and even to the planes of stratification ; they generally either terminate suddenly in the rock at one or both extre- mities ; in the latter case they answer the description of con- temporaneous veins ; these extremities are others. pointed or forked. The accompanying diagram (plate 6, fig. 1,) will afford a better idea of what it is intended to describe. Isolated quarter moonshaped pieces and patches, varying from the size of the hand to that of the bodys are more common, (plate 6, fig. 2.) It is worthy of observaticn that the small quarter-crescent shaped pieces occur together by twos and threes in a parallel order, and that the trap, of whatever shape, generally has- an- gular corners, and terminations. Channels and hollows are sometimes seen in the face of the rock, which are owing to the removal of the trap formerly occupying these vacancies. It is not, however, merely as veins, beds, and distinct concre- tions that this trap is observed; it occurs, particularly in the higher parts of the Saguenay, in mountain masses bearing little appearance of stratification ; sometimes in masses in which its stratification will scarcely admit of a doubt, and sometimes it is rendered so evident by alternating with other stratified rocks, that no uncertainty can exist on the subject. The La Boule, by projecting so much into the river, occa- sions, when the tide is falling, a strong current and counter ed- dy. Not being able to surmount this current, the boat drop- ped into the eddy, and running along the base of the mountata on its south-eastern side, turned into asmall cove, where the height of La Boule was found by an observation to exceed two hundred 100 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy hundred feet, but by how much could not be ascertained in con- sequence of the contracted nature of the ground we were up- on. The rocks on the northeastern side of the Saguenay, in the bay below La Boule, appeared to have a stratification di- rected east and west, with a high dip to the north, but this ge- ognostical feature here was, asit was found to be in many places elsewhere, often of a doubtful character, owing to the con- tradictory appearances which some of the supposed planes of stratification assumed, and which to reconcile would have de- manded more time in their investigation than could be afforded. In recording the stratification of those places where these con- tradictory appearances were observed, care has been taken to give the predominating beating only. ‘The evidence which arises from consulting alternating strata is, in the Saguenay, often inadmissible, as the trap sometimes assumes an appearance of stratification which is probably fallacious. While seated on an accumulation of boulders covering the shore of this bay, rocks of a remarkable sterility were seen on. the opposite side of the river, associated with others of compa- rative fertility, the former possessing an appearance of sfrati- fication in which the latter were deficient. The known in- fertility and constant stratification of gneiss, renders it probable that i: is here associated with trap, a rock generally unstratified and of a more fertile character. A question here occurs, Is gneiss more infertile than granite? and if so, why isit the case ? the only difference between them being in the arrangement of the same minerals of which they are both composed. Is it that the foliated character of the gneiss renders that rock more easily disintegrated and reduced to a state of sand, by which the soil of a country where it predominates is impoverished ? The fresh water procured in this bay was strongly impregnated by iron. Availing ourselves of the tide to pass La Boule, we ascended the Saguenay. In Passepierre Bay, the rocks were observed on the ofa part of the Saguenay Country. 101 the north-eastern side of the river to have a bearing north and south, and at Baie St. Etienne alittle higher up, on the south- western side, they were seen, contrary to their general habits, to retire from the shore and to leave a few acres of clay allu- vium, on which wild grassis cut annually. Between Pointe St. Etienne and L’Ance aux Foins (another more extensive allu- vial deposit higher up) the rocks are particularly worthy of observation for the numerous dykes and contorted veins of trap by which they are traversed. These rocks are stratified, and dip ata high angle to the south. In some places here the trap dykes, which exactly resemble those we have described in their mineral contents, structure, and generally intrusive or interfer- ing character, have the appearance of alternating in strata with syenite. The opposite shore of the river offers the same ap- pearances, but not having landed there nothing more can be said of them. . In the precipitous cliffs om the north-eastern shore of the Sa- guenay, in the direction of St. Marguerite’s river, these dykes are very conspicuous, and from their blackness bear some resem- blance to upright beds of coal. It is noticed here, as it is else~ where, that where trap most abounds there is always a more - dense growth of timber, and this character is sufficiently striking in many places on the shores of the river, as the syenite with which the trap is usually associated, affords often, by its ex treme barrenness, a strong contrast. On one of the islands o St. Louis was observed a rock composed of quartz, felspar, and mica, a genuine granite in composition, but in evidently strati- fied masses, the bearing of which was north and south, with a high dip to the westward. On ascending the river at Point Comfort Bay, the rocks were of syenite, in which a little quartz was perceptible ; external- ly they had a greenish colour, owing it is believed to the pre- gence of epidote which very wet weather had rendered more distinct 102 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy distinct and lively than usual. These rocks possessed a very distict appearance of stratification to the north and north-east, and dipped to the east and south-east ; other contradictory planes were however seen, Many of the rocks in this bay pos- sess a porous exterior. At nine o’clock of the 12th August the temperature in the shade was found to be 71° Far. and in salt or very brackish wa- ter 650. With the conjectured distance of five hundred and fif- ty feet asa base, and nearly 45° as an elevation, a height of five hundred and thirty feet was. obtained for a mountain on the north-eastern shore. On the opposite or south-western side the summit of a mountain, ina supposed base of two miles, subtend- ed an angle with the horizon of 7° 27° 54° which gives thir- teen hundred and sixty feet for its perpendicular height, a re- sult as we think much too considerable, although the land ap- pears to rise from the mouth of the Saguenay as high up as Baie la Trinité, where it is conceived to be highest. The precipi- tous and indented shores of this river afford few convenient situ- ations for measuring a base upon, in order to insure, by acalcu- lation from true data, the accuracy of this sort of information, Having landed a little above la Baie des Cascades, a syenite, composed of reddish felspar and a black hornblende, was found, zenda short distance beyond, the same rock, characterized by thoseremarkable imbedded pieces of trap, occurs ; they have here either the form of a snake or of angular fragments of an irre- gular figure ; contorted dykes of the same substance were also seen, The trapin this instance contained no mica; in other respects it was exactly similar to that before described. About this place the river was measured by Mr. Proulx, one of the Surveyors, and found to be about fifty chains, One of the spe- cimens of syenite procured here, appeared to be principally composed of light brownish compact felspar ; its fracture was fiatly conchoidal in the large, but uneven and scaly in the small, with GP Ow ae el of a part of the Saguenay Country. 103 with a few small glimmering points, arising from the reflection of light from the polished surfaces of minute crystals of com- mou felspar ; however, upon submitting it to the blowpipe, it was found to be infusible, but the heat it had been exposed to disclosed its really granular structure, which induced us to sup- pose it to be an exceedingly intimate aggregate of quartz, fel- spar, and hornblende, the leading mineral in excess. This has been mentioned merely to hint at the difficulty which sometimes attends an examination into the mineral constituents of rocks. Having again put on shore in a very convenient bay, op- posite Baie la Trinité, syenitic rocks were met with, or mix- tures of felspar, hornblende, and very rarely quartz ; the felspar ' was white, grey, red, yellow and greenish ; the hornblende al- ways black. These rocks, as elsewhere on the shores of the Saguenay, were in some places much stained by iron, and Mr. Proulx collected a specimen on the north side of the river, in la- titude, as he ascertained by observation, 480 24°, which was not only much discoloured, but the rock from whence it was taken affected the needle to the amount of 19-30‘. We could perceive magnetism very distinctly in the specimen in question, but it is avery common character here, and was found to exist in many of the specimens brought home, particularly in the trap anc some of the syenites abounding in hornblende, to the presence of which mineral it could generally be traced, The rocks had bere a dip to the south at a high angle. The fall of the tide was ascertained to be twenty-one feet. We left the bay about eleven o’clock, p. m. to avail ourselves of the tide, and coasted along the north-eastern shore all night. In the morning of the 13th of August we landed in a bay on the left shore, called Ance aux Femmes, directly opposite to HaHa Bay. Here we found a rock containing more quartz than usual, and passing into a syenitic granite, the felspar in which is flesh-coloured. This rock was observed to have the same 104 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy same porous exterior as before-mentioned, nor was this charae- ter of porosity confined to the surface, as a specimen brought from the place exhibits it both internally and externally in so perfect a manner as to afford an excellent sample of a mille stone ; its quantity cannot be stated, but the writer believes it to be abundant. It should be generally known that good mill- stones are often found among syenitic rocks. Several rocks in front of the bottom of this bay, which by the rising of the tide are converted into islets, were examined. The first met with was syenitic gneiss, having a bearing nearly north and south, and dipping to the west at a high but va- riable angle. It sometimes loses its character of gneiss and maintains those only of syenite ; the usual imbedded masses of trap are present under all the appearances before described, and one additional : some of the snake-shaped imbedded pieces were broken through the middie apparently, and the fragments separated from each other, like the well-known shifts in veins, but no corresponding fracture in the rock was seen. (pl. 6, fig. 3,) Almost all the rocks examined inthis place were of the same description, differing only in their dip which was sometimes re- versed. It was here, however, that we observed for the first time regular and conformable strata of the same aggregate as that found imbedded 1m the syenite, and to which, from its inter- fering character in other places, we are unable to affix any other name than the general one of trap, using this term here as else- where, without the implication of any theory to designate cer- tain aggregates in which hornblende predominates. Water- worn fragments of compact shell limestone were here seen, thie color of which was grey and fracture flatly conchoidal and sharp- edged. Leaving these rocks, others to the south-eastward in the same. bay were visited ; they borea great general resemblance to the first ofa part of the Saguenay Country. 105 first in all their features ; the trap was, however, seen here to in- terfere with the syenite in broad dykes, and the former was oc- casionally traversed by veins of felspar ; these veins were obser- ved in some instances to form a connecting link between the syenite aboye and the same rock below, so that it is not pos- sible to say if they have been filled from above or beneath ; (pl. 7 fig. 4,) These veins were frequently observed in other places. The next rock to the last-mentioned was composed of flesh- coloured light brown quartz, and black points of mica, and in which no imbedded trap was seen. To this, trap, apparently stratified, succeeded, and then a syenitic rock holding imbedded large patches of trap, (pl. 7 fig. 5.) Further to the south, a specimen of trap was procured from a wide dyke, the hornblende in which had a remarkably shining semi-metallic lustre ; it contains no mica, and is not magnetic. Still further, an immense fragment of rock having fallen, one of its surfaces was observed to be covered with broad lamine of a beautiful felspar of a very pearly lustre ; a light green mi- neral, supposed to be the green carbonate of copper, was as- sociated with it in small quantity. The latitude of Ance- aux-Femmes was made 480 22’ 26,”’ As observations for latitude were necessary to check our courses they were taken at noon whenever the weather would permit; at the commencement of the journey it was extre- mely unfavourable. The predominating rock between Ance-aux-Femmes and Cap aVEst, about six miles higher up the river, appears to be (for it was not touched) the same trap ; but syenite was also seen as usual with imbedded patches of the former, Having cros- sed the Sagueuay opposite to Cap & Est, we entered a small bay to which was given the name of Bear’s Cove 5 here gra- nite, gneiss and syenite were seen, but no trap, Coasting up O the 106 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy the river on the same side, it was seen frequently again under all the forms before-mentioned. Sometimes the trap, rising in black channeled precipices entirely bare of vegetation, exhi- bited appearances in which a very distant resemblance to archi- .ectural regularity might be traced. Sometimes a part of the rock having broken away from below, black escutcheon-shaped masses were left projecting and frightfully pendant over the fra- gile canoe paddling beneath near the base of the rock : the lat- ter appearance, however, is more characteristic of the opposite shore. No columnar structure was seen, but in many other places in the Saguenay as wellas here, the rocks had a tenden- cy to break into prismatic or cuboidal fragments. We believe the trap is in this place associated with syenitic gneiss, with which or syenite it appears sometimes to alternate, On ascend- ing still further, and within a few miles of Chicoutimi, a whitish looking rock was observed, apparently in horizontal strata ; pass- ing at some distance nothing more was ascertained respecting it. To this succeeds an alluvial deposite of a rich marly clay, which continues on the right bank as far as the Post. On the left bank of the river the rocks continue without interruption, and without any geognostical change, as was ascertained subse- quently. Before we leave the Saguenay a few more observations upon its rock formations, which were entered in our journal while descending the river on our way home, will be here introdu- ced, together with some additional information which Mr. Proulx’s politeness has placed at our disposal. La Baie des Foins, situated on the left bank of the Sague- nay, alittle below the Post, is a natural meadow of several acres extent, laying at the base of the mountains which here retire for a short distance from the river. The soil is a clayey alluvium, and, as the name of the place indicates, wild hay grows uponit which is annually cut. At Long Point, a little below of a part of the Saguenay Country. 107 below Rocky Point, specimens of syenite and syenitic gneiss were procured. Imbedded trap was again seen here. Having encamped a little above Cap 2 Est, on the western side of the riyer, and somewhere near our former encampment at Bear’s Cove, the rocks were again found to be syenitic, and traversed occasionally by veins of red felspar and quartz ; sometimes the two were intermixed. Large dykes of trap occur here, and rounded water-worn fragments of limestone. Ina bay, distinguished by four semi-isolated. mountains, three of which are of a conical form and situated on the left shore a few miles below Cap al’Est, the rocks were observed to be the same, and the patches of trap very distinct. The surface of the syenite was yellowish brown, and slightly porous, as if baked, and this appearance was observed in many places, both in the Saguenay and afterwards inthe St. Lawrence. The three se- mi-isolated mountains above-mentioned are the more remarkable, because in general both sides of the Saguenay are characterized by a continuous chain of mountains whose longitudinal outline is only slightly undulated, while their precipitous sides are al- ways towards the river, to which the chain is usually parallel.* Be- * It will not fail to be observed, that this slightly undulated outline, which is characteristic of both sides of the Saguenay, is at variance with the general direction of the mountain chains in this country, and particularly with those in its neighbourhood. There is great reason to believe that at least one wide valley, running nearly parallel to the St. Lawrence, exists in rear of St. Paul’s and Malbay. On ascending the Saguenay we saw no sec- tions of vallies, nor any considerable breaks in its lofty and precipitous banks, until Ha-Ha Bay was reached. Upon referring to the accompanying map it will be perceived that this bay hasa direction about parallel to the St. Law- rence ; it is probably, therefore, the outlet on the Saguenay to the valley alluded to. ‘The general course of the mountain chains in this country is, as, has been before observed, north-east and south-west, that is, the same as the valley of the St, Lawrence, ‘The valley of the Sa 1enay is from the north of west, and near! at right angles to it; it is icetve a cros¢ valley. That the rocks on either side of this valley were once united there appears very little reason to doubt, but water must have had very little to do with separating them, at least in the first instance, From the slightly undulated character of the sectional outline of this valle » it would seem to have been once filled by a continuous chain which oe been severed longitudinally by some violent catastrophe, the nature of which can only be surmised. It is probable, however, that an earthquake has effected this dis. 108 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy . Between this place and Le Petit Sagueuay, on the opposite shore, such a geognostical uniformity prevails as to render the collecting of specimens superfluous ; indeed the same remark is so far applicable to the whole of the country we traversed, that a dozen well-chosen fragments of rock, with the necessary ob servations upon them, would convey to the geologist almost as much information as he would acquire by going over the same ground himself. Let it not for an instant be conceived, that our observations are believed to be the necessary ones ;_ the wri- ter knows them to be altogether insufficient to convey any thing more than a very general idea of the geognosy of the country. In a small stream, a short distance below Le Petit Saguenay, the rocks were observed to be intersected ina remarkable man- ner by veins of quartz and felspar, sometimes alone, at others united together forming an aggregate. Frequently these veins were divided exactly in the centre by a seam of trap; they have the same bearing generally as the stratified rock they traverse, namely north-east and south west, but they are often much con- torted without losing ultimately this character. The trap is seen alternating in thick strata also. The predominating rock here is syenitic gneiss, A deception arises sometimes from a source which is not suspected when attempting to distinguish, as is generally easy, by the external surface of rocks, between the trap and syenite ; the syenitic rocks have usually a whitened exterior, but sometimes, though rarely, it is as black as that of the trap, in which case a fragment must be detached before the rock can be known. This sort of deception was experienced be- junction; the nature of the rocks, the recorded proofs of the violence of earthquakes on the northern shore in former times, and above all their frequent occurrence at the present day, though no longer of an alarming character, are circumstances which favour this opinion, A great wave would not have acted longitudinally but transversely, orinthe direction of least resistance. The insignificent streams which enter this noble river have had little effect in forming it, and the operation of tides and maritime cur- rents, thovgh more effectual, can have been only partial and secondary, of a part of the Saguenay Country. 109 between this place and Le Petit Saguenay, and it should in- timate the propriety of never naming a rock in general, until at least its fractured surface has been seen; decided trap was however often met with in this interval, either in stratified mas- ses, ‘or intruding among other rocks, In passing between the St. Louis Islands and the south shore, we were obliged to take refuge from the breakers, which threatened to swamp our canoe, by climbing up a projecting mass of greyish granite, on which the night was passed, The mica of this granite was replaced as usual by hornblende, it was therefore syenitic; the former mineral being in all the rocks of the Saguenay country we have seen, very rare and almost entire- ly confined to some specimens of the trap, in which it occurs in small quantity and minute scales, and this indeed appears to be rather talc than mica, as it is unelastic. Weonly remem- ber to have seen very distinct scales of micatwice; in both ca- ses they were isolated hexagonal crystals, and one of them oc- curred in a vein of graphic granite composed of beautiful large fiesh-coloured crystals of felspar and large rounded, or rather oval shaped, nodules of quartz, traversing the last-mentioned rock, Our observations of the geognosy of the Saguenay ri- ver terminated here. From an inspection of Mr, Proulx’s notes, and an examina- tion of the accompanying specimens, the following additional in- , formation has been obtained. _ The rocks in the neighbourhood of Ha-Ha Bay are counter- parts of those already described in the Saguenay, and the same were seen at Point au Fort, Cap a l’Quest, Petite Pointe, Cap St. Charles, L’Ance Francois and Baie St. Jean. They are rocks in which felspar and hornblende are always present, in a greater or less proportion, forming syenites and syenivic traps, according as the former or the latter mineral predominates. No instance of the hornblende predominating was seen, except in the 110 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy the black aggregate that has been described, where it not only predominates but in which the felspar is very subordinate. In this aggregate the felspar is always grey and scaly, and bears a great resemblance to quartz, for which it might easily be mis- taken, but its fusibility before the blow pipe into a white bleb- by glass is a sufficient distinction. As might be supposed, when in association with syenite, the trap usually exhibits a striking contrast as to colour, to which the weathered surface of the for- mer rock answers as a sort of foil. No difficulty would be felt in assigning to this rock a place among the “ hornblende schists” of Maculloch, were it not for its unstratified appearance in some places, and particularly for its intrusive and interfering character in others ; the latter indeed seems to point out the * overlying class” of the same author as its proper position. When quartz enters, as it does rarely, among the constituents of syenite, either syenitic granite or syenitic gneiss is produced : it is the Jatter, when by the arrangement of its hornblende in parallel seams, that peculiar foliated structure which characterises gneiss is the result. Neither from Mr. Proulx’s nor our own observations are we able to state with certainty the prevailing dip of the strata on the shores of the Saguenay, but it lies between the east and the west round by the south. We have before alluded to the diffi- culty of always determining the stratification, a difficulty which is common to many stratified rocks, but particularly to the mas+ ses under consideration which, from their felspathose structure and association with trap dykes, often sufficiently continuous to resemble strata, present flat even surfaces, and other superficial and linear appearances, by which the hasty or inexperienced examiner may be frequently deceived. Water-worn pieces of limestone, among the earliest of the se- condary class, were noticed in Ha-Ha Bay, and a singular trough-shaped mass, composed almost entirely of a grey carbo. nats of a part of the Saguenay Country. 11 hate of lime, appears to have been taken from a trap rock situ- ated in the first eove on entering the bay fromthe north; the length of the trough is about two inches and breadth three quarters of an inch ; the sides are indurated, and of a dark brown ferruginous colour, bearing the aspect of having been in contact with trap. This trough is half filled with calcareous spar, the exterior of which is covered with a smooth yellowish silky film, as if water washed. Professor Cleaveland has the follow- ing passage, in his second volume of his System of Minerelogy and Geology, 2nd edit. :— Real lava does without doubt some- times resemble basalt, green stone and other trap rocks, but it may be considered as an universal fact that although calcareous spar is often found in green stone and basalt, it is never im- bedded in those lavas which have actually flowed on the sur- face of the earth .”* Several soils collected by Mr. Proulx in different parts of the Saguenay, principally in the neighbourhood of Ha-Ha Bay, ha- ving been examined, were found to be as is shewn by the follow- ing table :— No. 1. Ha-Ha Bay be mixture of clay sand and? Excel- lime, (marly clay) lent. 2. Ditto ditto ditto. 8. Ditto ditto ditto. 4. Ditto ditto (without lime) Good. 5. Ditto ditto ditto ditto. 6. whee ditto aiid Vite Excel- et lent. 7. Between Ri- } vers ne se ditto (without lime) Good, & Dumoulin 8. Ditto ditto ditto, 9. Ditto ditto, with vegetable matter ditto. 10. Ditto ditto, sand, clay and iron Bad. * By the latter part of this sentence, which is somewhat obscure, we un- derstand those lavas which have been ascertained positively to have flowed, commse many geologists assume an igneous origin for all or most of the trap rocks, 112 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy 11. Place not tits ret but to- mentioned, ‘ lerably good. 12. Ditto ditto, clay and sand (loam) Good. / ditto, sand, iron,a little : sbi Ditto } clay and vegetable matter Indifferent. 14. Ditto ditto, clay and sand (loam) Good. 15. Ditto | ditto ditto ditto. 16. Ditto ditto ditto ditto. 17. Ditto ditto ditto ditto. The rocks at the Post of Chicoutimi, like most of those we have described, are syenitic ; the chapel stands upon a syenitic granite, passing sometimes into syenitic gneiss ; this rock is tra- versed in a remarkable manner by veins of felspar and trap. The trap, however, is generally seen in broad bands forking into the adjoining rock, which is either syenitic granite, or sy- enite having its felspar greatly in excess. Weather acts more readily upon the trap than upon the granite, and in consequence many of the veins or dykes are partially empty near the surface. The same was observed in other places. To this cause are pro- bably owing the numerous baysin the Saguenay, as trap rocks were more generally found where they occur, while syenitic gra- nite and syenitic gneiss occupy its capes and headlands. A few imbedded nodules of magnetic iron were observed in the rock. Svmetimes the quartz is absent when it loses the term of granite, and maintains that alone of syenite, in which the fel- spar is red and the hornblende greenish black. There is on the shore below the residence at the Post a curiously contorted vein of trap which descends the rocky bank, as represented in plate 7, fig. 6. . Detached pieces of felspar of a very crystalline aspect and of a dark purplish grey colour were frequently seen upon the shore ; the + To this cause also may be attributed the unusual fact, that almost the narrowest portion of the Saguenay is at its entrance, where the rocks are more sileceous and less amphibolic. ofa part of the Saguenay Country. 113 the faces of the laminz possessed a highly polished vitreous and striated surface. They have much resemblance to a fel- spar rock subsequently found to occupy a large proportion of the shore of Lake St. John, as also to specimens of felspar brought from the coast of Labrador, where they were observed to be associated with columnar and amorphous basalt. One fragment of a silecious limestone was also found, It appears that about twenty years ago lime was made at the Post, and the site of the kiln is shewn where specimens of a half-burnt lime- stone appeared. It isavery good compact shell limestone of a grey colour. Some of the burnt pieces were white, had a splintery fracture, and resembled chert or hornstone. If there be a natural deposite of limestone in the neighbourhood it could neither be heard of nor found ; that in question might have been brought for the occasion from Malbay or St. Paul’s Bay where limestone abounds. It has been before mentioned, that a considerable alluvial deposite occurs here. It consists of fine marly clay, which ia wet weather is so considerably plastic and adhesive, as to be traversed with difficulty on foot, when covered by no vegeta- ble deposite. Its essential characters are the following: colour, light french gray—structure, earthy compact—fracture un- even. In water it falls to pieces rapidly and in acid it effer- vesces slightly. The undermost beds which are not exposed to moisture, assume the appearance of rocks stratified horizon tally, and it is probably this formation which we observed, when within a few miles of the Post. Upon crossing the Saguenay, opposite the Post, syenite and a rock composed of an intimate mixture of hornblende and fel spar, the former in excess, were seen ; the latter contained a few teales of mica and points of quartz : it was compact, magnetic, and more resembled basalt than any rock we had previously seen. The syenite was composed of flesh coloured felspar and P green 114 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy green hornblende. A few imbedded patches of trap were also seen. From the falls of Chicoutimi, a light coloured syenite was brought, composed of light red felspar and black shining crystals of hornblende. Mr. Nixon returned from a stroll up the river, onitsright bank, with specimens of trap, traversed by veins of felspar, and a gneiss, in which hornblende was more abundant than either the quartz or the felspar, and to which the term hornblendic gneiss may be affixed ; an aggregate of this description was rarely met with. ‘The mean of two ob- “servations for latitude, gave 48. 24°. 9”. ‘Leaving the Post of Chicoutimi, and its polite and gentle- manly resident, Mr. Andrews, on our route to lake St. John,a ‘portage of nearly a league in length, was made to the Chicoutimi river, over the same syenitic rocks as those seen near the chapel, which are covered with a thin layer of the marly clay of the neighbourhood, surmounted by the usual vegetable deposite ; a good soil, but too near the rock to be very productive. The same soil, to appearance, and always accompanied by the same rock, ata greater or less depth, continues as far as the portage de l’Enfant, after which it becomes sandy and indifferent : some good positions for se:tlement may be expected in this interval, Although the rocks in many places are known to be near the surface, they were seldem seen, the land on either side the Chi. coutimi river thus far being very little elevated. At the portage de l’Islet, however, they are much exposed to view, and con- sist of syenite, in which the felspar is as before flesh coloured, and very predominating. his rock has very little soil upon it and the whole of the portage is a barren waste. Before reach- ing the portage de V’Islet, the banks begin to assume a more elevated character and they continue to increase in height as far as Jake Kenwangomi, on the southern shores of which lake, and that of Kenwangomiehiche, they have attained an extreme height of from three handred to four hundred feet. The next portage of a part of the Saguenay Couniry. 115 portage to that of I’Islet is still more rocky, and on that account bas obtained the name of portage des Roches : Ona rounded mass of syenitein the middle of this portage, an observation for Jatitude was taken, which gave 48, 14. 31. At the north western extremity of the portage des Roches, lake Kenwangomi commences. No opportunity occurred of examining any of the rocks upon this lake until we had advan- ced about two miles beyond Sandy Point, when a projecting point of rock afforded more specimens of syenite. A short distance beyond, a fine grained aggregate was met with, com- posed of gray quartz and gray felspar, slightly freckled by hornblende, of a greenish colour, the felspar being distin- guished from the quartz, by the brilliant reflection of light from the polished faces of its minute crystals, Further on rocks were met within which felspar of a flesh-red, dark grey and greenish colour was in great excess ; hornblende was also pre- sent, but in a very subordinate degree, chiefly in patches. The felspar was here in beautiful distinct crystals projecting from the rock, under its usual rhomboidal form ; these were easily detached, and their laminar structure readily exhibited by the tlightest percussion. Magnetic iron was found in some parts of the rock, which strongly affected the compass: much of the hornblende was also magnetic. In one of the rocks here, a mineral was found, which possessed the following characters : colour, a dark greenish brown—opaque—structure indistinct- ly Jaminar before the application of heat ; occasionally the la- minar structure is more distinct, and it then resembles mica.x— When pounded in the mortar, small (foursided?) scales are seen, having a semimetallic lustre. Inits aggregated state, its lustre is glimmering and semi-metallic. It is slightly magnetic be- fore the application of heat ; when exposed to that of a candle, it expands, opens like a fan and exfoliates, afier which it is eanly pressed by the fingers into small flexible but unelastic ecalee 116 Lieut, Baddeley on the geognosy scales of a briglit goldencolour. The same thing occurred, by submitting it to the exterior flame of the blowpipe, in which it also decrepitates and is difficult to be retained in the forceps. One of the golden coloured scales in the interior flame of the blowpipe fused into a shining black.and highly magnetic glo- bule, With borax it forms a transparent glass coloured by iron. The color subsides on cooling. The rocks in this place have little appearance of stratifica- tion ; judging from the little which does appear, the bearing is north and south, and‘dip nearly vertical, The latitude was here found to be 48 © -16° 22°. and the approximate variation of the compass was also taken at the same time, viz: sixteen and a half degrees. Being very near the rocks at the time of the observation it was suspected that their magnetic character might affect it, but upon reversing the sights of the instrument upon the same right line, the slightest difference only was ob- served, which might have arisen from a small degree of inaccu- racy in the compass, Beyond this place a mass of rocks of a very blackened and singular aspect was observed on the northern shore of the lake ; and crossing over from the southern, a distance of about two thousand feet, we found these rocks to be almost entirely com- _ posed of yellow brown and greenish coloured felspar. In the solid scarp of one of these rocks, resembling that of a martello tower, it was easy, on a near approach, to perceive, notwith- standing its weathered surface, the pearly but subdued lustre of the felspar, and the fibrous aspect which the edges of the laminz presented at the surface of the rock. The stratification of this rock in this place was not very apparent, but a little higher up on the same side it was observed to have a bearing to the north and dip at a high angle to the west. The imbedded pieces of trap so common on the Saguenay, are again seenhere. The land on both sides of Lake Kenwan- gomi of a part of the Saguenay Country. 117 gomi is elevated, but much more on the southern than on the northern. Its course, upwards from Portage des Roches, is at first to the southward of west, but its main course is to the northward of that point. Its length, numerous rocky capes and bays, and its precipitous shores, cause it to resemble the Saguenay, but its mountains are neither so high nor so barren. About four miles above Sandy Point, a name which has been given to a low bank of sandy alluvium, stretching out in- to the lake from the northern shore, there is a dry green bay which appears to enter deep into the north shore and to be free from mountains and rocky precipices for some distance. It is the only place we observed between Portage de |’Enfant and that of Kenwangomi, where land fit for farming might be ex- pected to Occur in any considerable quantity. The portage Kenwangomiis generally supposed to separate the waters flowing into Lake St. John (and subsequently into the Saguenay through Lake Kenwangomishish, La Riviere des Aulnets and La Belle Riviere) from those which pass more di- rectly through the Chicoutimi into the Saguenay ; but it is said that this is not, strictly speaking, the case, because a small stream falls from Lake Kenwangomishish into Lake Kenwan - gomi. Although unusual, this is not a physical impossibility, without indeed, as has been asserted, the waters of the latter are higher than those of the former. This portage is about eighteen hundred paces in length, the first half of which is sandy and the other a mixture of sand and clay. On the lat- ter ash was observed for the first time, and it was frequently seen with elm and other woods, which indicate a good soil {though never in abundance) in our descent from this place to Lake St. John. Shortly after embarking on Lake Kenwangomishish we touched at an angle of a rocky islet and found an aggregate composed of felspar, quartz and hornblende, a syenitic gra- nite. 118 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy nite. The course of this lake is generally to the north of west. Its shores are low, interspersed with elm and ash and fit for cul- tivation, particularly the northern side. On Lake Kenwango- mi the prevailing timber was white birch, and neither ash nor elm was seen. Although the immediate shore of Lake Ken- wangomishish on its southern side is low, on retiring back from it the lands become ultimately as elevated as those on the north- ern shore of Lake Kenwangomi, of which they are probably # continuation. The river of Alders, the outlet from Lake Kenwangomt- shish, flows through an alluvium composed of layers and mix - tures of sand andclay. ‘The course of this riveris exceeding- ly tortuous, a circumstance often characteristic of these alluvial deposites, and being narrow it is much obstructed by fallen trees, © and the entanglement and intertwining of the branches of al- der, with which both banks are covered, rendering portages sometimes necessary where there is plenty of water and little current. The portage des Aulnets, however, is occasioned by the river tumbling ever the rocks, which re-appear in this place. They are composed of flesh-coloured felspar, green hornblende, and a few seales of black mica, forming a beautiful syerite: ‘Phe felspar on the surface of the rock was, as is usual, ob- served to be in an incipient state of decomposition. The soil examined in crossing the portages in descending the river of AHers was tolerably good. It consists, beneath the usual lay- er of vegetable matter which characterizes these woodlands, of clay and sand mixed, or in alternate layers, the latter frequent - ly in excess on the surfuce. In some places the land is hilly, but few rocksare seen. At the north-western extremity of the Portage of Alders, a natural section affording the opportu- nity, a more particular examination of the soil was made and registered as follows :—Ist. Decayed and decaying vegetation ; Qad. A layer of sand one foot six itches in thickness; 3rde Clay =» Pa of a part of the Saguenay Country. 119 Clay fiom ten to twenty feet in depth, the whole resting on a rock composed almost entirely of grey felspar, in which were observed patches of hornblende, At this pleve the river of Al. ders forks in with La Belle riviére, passing over a picturesque fall occasioned by the felspathic rock before mentioned ; the former river is only indeed a branch of the latter, which is ob- served to widen immediately after this junction from an average breadth of twenty to that of fifty feet. On descending La Belle Rivigre, the land was found to im- _ prove considerably in appearance, the same alluvial soil con- tinued, but forming flat and low shores, unaccompanied by hills. Indicative of this improvement, ash, elm and poplar became more common. While on this subject, it may be ob- served, that although the presence of timber of a certain de- scription may indicate good soil, its absence does not neces- sarly imply the reverse 3 for on this excursion, we met with several places in which the soil was, decidedly good, without finding it, and wherever found, it was always in subordinate quantity, Onthe marly shore of the Saguenay, in the neigh- bourhood of Chicoutimi, we saw none, and yet a better soil could scarcely be met with. To produce a growth of fine tim- ber, something more is requisite than good soil ; the land must be opened to warmth, light and air ; it must be disen- cumbered of that heavy mass of decayed and decaying vegeta- tion, with which our forest land’ are loaded. If apparently wn- der all these disadvantages, some lands produce good timber, it is only an exception, and no sufficient argument against what has been advanced, particularly as such exceptions are probably owing to one or more of the favouring circumstances being im operation. It should also be remembered, that good soils have a tendency of themselves, by encouraging’a rank and dense vegela- tian of weeds and underwood, to check the growth of fine timber. To 120 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy To judge of the quality ofland by the growth of timber upon it merely, is to be guided by the effect, and to lose sight enti- rely of the cause 3 apractice, the inconvenience of which, if generally adopted, would soon be felt in every department of . science. 3 As the shores of lake St. John are approached, the soil gradually becomes sandy, until at Kouispigan, as the mouth of La Belle Riviére is called, it becomes one sheet of fine bright sand. Leaving Kouispigan, we proceeded on lake St. John, to the northward, inthe direction of La Grande Décharge, and touching at two small rocky islets on our way, collected speé- cimens of arock composed almost exclusively of a highly erys- talline felspar, of a dark bluish grey colour, but in which a little hornblende was present. This rock was observed form- ing black isolated masses, both on the shore and in the wa- ter, on this side of the lake. Having encamped on one of these, at the entrance of La Grande Décharge, we had more leasure to consult the characters of this rock, which are as fol- lows : it possesses no sign of stratification ; its surface is re- markably black, particularly when moistened, and often almost semi-metallic : it is frequently flat and tabular ; many portions of it attract the needle, although the eye can detect no magnetic iron ; its structure is compactly crystalline, in some cases pass sing into compact, but there are always to be seen some shining, often splendent faces of the laminz, of which it is composed, and they are frequently striated. In many respects it bears a great resemblance to Labrador felspar, but its iridescence is wanting ; it is occasionally traversed by veins of red felspary and rarely small portions of its surface were covered witha brownish red powder, probably an oxide of iron, One of the veins traversing this rock, exhibited a curious phenomenon ; the substance of the vein itself, composed of felspar and horn- blende, ofa part of the Saguenay Country. 121 blende, was not maguetic—the sides of the vein composed of the felspathic rock we have described, were strongly so; and Mr. Hamel further ascertained, that the south side of the vein attracted the north pole of the compass, and the north side the south pole. To remove the chances of error, the experi- ment was repeatedly tried, with success, both by applying the compass to the sides of the vein, and detached fragments to the compass. The vein was about three inches thick, and had a N. W. bearing. When the compass was laid on the centre of the vein, the local attractiun was observed in one place, to be equal to ninety degrees ; in some parts of the same rock it was still more, even to a complete reversal of the needle: Ata subsequent period, the place was again visited by Mr. Hamel in company with Mr. Nixon, and these observations confirmed. Upon our return home, the specimens which had been examined, were re-examined, and found to possess a feeble magnetism, but no polarity. The islet upon which the foregoing observa- tions were made, forms one of a cluster at the mouth of la Grande Décharge, to which the name of Dalhousie was given ; none of them appear to be more than twenty feet above the water. On leaving this place a northerly course was again taken until reaching a fine sandy shore, we landed for the purpose of mea- suring a base preparatory to a survey of the lake about to be commenced by Mr. Hamel. These sandy shores are very characteristic of the lake, and add very much ,in our opinion to its beauty, though nothing to its fertility. Where no rock appears, five shining yellow sand is substituted, and where they appear together, the former rises through the latter assuming that isolated appearance which has been mentioned. This sandy girdle is not confined to the margin of the lake, but passes a short distance into the interior, bestowing upon the land for- ming the borders of the lake, an infertility of aspect which vanishes upon passing these sandy limits, ‘The greater portion Q of ~ 122 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy of this sand is yellowish white, but a dark reddish brown variety ~ was often seen deposited upon it in continuous ripples at diffe- rent but parallel levels; On examining this sand it was found to be composed principally of magnetic iron and precious gar. net. It is an analagous compound to the emery of commerce, and if reduced to a greater degree of fineness, might be employ- ed for the same purposes. The rocks here were found to be the same as at the last place; they have externally often the aspect of old lead, and when broken the faces of the laminz pos- Sess alustre which is at the same time almost splendent and semi- metallic. Upon commencing operations, Mr. Hamel found between twenty and thirty degrees of local attraction, but in one spot, free from it, he determined the magnetic variation to be 16°. 40’ W. On these rocks ¢ripe de roche is found in some abundance; it is of a deep copper brown colour, and agrees well with the drawings of it to’ be seen in the appendix to Franklin’s quarto edition of his first Journey to the ArticSea. When we first saw them they were mistaken for representations of some of the native copper ores which he met with among the copper mountains. ‘T’o the taste it has the flavour of mushroom, and al though meagre it is not unpalatable. The sandy beach here is enclosed by two rocky points, forming a bay about fifteen or sixteen hundred feet wide, the water in which shoals very gra- dually. A sand bank about fifteen feet high encloses this bay on the land side, beyond which there is a sandy swamp ; and this is descriptive of much of the lake on this side. On leaving this bay and proceeding again to the north, we doubled the rocky point, which was found to be composed of the same felspar before met with, as was also another we round- ed soon after, situated at the entrance of an inlet up which we ascended mistaking it for the Koucouachime river, and where we found avery good soil consisting of a yellowish loam, about one foot six in thickness, resting on plastic clay. As the term loam of a part of the Saguenay Country. 128 loam, like that of marl, is often used without conveying any very distinct idea of what is meant, either to the person who uses it or to the person to whom it is addressed, we will here explain, that wherever it has been used in this report, it has re lation to mixtures of clay and sand (the former in excess) ge- nerally coloured by iron, but containing no lime; in short an earth of which bricks are made. To avoid misconception, how- ever, the term has not been often introduced, Mere deposites of clay are often called marls, by which an erroneous idea of a country may be conveyed ; it should not be forgotten that the presence ef carbonate of lime is necessary to constitute a marl or marly clay, which is known by its effervescence in acid ; such a soil is of the best qualivy, whereas clays are proportionably in- fertile as they approach to a state of purity. Returning to the mouth of the inlet, our northerly course was resumed, and several hundred yards of a coast, composed of rocky points, jutting out into the lake, and enclosing fine sandy beaches between them, were examined. This, as has been be- fore said, is the character of the lake here, The remarkabl, uniformity aod simplicity of the rocks, hitherto met with, are worthy of notice. We could only make the following obser- yations which differ from what has been described—viz: kid- peys of the rock, coated with the brownish red powder we have before mentioned, were seen imbedded in the rock itself ; they were at first mistaken for pieces of magnetic iron—and a bed or broad vein of compact felspar, of a light yellowish green colour, was seen traversing the rock, contrasting strongly with its dark associate. It differed from those minerals which it most resembles, by yielding to the knife and fusing before the blowpipe, into a white blebby glass, like the rest of the felopars: The surface which had been exposed to the atmosphere, wa® decomposed, carious and of a reddish or yellowish white colour. An observation for latitude was here taken, and gave 48 © .- 37.-59"’, On 124 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy On leaving the mouth of the Koucouathime river, which is situated about one mile to the north of the place of our last ob- servation, a fine sandy shore marking the interval, our course was north west ward to the northernmost point of Koucouathime Bay, where the shores begin to be swampy ; but sandy beaches were still occasionally observed, with partial deposits upon them of the same admixture of garnets and magnetic iron before men- tioned. Pu-ting on shore in one place we observed low parallel ridges of this sand several inches in width and depth, giving a character to the spot. Embarking again the same course was followed, and the shores became lower and more swampy as we advanced, indeed there appears to be very little difference of level between the lake and the land. Tn this portion of the for- mer, and from one to two miles from the shore, you are surpri- sed to find no more than three feet of water. This extreme shallowness is common to the lake (the depth of which in no~ part of it bears ayy proportion to its extent) and is the cause of the sea-like turbulence its surface asumes after the least wird, occasioning a violent ground swell and lofty breakers, to which, at a distance from the shore, the hardiest vayageur is fre- quently unwilling to expose himself. Upon placing the hand in the water on these occasions it felt very decidedly tepid. This shallowness and unusual temperature, by occasioning a more ra- pid evaporation, may account for a fact which it might other- wise be difficult to du, viz: six tolerably large rivers and seve. ral emaller ones fall into lake St. John, while only one of mode- rate dimensions runs out of it. Continuing a northerly course the mouth of the Peribo- nea river was reached, where the latitude was found to be 4.80-4.2'-37", and this was the greatest that was made on the lake. Tn about three hours after leaving the Peribonea river we reached a bay, at the bottom of which we encamped, and found a fet, of a part of the Saguenay Country. 125 a considerable deposite of a very fine admixture of clay, silex and lime (an excellent marl) underlying the sand. Finding deep water close to the shore, and a current setting from the north- ward out of an angle in the bay, it was conjectured that the ri- ver Mistassiny lay in that direction, which proved to be the case, and another-observation ef the sun’s meridian altitude hav- ing been taken at its mouth, gave for laticude 480-38/-55 ’. Ascending the Mistassiny a short distance, the land though sandy appeared to improve, but neither here nor in any part o the lake, nor in the whole of the country we traversed was very f£ good timber, remarkable for its abundance, perceived. Reasons have already been advanced for not considering the absence of fine timber as any proof of a bad soil. On leaving the Mistassiny we proceeded to the Assuapmou- soin on a southerly course. On crossing the mouth of this ri- ver we encountered a violent tempest ; there was however no danger being near the shore and in shallow water. Upon the tempest abating we landed and encamped. Here we again fel in with rocks which had entirely deserted us since we Icft the bay to the southward of the Koucouathime river; they are of a different formation, and consist of clay-slate and fetid lime- stone in conformable strata. The clay-slate which was first met with is composed of an indurated schistose clay, exceedingly fis- sile, and assuming many of the characters of roofing slate. It ~ occurs on the shores of the lake, and dips beneath its waters to the N. N. W. at an angle of 25°. The lamina of the clay- slate are parallel to the planes of stratification, which is probably the caure of the extreme fissility of the rock in that direction ; but perpendicular to these planes, or nearly so, are others which serve to perplex the examiner when wishing to ascertain the bearing of the stratification of this rock; however their want of continuosity and particularly the conformable position of th® clay-slate with regard to the limestone, remove the difficulty, The 126 = Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy The surface of the rock is strewed with its weathered fragments, which exhibit no other change from the rock itself than tha, weather has rendered its fissile character more apparent 5 these fragments when slightly struck on their edges break into smooth rectangular slates. Solid slates five feet long, one foot wide, and one or two inches in thickness are seen; fragments of this de- scription are very ‘sonorous when struck. Afier traversing this clay-slate for about one quarter of a mile, the fetid limestone before-mentioned was met with under- lying the other conformable strata. Much of this limestone con- tains fossil organic remains, chiefly corallites and encrinites ; productz were also seen, and a singular fossil similar to a wariety found in Drummond’s Island, Lake Huron, of which there is a drawing in the sixth volume of the Geological Transactions, plate SO, fig. 5, from which that in question appears to differ chiefly by having the disks of which it is composed obliquely set. on, whereas in the figure alluded to they have a rectangu~ Jar position, ‘That from lake St. John also tapers more than the other. The cross fracture exhibits a structure which is partly compact and partly laminar ; the former appears to pre- vail towards the parietes, and to be composed of chalcedony or of a carbonate of lime passing into chalcedony; the latter eccurs towards the centre, which isacalc-spar. Between the two there is also perceived a tendency to the formation of agate, chaleedonic rings and curves being distinctly visible. Sometimes the centre has nothing of the crystalline aspect whatever, but shews a rounded spot of a reddish-brown and opaque substance, apparently of the nature of the imbedding rock, which isa dull fetid limestone of a dark colour, and full of fossil remains. Close to the onc here drawn, but at the back of the specimen, there is aproducta. This character of becoming siliceous is common, but in a much greater degrec, to the fossils from Drummond’s Island, Lake Huron, with the species of which those found on Lake of a part of the Saguenay Country. = 127 Lake St. John appear to correspond. The fossils however of the former are not only more siliceous, but the limestone itself in which they are embedded has been in some places metamor- phosed into a chert or hornstone. For the accompanying very accurate drawing of this fossil, (pl. 8) we are indebted to Lieut. Ditmus, 66th Regt., ample justice to which has been done by the engraver, Mr. Smilie. This limestone appeared to be separated from the clay-slate above it by a thin black shaley calcareous stratum, full of short undulations and rounded concavities occasioned by correspond- ing projections and spherical knobs in the limestone. These knobs or balls could sometimes be detached, and were found to be composed of a very compact dark grey limestone, having a glimmering lustre arising from the reflection of light from a few crystalline points, and a water-worn aspect. Inthege no vestige of organic remains could be perceived, although a slightly fetid odour indicated their presence originally. The stratum of limestone in which they were imbedded appeared equally free from organic remains, but was of a more earthy texture. The thin black shaley stratum is itself a limestone, as its free efferves- cence in acid declares, but it appears to contain much clay and to be passing into c’ay-slate. The position of these balls we conceive is corroborative of the inferior level of the lime-stone with regard to its planes of stratification. It is with much hesitation that we have ventured to state out opinion that secondary limestone here underlies clay-slate, be- cause we know that such a position, if not altogether new, isat least of very rare occurrence. But as our province is to describe and not to theorize, we should have advanced still more im- probable suppositions if, after the same unprejudiced research» . there had been cause in our opinion to entertain them, The knowledge of natural history is very little likely to be extended if her votaries restrict themselves in their reports to what the exist- 128 = Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy existing knowledge on the subject may render probable, Ha+ ving taken the trouble to examine, if an opinion be advanced (with humility proportioned to the degree of information) which is strongly opposed to experience, no censure is justly due though it prove erroneous. Some beautiful specimens of encri- nal marble of a fawn colour are found here which would polish well and prove highly ornamental. The limestone contiuued in visible strata for above one hun- dred and fifty feet, after which it appeared only in angular frag- ments for about a mile and a half further, when it again was seen in regular strata, forming a projecting point in the lake, the intermediate portion of the shore being characterized by anu- merous collection of boulders consisting of granite, trap, mica- slate and angular fragments of clay-slate. Having seen no mica-slate befo:e while in the Sagnenay country, we may have mistaken trap for it, the pseudo-metallic lustre of which, as we have before said, causing it often to resemble that rock. Two or three semi-rounded masses of the felspathic reck near La Grande Discharge were also seen. The stratification at the above-mentioned - point is obscure, but it appears to dip gently tothe east. Much of the lime- stone had a very conglomerated aspect, or at least it appeared to be made up in a confused manner of pieces of itself, though no distinct imbedded fragments were seen. It contains imperfect fossil remains of corallines and orthocera. Proceeding beyond this point the shore became gradual’y crowded to excess with fragments of various rocks principally of limestone. Rocks under the form of boulders were also very common, and as before, angular pieces of clay-slate. The num- ber of these boulders, generally about the size of the head, rendered our walk over them painful in the extreme, the beef- skin mocassin being by no means a sufficient protection in these cases to the foot ui accustomed to wear it. Embar- of a part of the Saguenay Country. 129 Embarking and crossing over to a cliff about thirty feet in height, called Pointe Blue, it was found to be composed of the same fetid lime-stone in distinct horizontal strata. Organicre- thains are found in this rock, but they are generally indistinct, Embarking again for the south-eastward, the limestone was observed to continue on the shore, and at another point resem~ bling ‘Pointe Blue it forms a similar precipice on the lake. A little beyond this we put on shore, and found the same lime- stone forming alow beach. A cedar was measured here the girth of which was twelve feet, it was, however, by no means cha- racteris‘ic of the place, although the soil appeared to be much’ improved since meeting with the lime-stone and clay-slate, a circumstance that was to be expected. At the bottom of a bay beyond this place the same horizontal lime-stone forms the shores and bed of the Littleor Ouitchouanitch river which, asa rapid here falls into Lake St. John. * Running once more to the south-eastward we encamped on a bare limestone point opposite L’Isle des Couleuvres. Some of the voyageurs had the greatest disinclination to visit this island on account of the number of snakes which were reported to ex- ist there, and many wonderful stories of their forming festoons, knots, and lying together like a string of sausages, were told ; but after traversing the whole island one shrivelled skin only was seen. Pears too (probably under the guardianship of the snakes) were said to be abundant with equal foundation. The shores to the northwestward were abundantiy strewn with many fragments of coralliies, among which we recognized caryophil- liz, chain coral, madrepores, retepores, millepores, and particu- larly that corallite so much resembling a bee’s hive, and called favosite. The varieties of caryophilliz resembled those to be seen in the sixth volume of the Geological Transactions. Some of the madrepores might easily be mistaken for the fossil eye- tecth of some animals, but their internal radiated structure R dis- 130 = Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy distinguishes them. (turbinoliz ?*) All these fossils haye been probably washed up from the bottom of the lake, the island be- ing apparently a mere sand bank. There is another island near it which, judging from description, is probably composed of clay-slate. On leaving the former island we stretched across to the main, and entering a bay reached the mouth of the Ouitchouan, where another deposite of clay-slate was noticed. This slate differs from the other in the following particulars :—the strata are horizontal or nearly so—it is not observed to be here associa- ted with any other rock—its weathered surface is white, where- as that of the other is black.—it effervesces in acid very slight- ly, and contains slight traces of organic remains, neither of which characters was observed in the other—it is in greater abundance and more easily quarried. A person unacquainted with the deceptive appearances which rocks sometimes assume, would without hesitation pronounce this rock to be horizontally stratified, and in our judgment he would be correct ; but there are other surfaces which have a parallel arrangement among themselves, and which might easily be mistaken for planes of stratification, particularly as thei, position is vertical and one which agrees better with the high dip the clay-slates so generally exhibit. However upon a closer examination of these planes they are found to suffer constant interruption and not to be continuous. The horizontality of the strata being here assumed as the fact, of which we entertain no doubt, the laminz of the clay-slate are as before parallel to _ the surfaces of stratification. This rock is divided often, owing to * We have seen specimens from Drummond’s Island, Lake Huron, the structure of which is nearly as compact as ivory, owing to the infiltration of siliceous particles into the original interstices of the coral. ‘This, together with their yellowish white fractured surface, render the denticular resemblance atill more striking. of a part of the Saguenay Country. 181 to these counterseams, into cuboidal masses and longitudinay frustra of pyramids, the latter sometimes resembling the blade of a stiletto. Whether you strike the rock on the edges of its laminz or across the surface, a fracture in the direction of these lamine is effected, accompanied of course in the latter case by the cross fracture. Above and in immediate contact with the clay-slate, is a remarkably fine bed of compact marly clay, to which cause the slight effervescence of the former i8 probably owing. Fragments of clay-slate are abundant on the shore in this place, and those of any other rock are rare. The latitude of the Ouitchouan river at its mouth was determined to be 480-243-'5 4, Between the Ouitchouan and the Post of Metabitchouan we observed the same formation to continue fora considerable dis- tance, beyond which we again came upon the limestone, posses- sing the same characters as before, but dipping to the northward at an angle of 45°, Thisappears to bea further corroboration of our opinion, and to infer the additional conjecture that the two rocks alternate with each other, otherwise the limestone must suffer a violent contortion to appear in the interval, be- tween the two deposites of clay-slate, in horizontal strata at nearly the same water level, as has been described. This alternation with fetid limestone suits the habits of the shalee far better than those of the clay-slates to which they sometimes bear a striking, and to the eye an indistinguishable, resemblance, a fact which is remarkably exemplified in the pre- sent instance if this rock should prove to be a shale, which, af- ter consulting its mincralogical characters, we are strongly of opinion it is not, although it cannot be concealed that the case appears a doubtful one. That the reader may be better able to form his own opivion on this point we here introduce those characters ;—Colour, brownish black—opaque—structure real- jy «chistose, but apparently compact—cross fracture, uneven, some- Ise: Diout’ Baddeley on the geognosy Somewhat conchoidal —hardness about the same as clay-slate— color of powder and streak, reddish-odour slightly bituminous when struck—specific gravity 2. 4. In water its surface is co- vered with minute bubbles, ut it neither falls to pieces in tt nor derives additional weight even after a long immersion. A speci- men from the Jast-mentioned place effervesces very slightly in acid, a character which is supposed to be owing to the proxi- mity of the marly clay. Before the blowpipe it fuses readily into a globule of glass, having a dirty green or brown colvur. Experiments alone can determine whether this rock is calcula- ted to answer the purpose of a roofing slate ; this must depend upon its possessing a requisite degree of fissility, and upon its power of resisting the action cf the atmosphere; our op‘nion upon both these points is favourable, but it is only derived from a hasty view of the quarry. With regard to our geological di- Iemma, without wasting more time in the attempt to reconcile apparent contradictions, which a more intimate acquaintance with the /ocale would probably clear away, we will continue to relate facts. The limestone at the last-mentioned place forms a bluff precipice on the shore of the lake, and contains corallites, encrinites and producte. The encrinites were as before in a fawn-coloured variety, well calculated for an ornamental mar- ble ; some of it has the conglomerated aspect before described. Pursuing our route, we reached the post of Metabetshuan, which we found by observation to be in latitude 48 © .-23?-11?. Like the Post of Tadousac, that of Metabetshuam is situated m_an alluvial bank, though differing in the materials which com- pose it. It is here a soil in which clay predominates, but con_ tains sufficient sand to give it fertility. Boulders of the rocks of the neighbourhood, and among them water-worn fragments of the secondary limestone we have just described with ‘their imbedded fossils, are freqnent. The fossils are generally of the same class as those found on the Manitouline chain of islands In of a part of the Saguenay Country. 133 in Lake Huron, and have been mentioned. The most remark- able of the fossil remains we saw, was a trilobite (entomolithes -paradoxus of Linnzus,) (See,plate. 9) It is believed to be one ‘of the largest that has ever been seen, and is deserving of notice, belonging as it does to a class of animals with which naturalists are totally unacquainted, and of which Parkinson says, “ We must content ourselves, I believe, with allowing that no animal resembling it is known.’? It is supposed to be a species of crab, A drawing of the same animal, though not precisely of the same variety, may be seen forming the frontispiece to the 3d edition of Bakewell’s « Introduction to Geology.”? Although the trilobite is very characteristic of the limestone in the Lower Province, it is the small species; no other gigantic specimen has been noticed ; Dr. Bigsby, however met with it on Lake Huron. Some sections of the pigmy tribolite (if such an ex- pression may be allowed) from Beauport and Montmorenci, beara strong resemblance in form to moths. We have in our possession an organic remain from the latter place, which ap- pears to represent a trilobite inserted in the siphuncular cavity of a small orthoceratite. If this conjecture be correct, it is worthy of attention, because it agrees with the known habits of the crustaceous tribe of animals which seek their food by entering into shellfish. Univalves have been brought up to Quebee from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, in which when partly mutilated, may be seen small crabs that have probably perished in an ineffectual attempt to retreat. A suitable’ punishment that should await all murderous intruders who steal upon the privacy} of others, whether their object be to destroy life or to kill time. The accompanying coppet-plate impression is by Mr. Smillie, from another accurate drawing with which we were favoured by Lieut. Ditmus. In both cases the engraver had also the ad- vantage of consulting the specimens. This 134 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy This trilobite is upon very schistose limestone, of a dark grey color internally, and yellowish white weathered surface. The fragment in which it was found is angular and detached ; it had been used as a stepping stone to one of the outhouses at the Post, and probably had been brought by the ice to this shore from a place on the lake about three miles to the westward, where we found a limestone very similar to it, having a variable dip to the northward of from 10°. to 45°. and underlying a very schistose black limestone containing the impressions o small terebratule, and giving out a very fetid odour when struck. Although schistose in the large, this latter rock was very com- pact in the small, and would probably afford beautiful black slabs of marble. ‘The schistose character, together with its black color, might occasion it to be mistaken for clay-slate, particularly as we have before described that rock as holding a similar position with regard to the limestone ; but that posi- tion itself, the violent effervescence of the rock in acid, its im- bedded organic remains and fetid odour, remove all doubt on the subject. The fawn coloured limestone was again observed here ; it appears to be in considerable abundance. A large an- gular mass of white laminar marble was seen upon the shore ; the rock itself must be near but probably at the bottom of the Jake, from whence the mass in question has been thrown up. From the Post of Mitabetshuan, conceived to be the most southerly point of the lake or nearly so, the River Peribonea, about its most northerly point, bore north—La Grande De- charge, N.E., and nearest point to the eastward, E. We ascended the Metabetshuan River a short distance as far as some rapids ; the right bank or that to the eastward, was found to be composed of a mixture of clay and sand, forming an alluvial ridge from fifty to eighty feet high. The western side of the river is low. Wheat, barley, oats, kitchen stuff of va- rious kinds, cucumbers and melons, grow here to perfection ; neither } “ - . he) of a part of the Saguenay Country. 135 neither soil nor climate can therefore be bad. Having broken the thermometers in the early stage of our journey, all our re- ports are deficient in thermometrical observations, Judging from our feelings and the agricultural facts above mentioned, there appears to be no difference between the climate on Lake St. Joho and that at Quebec. Mountains bound the view to southward of the Post, and at no great distance among these, we heard that a large deposite of a mineral, which from the de- scription given of it, must be steatite-or soapstone, is found. It probably marks the primary character of the mountains in which it occurs ; near them the junction of the primary and secondary rocks may be expected to take place. We did not sec it, for the clay-slate, although usually a primary rock, is here, by its alternation with fetid limestone, evidently of the transition or se- condary class. After crossing a turbulent sea, we arrived once more on our way back, at the mouth of La Belle Riviere, having completed the circuit of Lake St. John. Before we take leave of this lake, we will here intrcduce a few remarks upon the general fertility of the land in its neigh- bourhood, which have occurred to us as explanatory of the cause of it. When first the reports* of the House of Assembly respect- ing the Saguenay Country came under our observation, we were at aloss to account for this fertility. We imagined Lake St. John and the surrounding country to be, as it really is, a large basin, of which the lake is the lowest portion, with rivers run- ning into it from all points of the compass save one, and bear« ing tll lan ION R tS AL ALD AND * With regard to these reports, it is only justice to say, that after havin attentively examined them, we think they are as creditable to the individua who collected them as they are to the persons from whom they were obtain- ed. We have, generally speaking, found them to be correct, and it will be seen that the latest reports rather confirm than afford any new information respecting the fertility of the soil and its capabilities for settling. Both Mr. Tasche’s and Mr. Panet's plans also, considering they are mere sketches, ate very faithful. 136 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy ing with them the drainage of the lands they traversed. Sup- posing these lands to be composed almost entirely of rocks of the most infertile characters, such as granite and gneiss or aggregates in which silex abounds, they could not be looked to as the sources of “the fertility in question. In this dilemma the action of a violent deluge was had recourse to, which by bringing soils from distant quarters, had accumuiated here the materials of future fertilization. With this impression,we visited ~ the country. It was found to be composed, instead of granite and gneiss, for the most part of rocks which, however infertile some of them may be as such, are made up of minerals almost exclusively, the decomposition of which furnishes the best soils ; such are syenite and trap rocks. On casting our eyes over the fine alluvial soils which characterize the country about Lake St. Joha and Chicoutimi, they exhibited no indication of the action cf a violent deluge ; on the contrary, they were found to be composed of the finest particles, which could only have been deposited in quiet waters. On visiting Lake St. John, we found a rock forming a large portion of the shores and of its neighbourhood, the decom- position of which forms the finest clays. A little farther on the same lake, clay-slate and limestone are found to occupy a still larger portion, the former rock almost always associated with fertile soils furnished by its desintegration, while the lat- ter, with few exceptions, need only be named as forming a por- tion of any country, to convey at once the fertility of that por- tion. Examine the limestone : you find it the depository of the exuvie of animals, tenants only of the ocean which now form a part of almost every one of its generally horizontal strata. The inference is obvious :—they and the limestone have been de- posited here together, when Lake St. John and the surroun- ding country were covered by the sea; and it is almost equally obvious of a part of the Saguenay Country. 187 obvious to us, that the fine clays and marls, in which this coun- try abounds, are the washings of the decomposing rocks, which, being first suspended ia the water as an impalpable powder, afterwards subside at the bases and on the gently sloping sides of the rocks from whence they are derived. Mr. Nixon, upon his return, kindly furnished the following specimens of Rocks and Earths, with the information as to where they were procured: ROCKS, No. 1.—Of felspar alone, similar to all the rocks from the Grand Décharge to Koucouathime river.—From the second rapid on the Peribonea river this specimen was taken, and Mr. Nixon describes the same rock as extending from the foot of the first rapid to the foot of the third fall, torming rocky banks on both sides ; what soil there is in the distance is sandy. This rock was traversed by a vein of granite, the felspar in which was in large crystals and greatly predominating. 2.—A detatched mass of magnetic iron near No. I. $.—Like No, 1—From the great falls on the Peribonea. 4.—This is an equable mixture ot hornblende and fel- spar, the latter/having a glandular arrangement in the former bearing some resemblance to porphyry. In naming rocks composed of hornblende and felspar, we have invariably in this report called those traps in which the former mineral predominates, while the term syenite has been restricted to those in which the felspar is the most abundant mineral. In the present instance therefore ia which there is no predominancy of either, both terms are equally applicable, but we have chosen that of trap because the felspar in it, by its resemblance to quartz, bestows upon the speci- men in questiou a character ef coincidence with the Ss trap , 138 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy trap we have described, which character is wanting in the syenites—From David River. 5.—A mixture of hornblende and felspar, the former pre- dominating—consequently a trap—from the falls of the River Quitchouan, two hundred and_ thirty-six feet high, according to Mr. Bouchette. 6.—Similar to No. 1.—From La Petite Décharge—a vein of white felspar traverses this rock. EARTHS. No. 1.—A mixture of sand, clay, vegetable matter and iron— The sand in excess—indifferent soil—River Peribo- nea. 2.—The same as No. 1—with little or no iron—R. Peri- bonea- $.—A loam or brick earth—good soil—Lake Nohaduito —taken from under the vegetable matter. 4.—Sandy bad soil laying beneath No. 3, a foot deep and resting on No 5. 5.—A good marly clay—same thickness as No. 4, and resting on No. 6. 6.—An excellent marly clay. 7.—A fine dark vegetable mould, twenty paces from the edge of a rivulet running into Lake Nixon. 8.—Mixture of clay aud sand—tolerable soil—du. 9.—Sand, clay, vegetable earth and iron—light and sandy—do. 10.—Ditto ditto ditto—River Baddeley. 11.—Sand and vegetable earth—poor soil—ditto. Upon reaching Tadousac, on our return home, its latitude was made, 48°. 6/ 38’—~and immediately afterwards we entered the St. Lawrence, on our way to St. Paul’s Bay, pas- sing Pointe aux Bouleaux, of which some account was given ia of a part of the Saguenay Country. 189° in the early pages of this report. Between Pointe aux Bouleaux and Echaufaud des Basques, nearly isolated masses of what was considered to be granite, were seen ; they are shaped like a dome or rounded hay-cock, but generally the outline of the mountains on the coast, did not differ materially from that of the Saguenay ; the former are not however so precipitous. Having landed at Echaufaud-des-Basques, the predominating rock was found to be syenitic granite, in which trap was observed, forming dykes or veins. A vein com- posed of red felspar, quartz, hornblende and magnetic iron, traverses this rock. Flesh red crystals of feispar, and white masses of quartz, forming large distinct concretions, were seen under thz same circumstances. From a detached mass of syenitic granite, large kidneys of a fine black hornblende were taken, and also a beautiful specimen of light blue felspar having the lustre of satin. The surface of the rock here, was observed to have the same baked and porous aspect as before described. This ap- pearance is not in all cases confined to the surface. A spe- cimen brought from Ance-aux Femmes, in the Saguenay, has been already described, as possessing the character of poro- sity, both internally and externally, in so eb ir a manner, as to be a fair sample ofa mill-stone. It would prove a mere repetition to be as circumstantiay in our discription of the rocks, on the north shore of the St. Lawrence, between Tadousac and Mal-Baie, as we have been between the former place and Chicourimi—We will therefore confine ourselves to a few remarks which will em- brace those striking or important differences observed. Though trap was occasionally seen, forming dykss, veins aod imbedded pieces in the predominating rock (a syenite, syenitic granite, or syenitic gneiss,) no rocky masses of it, whether stratified or unstratified were perceived, It is not Meant to assert, however, that they may not be found, but only to imply, that they are by no means so common as in the Sa- gnenay 140 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy — guenay river, particularly in that portion of it between Chi. coutimi, and La Buole, from the last of which places, towards ghe mouth of the Saguenay, the rocks become more quartoze and less amphibolic or hornblendic, and pass from trap and syenite into syenitic gneiss and granite. To this latter cause may be attributed the comparative narrowness of the river at its entrance. As Mal-Baie is approached, the rocks are observed to be Srowded with veins of trap, felspar, quartz and granite, to an excess. These veins are generally parallel to each other, fre. quently contorted to a degree that is scarcely credible. In some places they are absolutely countless, and being composed of different coloured minerals, as white quartz, black horn- blende, red felspar, &c., they bestow on the rock at once a singular and beautiful appearance, to which an artist alone could do justice, as it is totally beyond the power of descrip- tion to convey. It is worthy of observation, that the granite veins which have been described as traversing the rocks, both in the St. Lawrence and Saguenay rivers, were found to be composed, whenever examined, of large flesh coloured crystals of felspar, large pieces of grey or white quartz, and mica in hexagonal ‘plates, about the size of a farthing, the whole forming a vas riety of graphic granite, differing widely in appearance from those fine grained granites, which have been described as oc- curring in apparently stratified masses in the Saguenay and elsewhere, and among the constituents of which it is often difficult to say whether mica or hornblende is to be ranked, or whether they are not both of them present, the small black specks disseminated through the aggregate, resembling either of those minerals. The plates of mica in these veins, were ** few ing and far between :?’ the rarity of this mineral in the rocks under description has been before alluded to. A number of recent shells principally echini or sea-eggs are found upon the rocks, and sometimes at an elevation, to occa- sion of a part of the Saguenay Country. 141 sion a false inference to be drawn as to the height of the spring tides. These are probably brought by birds, as the elevated position they occupy, is far beyond the reach of any tide in the St. Lawience. On entering Mal Baie, a rock was observed, forming a long precipitous scarp, which had the appearance of being hori- zontally stratified. It is of a greyish colour. This we after- wards fouud to be a limestone and is the same that Dr. Bigsby describes as a calcareous conglomerate full of organic remains, and having gneiss and mica slate abutting aagainst it. Partaking of the well known hospitality of Mr. and Mrs. M‘Nicol for one day, we had leasure to examine some of the rocks in this place, which are particularly interesting, as it is here that the primary and secondary formations occur toge- ther. On the shore near the house we observed black fetid limestone, and we believe gneiss, but this spot was not parti- cularly examined. Crossing a bridge over the Mal Baie ri- ver, we proceeded across an alluvial ridge, towards Dr. Fraser’s house on the eastern side of this bay. Pursuing our walk on the shore, and down the river, we first came again en the black fetid limestone observed on the other side of the bay, Then examining a block which had fallen fromthe precipice above (the same noticed on entering the bay) it was found to consist of an indurated limestone of a greyish colour and the con- jecture before entertained respecting its horizontal stratifica- tion was confirmed. It forms a perpendicular scarp, perhaps one hundred and fifty feet high. Beyond the black fetid lime- stone, micaceous schist was met with, for the first time, con- taining veins of quartz, sometimes of a slight rosyshue, and common garnets. We saw none of the beautiful foliated gar- net, which is known to oceur in this rock. The dip of the mica slate is gently to the west, Continuing our walk, we came upon a rock, which appeared to consist of stratified mas- ges of pure quartz ; after which we met with syenitic gneiss. All the basset edges of these rocks, from the black limestone downwards, crop out on the shore, in conformable strata, the 142 Lieut. Baddeley on the gceognosy the dip of which is to the westward. Between the horizontal limestone, which lays over the basset edges of these rocks, and the black limestone, a sort of calcareous sandstone is observed, of a light green colour possessing the compact- ness of fine grained grey wacke. We do not remember to which of the two rocks it is conformable, but believe it is to the uppermost ; its effervescence in acid is slight. J Mal-bay and its neighbourhood have long been remarkable , for the frequency of earthquakes ; it was not probable therefore that we should omit to make enquiries respecting them, con- nected as they are with the subject under examination. Through the politeness of Mr. and Mrs. M‘Nicol the following infor- mation was obiained. Shocks are -most frequent in January and February ; their direction appears to be northwest ; the duration of the movement is about one minute, and notice of the coming motion is generally given by a noise like a chimney on fire, sometimes. accompanied by two distinct blows, ‘The weather is sometimes sultry, previously at others, cold ; in the former case, the weather becomes cold after the shock, and in the latter, mild: in short, it is always accompanied by a change of weather. They occur about nine or ten times a year, and are more generally observed in the night than in the day. When they happen in foggy weather it clears up sub- sequently. About thirty-six years ago shocks were much more violent. Dr. Fraser of Malbay, to whom this account was shown, agrees generally with it, but thinks the number of shocks annua}ly underrated. Mal-Bay or, Murray Bay, as the inhabitants prefer calling it, enters deep into the north shore, and the greater proportion becomes dry at low water. ‘The land which encloses the bay is rather elevated and rocky, but between it and the high water-mark on the western side, there is a flat or gently un- duiated alluvial soil, The character of most of this is sandy, but that on which Mr. McNicol’s farm is situated is of a superior dese“iption, composed of clay, sand, and probably lime derived ery of a part of the Saguenay Country. 143 derived from its vicinity to limestone. We were informed that the general character of the soil improves on advancing into the interior, and.that a broad fertile valley similar to the one which accompanies the St. Paul’s Bay River, and with which it i8 connected by a cross valley, also accompanies the Mal-Bay River in rear of the settlement, Walking through the fields at the back of Mr. M*‘Nicol’s house, we observed several small cone-shaped hillocks from fifteen to twenty feet high composed of alluvial soil, which from their form and isolated appearance were supposed to be in some way connected with the cause of the earthquakes. Availing ourselves of the high tide we left this bay, but were detained a few hours at its westernmost point by the roughness of the river. This interval was occupied in examining the lime- stone rock of which the point consists. Like that on the eas- tern side of the bay it is one of the oldest of the secondary class, and contains numerous organic remains, principally orthocera- tites. The weathering of the rock exhibits many longitu- dial sections of these fossil multilocular univalves, giving them something the appearance of fish-bones for which they have been mistaken. Itis well known to those who interest them- selves on the subject, that the fossil corallines of the genus huronia, of which there are some beautifully correct drawings among the plates to the sixth volume of the Geological Tran- sactions, bear aremarkable resemblance to vertibra, so much so as to have deceived professional men ; of these however we saw none. Some of this limestone is of a very siliceous character and appears to pass into sandstone ; some again is conglomerated, and holds imbedded rounded fragments of white quartz ; in this the fossil organic remains appear most to abound. In the upper portion of this limestone there is a small cavern into which you may descend for a few yards. ‘The sides and roof are in many places coated with a white incrustation, having none of the i44 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy the crystalline aspect of stalactite, but softer and more resem~- bling analogous appearances on the roofs of old brick or stone arches. This cavern descends very rapidly, but we were soon arrested by its narrowing suddenly to a mere crack, through which however the boy who accompanied us said he had pas- sed, and found that the cavern on the other side becomes more spacious, but his fears would not allow him to investigate fure ther. This part of the passage might be excavated at a tri- fling expence, which might be fully repaid by the extent, beauty and singularity of appearance which these caverns often pre- sent. Dr. Fraser has been spoken to on the subject, from whom more information is shortly expected, The shore between Murray Bay and St. Paul’s Bay is by no means so precipitous as that between the former place and the mouth of the Saguenay, although it gradually retires back into lofty hills, over which, on account of the crowded state of the canoe, Messrs. Bowen and Goldie passed. They describe the road as ove continued succession of abrupt rise and fall. Some rocks, the surfaces of which are’white, were obseryed for~ ming much of the shore, but as we did not touch them, it re- mains doubtful whether they were felspathic or limestone. Beyond these, a black rock, traversed by veins of white calca- reous spar, was seen ; probably the transition limestone of some authors, and the same as that observed at Murray Bay. On passing Les-Eboulemens, we looked ia vain for the cause’ of that part of the country being so called ; Isle aux Cou- dres also, which Charlevoix represents as having been detach- ed from the main by a violent earthquake, exhibits no other character, on passing, to indicate such a catastrophe, than a whirlpool between it and the main, which at low water be- comes dangerous for boats, and cances by the risk they run of being thrown by it on the limestone rocks to the right of the entrance into St. Paul’s Bay; appearances indicating some event of a part of the Saguenay Country, Sc. 145 event of the kind are said to be seen, however, jn many places on the shore between Port au Persil and St. Paul’s Bay, such as the roots and trunks &c. of prostrate trecs, being covered with soil and loose masses of rock, The limestone mentioned last is of an excellent description ; it occurs in dark compact strata, dipping to the westward at an angle of about 45°. It has all the appearance of being an excellent building material, in great abundance and easily quar- ried, At the entrance into St. Paul’s Bay, the mountains which form the back ground haye a very picturesque appearance, rising in cone-shaped peaks and in alpine ranges ; they are, how- ever, not very elevated, —- It is not perhaps generally known that there exists highly respectable evidence of a volcanic eruption having happened somewhere in the interior in the rear of St. Paul’s Bay. No one we think will feel disposed to doubt the fact after perusing the following account of it with which, through the politeness of Mr. Gagnon and Mr, Chaperon, we have been furnished, It is the former gentleman who writes :— “ Au defait du journal que se trouye ecarté, daignez rece- voir ce que suit : , “Samedi, 6 Oct. 179I, ala Baie St. Paul, et autie lieu cir- convoisin, vers les sept heures et quart du soir, se fit sentir un fort tremblement de terre ; toute la nuit fut troublée par de petits repetés, et entre par un tremoussement courant dans Vest, Les quarante ct un jours suivans trembkerent, depuis deux coups jusqu’a cing par jour. Le Lundi 8 Oct. fut d’un bon tiers moins fort que le premier (du 5) les autres furent que des petits, ou brouissemens ; le tems toujours obscur. Avant la nuit du 26 au 27, je n’avais pas encore remarqué d’éruption de fumée epaisse, par fois ondoyante de flamme ; la temperature a 74 heures du soir était a 11° au dessous de zero du thermo- ei metre 146 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy metre de Reaumur (plus 7} of Fahr.) et le lendemain au matin a 6% heures la chaleur se trouve montée a 21° (plus 792 of Fahr.) Deux montagnes prés de ma demeure ouest-quarante quelques degres-nord laissent un passage & la vue entre elles pour laisser voir loin. C’est par cette passe que je vis une continuelle eruption, meléc de fumée et de flamme, qui jetoit fort sur l’horizon ; d’autres fois se tourmentaient entre elles comme trop genées dans leur issue. J’ai remarqué plusieurs fois que cette éruption est presque toujours suivie de tremblement pour le méme jour; et quand il manque il s’ensuit un jour obscur et jaune, Quand Ie tremblement arrive, on peut pre- dire qu’il va étre d’autant plus procheque cette agitation de boucanne force pour sortir. Quelques personnes auxquelles javais mortré ces preparations du tremblement m’on prevenu a leur tour que dans un moment la terre va trembler, et l’effet le confirma, Enfin cette nuit du 26 au 27 forma un grand spec- tacle d’admiration, toute l’atmosphére fut en feu, et agitée ; la face souffrait de la chaleur, le tems etant fort calme; l’e- ruption fut continuzlle toute la nuit avec des flammes. L’ap- proche certaine du tremblement se connait quand par la passe entre les deux montagnes, on voit un nuage, ou boucanne, arrété, ou agité, et qu’a droit et a gauche horizon est par- faitement clair,’ This description, as far as it extends, agrees so well with the known phenomena of active volcanoes, that little doubt can be entertained of the flame seen by Mr. Gagnon proceeding from any other source than that ofan eruption. Mr. Andrew Stuart was aware of the existence of a similar well founded report when he gave us discretionary authority, upon discharging our canoe, to proceed in search of the volcano, provided after having ascer- tained particulars, there should exist in our judgment any pro- bability of finding it. We were decided to give up the attempt by the following circumstances :— of 4 part of the Saguenay Country, §c. 147 1. It might lay at a greater distance than could be reached at so late a period in the season, (12th September.) 2. The known fertility of volcanic countries would, in the interval of thirty seven years of inactivity, have caused those parts once ravaged by an eruption, to be covered by a deep and dense mass of both living and dead vegetable matter, con- cealing all the rocks, and obliterating all the traces of a crater by which only an extinct or long inactive volcano could be re- cognized. 3. We were anxious to examine an extensive deposite of magnetic iron which lay up the river in a different direction, Upon an examination of the greater portion of the rocks we have attempted to describe, a Vulcanist or follower of Hutton, would we think suspect that the country of which they are Characteristic had been the theatre of volcanic activity in very ancient times, and upon finding his conjectures supported by the inferential evidence which these Joca/* earthquakes afford, and that of the more direct and positive description contained in Mr. Gagnon’s communication, his doubts on the subjects would entirely vanish. For ourselves, being neither Neptunian nor Vulcanist, we leave these interesting but often vague en- quiries to those who are better qualified to indulge in them, being satisfied with the more humble, though not less use- ful task of describing facts. Although it is believed that no one now living, except Mr. Ga- gnon himself saw the flames, &c., many were witnessesto the com- parative violence of the earthquakes of 1791. The first is accoun- ted for by saying that there were few settlers at St. Paul’s Bay at the time, and fewer whose habits or education would lead them to take notice of a phenomenon which among the vulgar might be supposed to be merely a fire in the woods, had they seen it. A = - — * They are not felton the southern shore of the St, Lawrence nor at St. Joachim, to the westward, nor ‘Tadousac to the eastward, 148 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy. A fall of ashes covering the snow is also within the remem- brance of many, but of this interesting fact we have no further particulars. Earthquakes at St. Paul’s Bay do not appear to be so frequent nor so sensibly felt as at Malbay. Three or four leagues up the St. Paul’s Bay river, or la Riviere du Gouffre as it is called, there is at the distance of from one hundred yards to two miles from its banks, an exten- sive deposite of magnetic iron * of which we are able to afford some information from actual inspection. The river itself is not easily ascended being full of rapids, but the goodness of a road on its right bank renders this incon- venience lighter. Over the road, composed of a sandy allu- vium, we proceeded and entered a beautiful valley through which this river circuitously takes its course. The sandy na- ture of the soil at the mouth of this river opposes little resis- tance to the action of the current, which where strongest steals upon the shore contiguous, leaving a proportionable space dry on.the opposite side, and in this way one proprietor of land finds himself possessed of the property of his neighbour. When property in this place becomes more valuable, and this natu- ral encroachment more aggravated, it will probably become a subject of litigation. Mr. Chaperon of St. Paul’s Bay will soon have te remove two store-houses which the current threa- tens to undermine. On advancing, the river retires from the road to the right, and while the former preserves, as is obvious, the lowest level of the valley, the latter pursues a more direct course over a sandy bank. As we passed this bank and cast our eyes on the valley ; a a * This deposite was known in the time of Charlevoix ; for accordi that author a miner was engaged by Mr, Talon, the intendent peo these mines, who reported favourably of them. This man is said to have ob- served wherever he worked, traces of the earthquake of 1663, We saw no- thing of this kind, Previous to our visit to the place, the Surveyor Gene- ral had brought to Quebec specimens of ti F i i i ila Mamdans. pe ie ore and information as to its of a part of the Saguenay Country, &c. 149 valley below, we were reminded of the vale of Clwyd in North Wales. It is however neitherso wide nor so long. The mountains en each side are tolerably elevated and of course — rocky, but the valley is gently undulated land of a fine quality, being a mixture of clay, sand and probably carbonate of lime which abounds in the neighbourhood. This valley continues for about six or seven leagues, and is perhaps half a league wide. The road (an excellent one) extends about five and a balf leagues up this valley, beyond which a pathway leads to the remotest settlements. There is a cross valley on the left bank of the river which is said to communicate with the valley of the Malbay river, ' The parish of St. Urbain is situated towards the upper end of the valley, and it was here that we stopped to examine the deposite of iron, One bed lays westward of Vincent Trem- blay’s house on the summit of the hill, and about two miles from the river. Having crossed the valley a distance of about a mile,.we came to the foot of the hill which rises at ap angle of from 100, to 150. Here we found large detached masses of this ore, and ascending the hill for about another mile we reached the summit. When we arrived at this place it was found to be characterized by the total absence of trees, and looked like a piece of cleared land of about three or four acres in extent. Near the centre of this, and where the ground be- gan to fall, the ore was seen cropping out of the ground, in one black metallic mass of considerable size. We traced it without excavation for about sixty yards in length, and perhaps three in width, here and there covered by moss or a few shrubs only. The rock with which the ore is associated is a pale syenite ; in it the felspar is very predominating, the wea- thering of which gives a cream colour tu the rock externally, That we saw was not solid but in loose angular rotten pieces, aud this we found to be the case upon subsequently probing to ag- 7 150 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy ascertain the comparative abundance, of the ore as appears from the following satisfactory account of some work Vin- cent Tremblay had been instructed to perform during our ab- sence on an excursion to the northward. No. 1,—Excavated a hole on the north side of the visible iron ore and at about two perches distance, where the same ore was found about two feet below the soil consisting of . rotten rock. 2.—A second hole was formed on the south side of the visible ore, and about ninety. feet distant, here the same ore was again found at the depth of one foot six inches of the same soil. 3.—About six yards farther to the sonth of the last, and at the depth of two feet and a half of rotten rock the same ore was found. 4. North west of the visible ore and about ninety feet distant the same ore was found at the depth of two feet of the same soil. From this it ‘appears that there is here a considerable supply almost at the surface ; indeed we suspect that the whole of the cleared patch before mentioned is occasioned by its immediate presence. We were informed that several places in the neigh- bourhood were equally abundant in ore, and when about to descend the La Gouffre on our return to St. Paul’s Bay, Mr. Bowen discovered a deposite of this mineral which appeared abundant ; it issituated inthe left bank, about a mile below Vincent Tremblay’s house, and about two hundred feet from the waters’ edge. Having left instructions with Vincent Tremblay to investigate further, we lately received from him the following information accompanied by specimens. No. 5.—**Ces deux morceaux ont été pris sur les terres de Da- mase Fortin et de Vincent Tremblay, fils, environ douze arpens plus au nord que la mine que vous avez yuc et en- — oe of a part of the Saguenay Country, Sc. 151 environ quinze arpens plus pres de la riviere du Gouffre. Il se trouve un cap continu du méme metal et il est parallel & Phorizon. [1 se trouve environ un pied en terre 2 Pendroit ou je ai examiné, mais comme c’est dans un endroit ou le terrein est pendant, il doit se trou- ver 2 une plus grande profondeur 4 mesure que lon avance. 6.—« Ce morceau a été pris au nord-est de la riviére du Gouffre, environ dix arpens au-dessus de l’endroit ou vous étes embarqué pourla descendre, et a un arpent de la dite riviére. C’est un cap coupé perpendiculaire- ment de la hauteur d’environ vingt pieds sur une lar- geur d’environ quarante. 7.— Ces quatre morceaux ont été pris sur la terre d’Au- gustin Tremblay au nord est de la rivicre du Gouffre vis-a-vis ’endroit ou vous étes embarqué pour la descen- dre et environ six arpens de la dite riviere. 11 sort de la cdte un cap de méme metal dont j’ai découvert environ trois perches. $.—“ Ces morceaux ont été pris sur la terre d’ Antoine Pagé a environ quinze arpens de la riviére du Gouffre, et environ une lieue plus sud que celle que vous avez vac. II s’en trouve un cap plein. 9.— Ces morceaux ont été pris entre Moise Tremblay et Elie Fortin, environ huit arpens plus nord que celle que yous avez vue, et vingt-sept arpens plus prés de la riviere du Gouffre. J’ai decouvert de ce metal sur en- viron un demi-arpent quarré, mais je crois qu’il y ena un plus grand etendu.” Before any observations are made upon the foregoing ores, we will here introduce an accouut of our journey northwards adverted to. The object of this journey was twofold ; to see a little more of the interior, and to examine another deposite of ma- 152 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy magnetic iron. In the first part of our journey we met witls tolerable land, although by leaving the valley to our right and ascending the hills we got among the rocks and an inferior soil. ‘These rocks are universally felspathic, and of a cream- coloured external surface. After proceeding about two leagues we came to the reunded brow ofa hill which afforded us a beau- tiful view of a part of the chain of mountains which we had seen on entering the bay, and in which the St. Paul’s Bay river has its source. The summits of these mountains were rounded» perfectly bare, whitened and precipitous. We were informed by our guide that after crossing these mountains a wide fertile plain is reached, through which the Malbay river takes its course ; he was in the constant habit of crossing this plain with Indian hunters, with whom he was associated. Continuing our route a little further we came to the flat surface of a rock se- veral yards of which were totally bare and whitened. All we had before seen in our route were so covered up with vegetation; presenting only an angle to the eye, that it was not easy to decide with certainty whether they were in place or not, but here no donbt could exist on the subject. It was one of those tabular masses so common in felspathic rocks, composed of brown -felspar, quartz and hornblende; the quartz was very distinct on the weathered surface, from which it projected in grey grains, owing to the greater resistance it opposes to the action of the atmosphere. Distinct concretions of a very laminar hornblende, possess- ing polar magnetism, were observed in this rock. We reached our encampment for the night at the foot of the chain, having passed over in the course of the day much tolerably good land, well watered by small brooks and streams issuing from lakes, along the side of one of which we passed. Rising early in the morning we commenced the ascent of the chain, and on the summit of the lowest part of its ridge, we "¢ saw of a part of the Saguenay Country, &c. 158 saw projecting from the side of the mountain iron ore similar to that before seen at St. Urbain, but of a purer quality, though not by any means in such abundance. It here occurs ina visi- ble patch about one foot wide and perhaps three feet long, As it is in solid rock it would not be easily extracted if found upon excavation to form a continuous bed or vein. The rock in which this ore is imbedded is as before a pale syenite, in which the felspar only is very distinct. tis worthy of remark that the extensive deposite of iron ore at Marmora, Upper Canada is, according to Dr. Bigsby, in the immediate neighbourhood, though not in contact witha pale syenite. The metallic black- ness of this ore contrasts strongly with the whitened surface of the rock in which it is imbedded. Knowing that the forests in this country are extremely liable to spontaneous or accidental ignition, the whitened exterior of these rocks is often naturally coough attributed tothat cause, particularly, as was the case here, where other less question.ble traces of fire appear; but weather, acting upon the alkali, which the felspar in these rocks contains, causes an incipient decomposition to take place on their surfaces, by which an im- perfect kaolin or porcelain clay is formed, and hence arises this whitened aspect. Fire would certainly assist this decomposi- tion, but from the quantity of iron in these rocks their surfaces would, we think, be rather reddened than whitened by it, Other deposites of iron ore in these mountains were heard of, but they were not visited, satisfied of its abundance in places more conveniently situated. It may be stated, however, that a Canadian of the name of Baptiste Bridet, gave us on our return to St. Urbain, the following information. Between the pass of the mountains and Lake Bicene, about a league asunder, he observed at short intervals great quantities of iron ore jutting out of the rock ; also between Lake Bicene and a place called Le Grand Bris, about ten acres further, he saw the same ap- T pearence. 154 Lieut. Baddeley on the scognosy pearance. Being questioned as to its abundance more particu- larly, he said that it occurs in veins from six inches to two feet wide and in rounded blotches from six to eight feet thick- The highest mountain in that part of the chain where we were, commands a most “beautiful and extensive view of the surrounding country. We will now give the mineralogical characters of that depo- site of ore which we first met with at St. Urbain; after doing which, only a few further remarks on the others will be neces- sary, as they differ from each other principally by being more or less mixed with impurities. They are almost all of them remarkable for the want of the magnetic character, although possessing the metallic blackness, structure, and other points of agreement with the magnetic oxide of iron to which species they undoubtedly belong. MINERALOGICAL CHARACTERS OF SPECIMENS. Nos. 1 to 4.—Colour, iron black, but break into fragments, the surfaces of which are much tarnished by rust; no par- ticular structure could be ebserved ; some parts were indistinctly laminated, but the general mass appears to be compact granular, The fraeture when not effected in the direction of a rusty seam is uneven. They can- not be scratched by the knife, but are easily broken, and do not give fire under the hammer ; their powder is quite black ; specific gravity about 4. 5. Some por- tion of the ore from this deposit had a vitrified and. po- rous aspect on the surface like cast iron. They are not magnetic before the application of. heat. Before the blow-pipe they do not alter in any other respect than by becoming magnetic. With borax they fuse into a of a part of the Saguenay Country, &c. 155 a glass of either a yellow or very light muddy green colour; upon cooling the colour subsides or nearly so- These ores were associated with a mixture of mica, car- bonate of lime or iron, and what was conceived to be epidote. 5.—These specimens have a very good appearance, and are more free from foreign substances than some of the others ; one of them, however, has coccolite of a yellow- ish brown colour, disseminated throughout it. Their specific gravity varies from 4. to 4. 5. 6.—This is the same description of ore as that found by Mr. Bowen, and comes nearly from the same place ; it is not quite so good an ore as either of the preceding, being more mixed up with foreign, substances, particu- Jarly epidote, by which its specific gravity is reduced to 4. 7.—These four specimens differ much among themselves, and do not bear the aspect of having been taken from the same place ; one of them has a crystalline structure, and appears to be composed of octohedral grains, while another is earthy and possesses less of the metallic aspect. 8.—Magnetic with polarity ; an excellent ore. 9.—This 1s a very good specimen of bog ore, and va- luable if abundant. It probably occurs in greater quantity than has been yet ascertained, as generally where there is a large deposite of rock ore (as the magnetic oxide of iron is called) occupying clevated situations, there is also a deposite of bog ore beneath inthe low swampy lands, the latter originating with the former. It does not appear easy to account for the want of the magnetic character in these ores before they have been exposed to heat. Cleaveland says, that « according to the observations of 156 = Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy. of Werner and Gibbs, this oxide of iron is not magnetic while remaining at a considerable depth below the surface of the earth, but soon acquires this property after exposure to air and light.” We must seek other causes to account for the magnetic defici- ency in the present instance, as the specimens in question were taken from the surface and possess no more magnetism at the presént moment than they did at first. It may be owing to one or more of the following causes ; the presence of oxygen above 30 per cent, of sulphur above 40, of carbon, of phosphorus, of arsenic, of manganese and of antimony; of these sulphur, phosphorus, arsenic, manganese and antimony injure the ore, by either rendering it difficultly fusible or its cast-iron brittle, often both. Carbon, on the contrary, improves the quality of the cast-iron, renders the ore more easily fusible and diminishes the consumption of fuel, We cannot sayto which of these, or if to any of them is owing the magnetic deficiency, we can only observe that before the blowpipe no fumes of sulphur, arse- nic nor of antimony were perceived. From sixty to seventy per cent. of cast iron may be expected from the magnetic ores, and from thirty to forty from the bog ore. The vicinity of limestone as a flux bestows additional value on these deposites. It is probable that the limestone that was seen at the entrance into St. Paul’s Bay may extend thus far, We saw two or three varieties of an excellent description near a small kilo in front of the chapel at St. Urbain, which were said to have been taken from the bank on the opposite or left side of the river ; some contained organic remains, while others had more the aspect of a compact marble, and were free from them, We were informed that lime stone was also to be seen on the summit of the hill opposite the chapel, where indeed it was ultimately found, but our guide took us first to several felspathose rocks deceived by their whitened sur- faces. Wishing of apart of the Saguenay Country, &c. 157 Wishing to ascertain the capabilities of the river we descend- ed it in an old wooden canoe. This river may be considered as one continued rapid, though of moderate violence ; the only obstacles in which to its free navigation arise from an accumu- lation of boulders in several parts of its channel, over which it is difficult to pass without striking. This we did repeated- ly, and once or twice were nearly swamped, but more owing to the unskilfulness of our guide than from any other cause ; however the inconvenience of a good ducking would have been the only penalty had the canoe actually filled, for the river is in most places shallow. If there were any sufficient object to warrant the expence, such as the establishment by Government of an iron foundry, there is no doubt that the river might be rendered navigable for batteaux by removing only such of the boulders as are most in the way of the channel; for we be- lieve that no rock in place offers any obstacle. To drown these boulders would not be easy, and would occasion a great loss of excellent land, without expensive banks were formed to retain the waters. This river is very circuitous in its course, surprisingly so, considering the tapidity of its current ; it owes this character to the alluvial bed it traverses. By it the river is rendered perhaps one-third longer than the road, between St. Urbain’s and the bay, so that whatever capabilities might be given to the river, it is probable that all materials for the sup- ply of an establishment, such as we have named above, would be transported over land from the bay, while the articles ma- sufactured would be sent down by the river. Such is the prac- tice at Mr. Bell’s well-conducted establishment on the St, Maurice river, up which the returaing boats always poll empty. With numerous stoppages we were only five hours descending. The height of the banks on either side the river varies from one foot to fifty. Rock in place was observed forming the bank in a few places. .1t was said to be limestone. Our eX. 158 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy examination of all parts of this river was necessarily hurried, for the expectation we were in every moment of being upset, as ‘we moved rapidly down the stream, would not allow us to im- prove to the utmost the short period we had to observe at each turn of it. Near the entrauce into the bay from the river one smail limestone* rock was observed lifting its head above water in mid-channel, . ae Previously to leaving the bay on our journey into the inte- rior wehad been hospitably received at the house of Mr. Cha- peron, and on our retura his reception of us was even if possi- ble warmer. But the fear of abusiag his civility was an ad- ditional motive to depart, which we did the night of our return. Failing in our attempt, however, to reach Quebec by water, on account of coatrary winds, we proceeded overland through the Capes, which afforded us the opportunity of see- ing a country unexpectedly well calculated for settlement, the existence of which a person would have some difficulty in be- lieving who had only seen that barren section of it exposed on the northern shore of the St. Lawrence, between Cape Tour- ment and St. Paul’s Bay. It has already attracted some atten. tion and in our opinion deserves much more ; for, indepen- dently of its own capabilities, it is connected by an uninterrup- ted broad band of cultivable land, with Quebec on one side and St. Paul’s Bay, Malbay and the still broader tracts behind them on the other. A bounty has lately been offered to indace individuals tu settle on this land, and a road has been opened, at the expence of the Colonial Government, connecting St. Joachim with St. Paul’s Bay. Over this road we passed, and founda good log hut built or building, with a few acres cleared * Specimens of a white granular limestone have been brought to Quebec _ from St. Paul’s Bay, containing threads and seams of a very argentiferous galena. If some of this galena be powdered and dissolved in nitric acid, a bright copper-wire inserted inthe solution wijl after some time be coated with a thick muddy deposite. If this be collected and exposed on charcoal to the blowpipe a bead of pure silver will be obtained. a of a part of the Saguenay Country, &c. 159 cleared around it, at every league or thereabout. The land through ‘which the road runs is always tolerably good, in many places excellent, and it is intersected frequently by small rivers an& streams, favouring its drainage, the want of which many portions of the road attest, particularly towards St. Joachim. This road possesses t wo excellent characters ; it is remarkably straight and remarkably level ; for, excepting at the two ex- tremities of it, St. Paul’s Bay and St. Joachim, at the for- mer where it passes over limestone, and at the latter granite we do not remember any other rise of any consequence. The first part of the road is over the same alluvial deposite> through which the‘river du Gouffre passes, and which conti- nues in one level plain to the foot of the limestone ridge. On ascending this the soil becomes more sandy, but it soon after improves and is then a mixture of clay, sand and iron, to the latter of which it owes the yellow or red colour it some- times possesses. The road is excellent for a distance of four leagues ; it then becomes very boggy and in some places quite impassable for carts. It is only, in such places, by sinking up to the knees in a stinking mass of mad, loaded with carburet- ted hydrogen, that the pedestrian is able to proceed. This character, which continues mere or less to the foot of Cape Tourment, is owing to the retentive nature of the soil, and its nearly horizontal position. In a short time the money which has been expended on the road will have been uselessly employed without an additional sum be advanced, to prevent it from be- ing completely broken up. There was nothing remarkable in the quality of the timber» which consisted principally of white birch, until we reached the ridge separating St. Joachim from the Cape lands, where we met with some of the finest description that had been secn daring the whole journey, among which were some well-grown elms. The granite of Cape Tourment is known to be the de- pusitory 160 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy pository of large pieces.of brown mica, which are dug out the size of the foot from crevices in the rock ; some of it is ex- ceedingly contorted. The rarity of mica in most of the rocks described in this essay renders this deposite the more deserving of attention. Having closed our geognostical observations at the foot of Cape Tourment, we will now introduce a short recapitulation by way of summary which will include some remarks on the geological position of the rocks we have described. The rocks seen on our journey, were the following :— Nos. 1,—Granite. 2.—Micaceous Schist, (Mica Slate.) 3.—Quartz rock. 4,—-Primary limestone ? 5.—Syenites —including syenitic granite and syenitie gneiss. gi 6.—Trap rocks—or aggregates, in which hornblende pre- dominates. 7.—Felspar rock—(sui generis.) 8.—Magnetic iron. 9,—Clay-slate, 10.—Grey wacke. 11.—Sandstone. 12.—Secondary limestone—including the transition of some authors. Of all the granitic rocks we met with, perhaps that of Cape Tourment is the only one, free from an admixture of horn- blende ; for although we collected sume specimens elsewhere, which appeared to be so, it might very well have. been pre- sent, without our being able to detect it, on account of the smallness of the grain of those specimens, and the resem- blance of a part of the Saguenay Country, &c. 161 blance of the hornblende to mica, which latter circumstance may indeed have occasioned one mineral to have been mistaken for the other. We cannot positively assert that the granite of Cape Tourment is free from hornblende, but we think so. Micaceous schist was met with only at Mal-bay, where it has been already described as dipping to the west, having black fetid limestone above it, and qnartz rock and syenitic gneiss be- low. It is here that the three classes of rocks (admitting the transition to be one) are seen together, and the geologist de- rives from their inspection assistance in his subsequent resear- ches in the neighbourhood, Micaceous schist being in all cases a primary rock, the syenitic gneiss below it, must also be pri- mary, which it appears necessary to establish, because the same rock was not found elsewhere, to be associated with a similar proof of its superior antiquity; rocks in which horn- blende and felspar abound, being common to the “ over, lyin class’? of Macculloch, with which many of the rocks in the Saguenay and elsewhere, have other points of agreement besides mere mineralogical identity. The syenites and traps are the only rocks met with from the mouth of the Saguenay to the falls on La Belle Rivitre, and they are likewise most characteristic of the north shore of the St. Lawrence, from T'adousac toCape Tourment. Mr. Nixon met with syenite on David’s River, a branch of the Perebonea, and with trap at the fallsof Ouitchouan, A _ pale syenite is the predominating rock in rear of St. Paul’s Bay; with this no trap is associated, and it is the deposite of extensive beds of magnetic iron, all of which is in favor of its primary character ; it possesses no traces of stratification. Quartz rock was seen only at Mal-bay, underlying mica- ceous schist, aod between it and syenitic gneiss, Primary limestone ? associated with syenite gneiss and trap, occurs at Moulin’ Baudee A loose mass of a similar descrip- U tion 162 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy tion was found onthe shore of lake St. John, near and to the westward of the Post of Mitabitshuan: it was angular and of an untravelled aspect. The felspar rock (sui generis) alluded to, is one, many of those characters resemble those of Labrador felspar from which it differs principally by its want of iridescence. It forms the north eastern shore of Lake St. John, and its islands from the mouth of La Grande Décharge, to within a mile of the Kou- couathime river, and was met with by Mr. Nixon in La Petite Décharge ; also uninterruptedly forming a rocky bank from the foot of the first rapid in the Peribonea river, to the great falls on the same. We can say nothing of its rock associations, as they were not seen. It will probably fall under the gene- ral term syenite, although hornblende is a very rare ingredient in it. Magnetic iron occurs in such extensive beds in rear of St. Paul’s Bay, as to entitle it to be considered asa rock. It was met with in abundance ir no other place. Clay-slate, in association with grey wacke, was met with on the Island of Orleans, Both are well known to be very abundant in Lower-Canada, particularly in the neighbourhood of Quebec, and fromthence towards the mouth of the St. Law- rence, but they are principally confined to the southern side of the river. Clay-slate was also met with on Lake St. John, for we still persist in calling by that name the rock we met with there, apparently alternating with fetid limestone. Sandstone was met with only at Mal-bay, underlying hori_ zontal limestone. The position of this sandstone answers to that of the old red sandstone, which, if it be, it is another instance among many of the absurdity of affixing such a name to a rock, which in the present instance is of a light greenish colour, Secondary limestones, among which, for convenience, we include, of a part of the Saguenay Country, Sc. 163 include, after the example of MacCulloch, the transition class, were found at Mal-bay, St. Paul’s Bay and Lake St. John- The fetid limestone which overlies micaceous schist at St. Paul’s Bay, we have conjectured to be a transition rock, On Lake St. John, secondary limestone (of the carboniforeus order ?) forms, with clay-slate, the southwest portion of the shore of the lake, from Pointe Blue to within three miles of the Post of Me- tabitshuan.* At page we have considered this to be a secondary rock in the limited sense of the Wernerians, and were surprised in consequence, to find it alternating with clay- slate. This opinion is now no longer entertained, as the very circumstance of the existance of such an alternation, together with its characterestic imbedded fossils, prove the rock to belong to the transition class or earliest of the secondary class of MacCulloch. It is thought that no secondary limestone (in the limited sense) was met with, without the horizontal rock at Mal-Bay be of that class, which is not improbable. Information indeed has just been received, that a large depo- sit of bituminous coal, in association with limestone, has been discovered in the parish of St. Urbain, in rear of St. Paul’s Bay, but we do not know what degree of credit to attach to the report. Believing the latest rocks in that neighbourhood, to be of the transition class, and consequently below the coal fields, we think it not likely that any considerable quantity of that * Sir Alexander Mec Kenzie states that the narrowest part of Lake Winipic is not more than two mi'es broad, at which place the west side is faced with rocks of nearly borizootal limestone about thirty feet high, while the east side is more elevated, and is composed of a dark grey granite. Immediately af- terwards, he observes, that all the great lakes of the country are to be tound between these extensive ranges of granite and limestone. Keating appears to think it probable that the excavation of this lake was occasioned by the easier decomposition of the strata at the junction of the two formations. It is certainly deserving of attention thatthe Lakes, Slave, Bear, Arthabasca, Winipic, Superior, Huron, Ontario, St. John and Mistassiny, have large deposits of secondary timestone on their shores, whilst some portion of these lakes in either granitic, syenitic or trappose. The limestone of Lake St. John must be either isolated or connected with the same formation at St, Pauls or Murray Bay. A considerable degree of probability is given to the latier conjecture, by the cximence of @ fine level country at the back of these setulements. 164 Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy that mineral will be found there. Partial insignificant col- tions of coal have been found in several places about Quebec, but they are no indication of its occurring in abundance. It has been before said, that no appearance of the operation of a violent deluge was observed ; on the contrary all the soils, in many places very deep, consisting of clays, marly clays and sand, were generally composed of the finest particles, without the trace of a boulder or evena pebble. The surface of the land was so far free from them, that we do not remember to have seen one that was waterworn, and evidently a travelled frag- ment, the position of which did not point directly to the route by which it came. It must not be omitted to mention, how- ever, that with the exception of the several portages, our ob- servations were confined to the shores of the rivers and lakes, which were met with in the Saguenay Country. With the exception of those entering among the constituents of the rocks we met with, minerals were rarely seen. We did expect particularly to have found some of the numerous family of zeolites, tenants as usual of amigdoloidal trap ; but neither of these nor of that rock, were any traces perceived ; the pores of the vesicular syenites that were occasionally observed, being entirely empty. The following are the names of the few mine- rals we met with, Calcareous Spar—Principally in the fetid limestone on lake St. John, and more particularly filling original ca- vities in its fossil organic remains.—The only in- stance of its being associated with trap, was the one stated while describing the rocks on the Sa- guenay. Epidote ? (earthy)—Apparently entering into the composition of some of the syenites inthe Saguenay. Also associated in some abundance with magnetic iron in St. Paul’s Bay. Augite? of a part of the Saguenay Country, §c. 165 Augite ? probably enters into the composition of some of the traps, but itis not easy to distinguish it from horn- blende. Coccolite—Disseminated through magnetic iron, in rear of St. Paul’s Bay. Garnet (common)—Forming distinct nodules in micaceous schist at Mal-Bay ; the beautiful foliated variety of precious garnet, known to occur here, was not seen. Magnetic Iron—In extensive beds in rear of St. Paul’s Bay. Also forming veins and small distinct concretions in the syenites, and disseminated in small grains through some of the traps of the country we tra- versed. Green Carbonate of Copper ?—In small traces among some of the syenites we met with. It must be obvious to those instructed on the subject, that an individual rapidly traversing a country, will acquire a know- ledge of its geognostical features more readily than he can hope to obtain of its mineralogy, because rocks, unlike minerals, occupy large spaces, and a specimen struck from one place is characterestic of many others ; but minerals, with the excep- tion of those which enter among the constituents of rocks, are very partially deposited, and either chance favors the hasty tourist, or they must be very abundant in the places he seeks them, if many be met with. Passing Cap Pillard, near St. Joachim, Mr. Nixon ob- served a vein of a green afd white substance from three to six inches in thickness traversing the rock. Upon landing, specimens were procured which being examined subsequently, were found to be mixtures of carbonate of lime, under the form of calcareous spar, aod a variety of fluate of lime, denominated chlorophane, 166 §©Lieut. Baddeley on the geognosy, &c. chlorophane, the characters of which are given below. The rock it was associated with, has not been examined. Colour.—A lively light green, Translucency.—Deeply translucent on the edges. - Structure.—Laminar, sometimes indistinctly so, approaching compact 3; intimately associated with calcacrous spar. Lustre.—Dull, or none. Hardness -—About that of fluor. Powder.—Whitish green, and rough. Specific Gravity.—3. 0. Effect in Acid. —Throws out a few bubbles, cwing probably to the calcareous spar it is associated with ; when sulphuric acid is poured upon it, in a state of powder, it gives out white fumes which corrode glass. Phosphorescence.—Piaced on a heated poker it phosphoresces in a dark room with a beautiful green and purple colour. In boiling water it emits a palish light. This phosphorescence was observed after the mi- neral had been exposed to acid. Effect of the Blowpipe.—When exposed to its exterior flame it does not decrepitute, but phosphoresces with ‘ beautiful blue colour, like the interior flame of the blowpipe, and becomes white. When expo- sed to the interior flame it forms a white dull enamel, 167 Of the ancient Etruscans, Tyrrhenians'or Tus- cans, by Andrew Stuart, Esquire. pa A strange mystery hangs over this people. Like the Greeks they had cultivated the arts at a very remote period ; and the monuments which still remain, attest the excellence they had reached. From the Etruscans the Romans derived the greater part of their religious institutions ; and Lucumo and the colony which he brought with him, transferred to Rome a civil wisdom which laid the corner stone of the fabric that was destined to be the temple of victory and empire. When Rome was first established under the commanding gevius of Romulus, the power of this people was in the wane and the brave Shepherd and his successors had to combat Etruscans superior to them in knowledge, but inferior in fru- gality and jn public and private virtue. The withering influs ence of luxury and of vice had produced their usual effects, and the Etruscans were subjugated, It is to be observed, that whilst in modern times, new settle- ments proceed from the low lands and along the banks of the rivers to the highlands and mountains ; the exact converse of this must have taken place for a long time after the great deluge for reasons too obvious to be detailed. The fact is also supported by historical authority. The chain of mountains which surround Italy have the form of a crescent whereof each extremity touches the sea: The earliest immigration must have been by land and either from er through this crescent. The two shortest passages of the Alps are at their two ex+ tremities: That of the north which leads from Carniola into Frioul, and traverses the Julian Alps is the easiest ofall. The southern passage touching the Mediterranean though less easy than the former is sufficiently short, and is passable even by savuges. After thesetwo passages the most conyenient one is that of the Tyrol and Trentin, Ancient 168 Andrew Stuart on the ancient Ancient Etruria was traversed from east to west by theAr- no dividing it into two nearly equal parts, whereof one ex- tended almost to the gates of Rome, aud the other, bounded by Liguria, embraced a portion of the Genovese state, the valley of Magra and the old duchy of Carara and Lucca with sts territory, Perugia and Eugubio belonged to the Etruscans. The people who inhabited this country were called by the Romans Etrusci & Tusci; by the Greeks Tyrrhenians: in theiz own language the general name of the nation was Rasena. They spoke the same language as the Rheeti, the ancient inhabitants of the Trentin, and the Tyrol comprizing that por- tion of the Alps through which flows the ancient Athesis (Pin, IE. 24. Tit. Liv, v. 33.) Upon these mountaineers first gaining a footing in Italy, the Rhoetian tide of emigration stopped at the northern bank of the Po, where they built two towns Mantua and Adria. The strong situation of the former of these towns enabled its inhabitants to resist the Gauls, and as it communicated with Rhetia, the Etruscans long maintained themselves in the country situated between the Po and the Adige, The Etruscans soon extended their conqueststo the south of the Po, and obtained. possession ofthe whole country, from the Po to the Appenine Mountains, driving from it the old inkabitaats, the Umbri, and destroying 300 of their cities. Mr. Freret (Mem. del’Acad. des Inse. et Belles Lettres, T. XXIII, p. 93,) very ingeniously fixes the period of this irraption and settlement. Varro in a passage eited by Censorinus, informs us that the Etrascans gave the name of an age to spaces of time of unequal duration and measurect by the lives of particular individuals, The first of their ages was accounted from the foundation of the city or the estas blishment of the state—it Jasted till the death of the survi- vor of all the citizens bora on that day. At his death a new age Etruscans, Tyrrhenians or Tuscans. 169 age began measured in the same way, and so on. The Gods failed not to announce by prodigics the commencement of each new age, Now the Etruscan Historiaus living in the eighth age of their nation estimated, according to Varro cited by Velleius Patercelus at 781 years, the duration of the seven previous ages, “They added that the eighth age would be followed by a nioth aud bya tenth, when (they said) the Etruscan nation would bé extinguished. But to what year does this eighth age of the Etruscan Era answer? Mr. Freret seems to have solved the problem satis* factorily. He remarks that the Etruscan soothsayers, having been consulted concerning some prodigies which had occur red in the first year of the Consulship of Sylla, answered that these prodigies anuounced the termination of one of the revolutions of the world, and the beginning of a new age— _ that there had been already eight ages differing in manners, and in the duration of the life of man—that each of these ages formed a great year, and that the Gods gave a signal of the termination of each period by some prodigy in the Mea venus or upon Earth. Suidas says nearly the same thing citing Livy and Diodo- rus :—he speaks also of eight ages concluded and gives to them the name of Periods or Revolutions of the great year. Hence Mr. Freret concludes that the eighth age of the Etruse cans ended in the year 88, before our Era~that supposing the duration of this age to have been equal to the lungest of the preceding ones —it would have been of 123 years and the eighth age thus have commenced 211 years before the birth of our Saviour, to which if there be added the 781 years of the previous seven ages we have the year 992 of the Christian Era as the time of the settlement of the Etruscans in Italy, This is 240 years before Rome was founded Denina (Istoria d'Italia) says that the Etruscan people seem to have been at the height of their power in Ltaly about four huodred years before the V2 building 170 Andrew Stuart on the ancient building of the City; but he does not give his reasons,and the generally very accurate, he seems here to have been mistaken; Mr. Niebuhr a German Professor and son of the celebrated traveller of that name, was latterly sent to Italy by the King of Prussia to explore the antiquities of the ancient inhabitants of that Country, and his work has within the last few months appeared here in an English dress) He seems however to have added nothing to the knowledge which we previously had of the Etruscans. The next great event in the History of this people was the irruption of the Gauls or Celts who passed the Col de Suze under Bellovesus, were met hy the Etruscans on the banks of the Tesino where tne latter were defeated, and the con- querors settled in the Milanese territory and in Insubria— driving the Etruscans to the north of the Po and taking pos- session of all their Cities except Mantua. The Etruscans were first obliged to retreat into Umbria end thence into the territory of Picernum where they estab- lished the two towns of Atria and Cupra—the remainder of the nation traversed the Appenine Mountains threw themselves into Campania and formed a state of 12 Cities whereof the town afterwards called Capua was the head. The Samnites by a stratagem of which Livy speaks (Tit. Liv. IV. 37.) obtained possession of this City by surprize 420 years before our Era and 332 years after the foundation of Rome and were driven from the whole of Campania after being in possession of it nearly 400 years. But of ‘Tuscany they afterwards had only Mantua Atria and Cupra. The Etruscans of Tuscany beyond the Po, and those of Campania seem to have been then separate and independent bodies. From the foundation of Rome downwards, the history of the Etruscans is to be read in the historians of RomeThe whole of this nation was ultimately extirpated by Sylla, they having jojned the party of Marius, I Etruscans, Tyrrhenians or Tuscans. 171 T am not aware of any attempt having been made to ex- plain the import of theword Rasena, San Son expressed by the Ionians Zan, Zen Zena were the original names of the Sun, the great object of antient worship ( Bryant’s Mytho- logy, 1. 34.) The word Rha is one of great antiquity and was the an- tient name of the river Volga.— Rhea is the most antient of the goddesses. Itis found in composition in the following words Rhadamanthus, Rhabduchi, the Greek name for lictors ; Rhama and Rhamna, a village of Attica in which was acelebrated temple of Amphiaraus ; Rhamnus another village of Attica, wherein was to be seen the statue of Nee mesis by Agorachritus the scholar of Phidias, which statue Varro esteemed of greater excellence than any other he had everseen; Rhapsodi; Rhapton or Rhassta the capital accord- ing to Stephanus of inner Ethiopia, inhabited by a nation called Rhapsi ; Rharias oue of the names of Ceres—Rhee cius a charioteer of Castor and Pollux—Rhenus and Rhoda- nus the names of the Rhine and Rhone; Rhamnenses one of the tribes of Rome as established by Romulus. Other exe amples might be added, but these will probably be thought sufficient. The two words Rha and Sen give us the two first syllables of Rasena. But the Greeks in foreign words continually omitted the Nu final and substituted the Sigma which would make of it Rhoe-ses, or Rhoe-sos, thus the swamps which divided Attica from the territory of Eleusinie um had the appellative of Rhoesoi—econverted by the Latins into Rhaetii. Plutarch in his Symposiacs introduces the Etruscan Lycias ascholar of Pythogaras, and makes him aflirm Pythagoras was a Tuscan, assigning as the reason that certain of the symbols used by the Pythagorians were carefully observed by the Etruscaus only. Alciat has made a collection of the Pythagorian Symbols or precepts, they are as follow :— Ne 172 Andrew Stuart on the ancient Ne degustaris ex iis quibus est nigra cauda. Stateram ne transilias. Cheenici ne incidias, Ne cuiuis dextram inieccris, Arctum annulum ne gestato, Ignem ne gladio fodito, Cor ne edito. Cibum in matellam ne immittas. Ad finem ubi perueneris, ne retrouertare. Tollenti onus auxiliare, deponenti nequaquam. Ollce vestigium in cinere confunde. Unguium, criniumq ; proesegmina urina non inspergendas Quee uncis sunt unguibus non nutrienday Adversus Solem ne Joquitor, Tlirundinem sub eodem tecto ne habeto. Stragula semper circumuoluta habeto. In annulo Dei figuram ne gestato. Sellam oleo ne absterferus, Coronam ne carpito. Quee ceciderunt ne colligito- A gallo candido abstineas- Panem ne frangito. Salem apponito. Ne libes Diis ex vitibus non amputatis. Ne sacrificato sine farino. Adorato circumactus. Adoraturi sedeant. Surgens e lecto vestigium corporis confuudito. A piscibus abstineto, Those mentioned in the passage of Plutarch are the 11th, 13th, 15th, 28th. There is one other given by Plutarch and which Alciat has omitted —viz. never step over a besom—Alciat has also omitted the golden rule of self examination for which we have the authority of Cicero who tells us that it was disclos- ed by a scholar of Pythagorus frementibus condiscipulis- The Ltruscans, Tyrrhenians or Tuscans. 178 The following is a translation of it by Dr. Johnson, ‘‘Let not sleep, (says Pythagoras,) fallupon thine eye till thou hast thrice reviewed the transactious of the past day, Where have I turned aside from rectitude ? What have I been doing? What have I left undone which I ought to havedone? Begin thus from the first act and proceed 3 and in conclusion at the ill which thou has done be troubled, and rejoice at the good.” The inference which the interlocutor in Plutarch draws from similarity of doctrines does not seem to be conclusive, Pythagorus and the Etruscans may have drawn from a come mon sourcc—and that probably was Chaldean, Pythagorus {whose birth is with great probability fixed at not earlier than the year 600 before the Christian ara by Mr. Freret, Acad; d’inse. et belles Lettres, Vol. XIV:) was perfectly master of the Chaldean as well as of the Egyptian Philosophy and Re- ligion. The Governments which he established were highly aristocratice Butthere do not remain sufficient vestiges either of his institutions or of those of the Etruscans, to enable us to compare them as well with each other as with those of the Egyptians and Chaldeans, The most antient name of the earthis 4i and 4ia. Thus we find the oldest Greek word to be Guia, subsequently Ge, The termination a. being a contraction of these two words is still preserved in the names of many plaees as Mesopotamia, Gallicia, &c. &e. The Sun the great object of worship in these antient times is seldom mentioned without an epithet, or some appellative of that supposed deity. What the import of the word Rha is, f dont know and to ascertain it would require a knowledge of oriental Ictters. Rasena then probably imports the land of the Sun with some accompanying epithet or attribute. There are many reasons to induce t.s to believe that the t: im Rhoeti was pronounced like an, and then the two first syllables of Rasena correspond with the common name of their Rhectian ancestors, Let the following passages of Vir- gil 174 Andrew Stuart on the ancient gil be looked at. Virg, X. 388.—X. 402.—-VI. 505—X IT. 456.—V. 646.—III. 108.—X. 399.—also the name Rhesus given by Homer to the Thacian King whose horses Ulisses carried away at the seige of Troy. It would extend this paper beyond its due limits to support the conjecture which I have formed of the history of the Etruscans previous to their irruption into Italy at the period fixed by Mr. Freret of 1000 years before the Birth of our Saviour. It may be permitted however to state generally that a more minute examination of their history will probably lead us tothe conclusion that they came from the antient Thrace, and that in the great displacement of nations which took place at the seige of Troy they were propelled in the in- terval between these two epochs (an interval of about 186 years) into Italy. Mr. Niebuhr does not seem to have read Bryant nor to have been acquainted with the original sources of information which he refersto, when he excludes so dogmatically the name of Tyrhenians without condescending to assign any reason for the exclusion of one of the names by which they seem to have been known throughout the whole of antiquity. There isa number of monuments and of inscriptions in the Etruscan tongue, published by the learned men of Italy—Of these inscriptions Mr. Freret again informs us some are in Latin others in Etruscan Letters. ‘These latter are the in an- cient letters conveyed into Greece and Iberia by the Pheni« cians, and are still to be found on the ancient Spanish coins. They resemble, as published by Count Lastanosa much the Samaritan Letters but have little likeness to the letters seen upon the medals of Tyre, Sidon and Cadiz. Those in Latin letters are as unintelligible as the others— and all the researches into lheir meaning have hitherto in a great degree failed. Still, Mr. Neibuhr is in an error when he says in a note to his chapter upon the ancient Etruscans, that there are only two words of this tongue, the import of which is known, There Etruscans, Tyrrhenians or Tuscans, 175 There isa third Etruscan word preserved to us by Dyoni- sius of Halicarnasssus. It is the word Tursis, which that writer informs us was adopted by the Greeks from the Etrus- cans and signifies a large Tower—such as was used by the Etruscans and copied from this people by the Greeks. From the Etruscaus the Romans changed the first s to r—hence Turris. Whether our word Tower, and the French word Tour i is derived from the Latin, or rather not derived direct- ly from the ancient Tor—which is the probable root of the Etruscan Tursis may be doubted. It is proper to observe. that the Greek word Tursis has no Greek root, Bryant has the following observatlons upon the word Toys «Torisan hillor Tower, Many places in'Greece had it in their composition ; such as Torone, Torete, Toreate : also in Hetruria, Torchonium. Turzon in Africa was a Tower of the Sun. It was sometimes expressed Tar, hence Tarcu- nia, Taracena, Tarracon in Spain, Tarne (Tar-ain) which gave name to a fountain in Lydia; Taron (Tar-on) in Manpritapias ‘Towers of old were cither Prutaneia, or light houses, and were styled Tor-Is : whence came the Turris of the Romans. Sometimes these terms were reversed and the Tower was gall- ed Astur. Such a one was near some hot streams at no great distance from Cicero’s villa. The river too was called Artu- ra, There was also a place of this name opposite to the ise land Lesbos, undoubtedly denominated from the like cirgum- stances in its situation, as may be learned from Fausanlags who had seen it.” But besides this there are other words haying an evident af- finity to words still found in the Latin authors. This will perhaps best be shewn by copying here an Etruscan Inscrig- tion to be found in the Miscellanea Antiq. Erud. of Spoy. LERPIRIOR. SANTIRPIOR, DVIR. FOR. FOVFER. DERTIER. DIERIR. VOTIR. FARER. VEF, NARATV. VEF, PONI, SIRTIR, It is proper to observe that the religion of the ahcient nations of Italy seems tu have been the same and to have dif W fered 176 Andrew Stuart on the ancient fered much from that of the Greeks, In the knowledge of the religion of Italy, the Etruscans possessed an acknow- ledged pre-eminence. It was intimately connected with the civil forms of Law and Government—nay with all the princi- pal acts of private life. The Romans derived their forms frow the Etruscans. It is in these forms that we are to look for the almost unchangeable verba solennia thus adopted by the Romans. Now several of these verba solennia, are to be found in the above inscription, and I apprehend that it must have been a Votive tablet. These were very common amongst the ancient Romans as well on public as upon private occasions. The poets often allude to this. Me Tabula sacer Votiva paries indicat uvido Suspendisse potenti Vestimenta Maris Deo. Norat. Carm. I. 5. Again, Votiva, pateat, veluti descripta tabella Vita senis. Horat, Serm. IT. 1. And Tibullus, Pendebatque vagi pastoris votum Garrula silvestri fistula sacra Deo. Lib, Il. El. 3. Authorities might be multiplied from the Latin poets and historians, The word Voveo was in the ancient Roman Ecclesiastical law averbnm solenne. It will be found in the vow of Ro- mulus of a temple to Jupiter Stator. Livy I.—of Appius, Livy X.—of Camillus,Livy V.—and it as well as the word Votum are found ina multitude of other places. Brissonius ex- pressly says, sed gam ad votorum formulas transeamus, in quibus solemne fuisse verbum voveo non est ignotum,—Biis- on, de Form. 105, The Etruscans, Tyrrhenians or Tuscans, 177 The word Votum is to be found also in conjunction with a- nother word which we see in this inscription, the word DUIR, which is the same as the Latin word Dare,which is eminently a Verbum Solemne being one of the Tria verba (Do Dico Dedico) referred to in Ovids Fasta. Tile ne fastus erit per quem tria verbasilentur. Fastus erit per quem lege licebit agi Ovid. Fast. lib. 1, After the defeat of the Consul Flaminius, by Hannibal at Lake Thrasymine the Decemvirs according to Livy, made the public Vow of a Ver sacrum, st bellatum prospere essit, resque publica in eodem quo ante bellum fuisset statu per mansisset. Ia the rogation of the Law to carry this into ef- fect, the following words will be found donum duit—where this word evidently stands for dat, The same word is found in the vow made by Appius, inter prima Signa, with his hands lifted to Heaven, as was the form: Bellona hodie nobis si Victoriam Duis, ast ego templum tibi vovco. A compound of this root is to be found in the fourth table of the 12 tables, (Gothof. 4 fontes &c.) Si pater familias ter filium venum duit liber esto. The word farer is probably the same word as fart which isa verbum solenne. It is also probable that the terminations erand ier are terminations of the infinitive mood in the an- cient Etruscan tongue. Fasti sunt quibus licet furé prectori tria verba solemnia Do Dico Dedico. Macrob. Saturnal [. 16. I am led to suppose that this may be an Etruscan termina- tion of the infinitive—for the following reasons. It is more ancient than the common Latin termination of re. We meet with it in some of the ancient forms as in the word Agier for Agere. Lucretius who was fond of old locutions uses it fre- quently as also does Persius ; and Horace more sparingly than either, following the rule which he expresses so well, W 2 Obscurata 178 Andrew Stuart on the ancient Obscurata diu populus bonus eruet atque Proferet in lucem speciosa vocabula rerum Quz priscis memorata Catonibns atque Cethegis Nunc situs informis premit et deserta vetustas. Epist: IL. 2. Ponere is a verbum solenne, and there can 1 think, be no doubt, that the word Poni in the inscription is used in the sense of the Latin word. Its being used here, serves also further to confirm the cohjecture, that the inscription was one of a Votive tablet. Non ego victrices lauro redimere Tabellus Et Veneris media Ponere in aede morer. Subscribam, Verieri fidds tibi Naso ¢abellas Dedicat. Ovid. Amor, I. i1+ So also Propertius, Magna ego dona, tua figam Cytherea colimna Taleque sub nostro munere carmen erit ; Has pono ante tuam tibi Diva Propertius Adem Exuvias tota nocte receptus amans, El. 11. ‘All the ancient. inseriptions upon stones abound with the words Donum Dedit, or Donum Posuit, but more frequent- ly with the initials of these words D. D. or D.P. The word naratu—may be the supine of the word zarro, 1 conjecture that the two first words of this inscription are compound words— Lar or Lars or Larts is an Etruscan word, and signified in that language Dominus. At least so it is said in the Viaggie di Platone nell’Italia dal Signor Cuoco ; and tho’ he does not cite his authority, yet he could not have been mistaken upon a point like this. The Romans confined this term to their household Gods. But they were iu the habit of prefixing the words Dominus and Domina to the names of their other Gods and Godesses. Ovid gives them this epithet in the 11th Elegy of the 3d book Amor. Petronius Arbiter (Satyr.) says, Timidissimo murmure volun fect et Domina inquam Venus. So a Etruscans, Tyrrhenians or Tuseans. 179 So also Virgil, . Junoni cane vota lubens Dominam que potentem Supplicibus supera donis. _ Aneid IIT. 438, And again speaking of the mother of the Gods. Et vincti currum Dominae subiere liones. Virgil i in the sixth book of the ineid gives the title to Pro- serpine. It may then be here a title. Upon the concluding syllable of this first word we shall find all the information we require in Bryant. He says that Aur, sometimes expressed Or, Ur, and Our, signifies both light and fire. ‘* Hence came the Orus of the Egyptians, a title givento the Sun. Quod solem ver- dimus, id in Hebreo est Ur ; quod lucem, et ignem, etiam et Solem denotat- It is often compounded with the term above, and rendered Abor, Aborus, Aborras ; and it is otherwise diversified. This title was often given to Chus by his de- scendants whom they stiled Chusorus. From Aur, taken as an element, came Uro, Ardeo ; asa Deity, oro, hora- Zeus was stiled Cham.Ur, by the Greeks; and under this title was worshipped at Halicarnassus. fe is so called by Lycophron ."’ Sant in the next word seems to be an epithet. Sanctus is a verbum solemne, and was often applied by theRomans as an epithet to their Gods, ‘The following are examples. Sequimur Sancte Deorum, Quisquis ese Vilgil Aineid. IV. 576, Et cantant laudes Termine sancte tuas. Ovid Fastor IL. Examples of this application of the word Sanctus might be multiplied, It is very frequently found so applied in aacient jascriptions. _ Bryant enables us also to understand the concluding sylla- ble of this word. ‘To the prefixes pi and phiis generally joined er by which the clement of fire is denoted. They called their chicf God Pur: and dealt particularly in divination by lots, termed of old Purim, Cicero takes no- tice 180 Andrew Stuart on the ancient tice of this custom of divination at Praneste ; and describes the manner, as well as the place ; but gives into the common mistake, that the Purim related to Jupiter’s childhood. He says, that the place, where the process was carried on, was a sacred inclosure, is est hodie locus septus religiose propter Jovis Pueri, quilactens cum Junone in gremio Fortunae mammam appetens, castissime colitur a Matribus. This man- ner of divination was of Chaldaic original, and brought from Babylonia to Preneste. It is mentioned in Esther, ec. 3. v. 7. They cast Pur before Haman, that he might know the success of his purposes against the Jews. Wherefore they catl those days Purim after the name of Pur. c. 9. ¥. 26. The same lots of divination being used at Preneste was the occasion of the God being called Jupiter Pur. This in after- times was changad to Puer: whence we find inscriptions, which mention him under that name ; and at the same time take notice of the custom whieh prevailed in his temple. In- scriptions Jovi Pnero, and Fortune Primigenie Jovis Pucri are to be found in Gruter. One is very particular. Fortune Primigenie Jovis Pueri D, D, Ex SORTE compos factus Nothus Ruficane L. P, Plottilla. That this word Puer was originally Pur may be proved from a well known passage in Lucretius : Puri sepe locum propter ac dolia curva Somno devincti credunt se attolleré vestem. Many instances, were it necessary, might be brought to this purpose. It was a name originally given to the priests of the Deity who were named from the Chaldaic, Ur: and by the ancient Latins were called P’uri. At Prenesté the mame was particularly kept up on account of this divination by lots. These by the Amonians were slyled Purim, being attended with ceremonies by fire ; and supposed to be effected through the influence of the Deity. Prenceste seems to be a com- pound of Puren Esta, the lots of Lista, the Deity of fire.” The Etruscans, Tyrrhenians or Tuscans. 181 The names of all the Etruscan Gods given by Varro, have roots which are still found in the Latin language as Vertumrus Volumnus et Nolumnia et Nurtia &c. This is sufficiently accounted for by the number of Etruscan emigrants who set- tled in Rome soon after its foundation and the great number of other Etruscans, who afterwards removed to Rome It may be that the discovery made within a few years past of the ancient Egyptian characters and language may be soon followed by the discovery of the language of ths Etruscans, which would open a rich mine of archelogical lore. Ithas already been observed that whilst the Etruscans oc- cupied the centre of Italy, kindred tribes speaking the same language, inhabited the Rhetian Alps. Aud as some years ago there was found ina retired valley of the mountains in the neighborhood of Verona, acolony speaking pure Saxon German, whom scholars like Maffei and Denina, declared to be descendants of the Cimbri who were defeated by Marius, it would seem probable that there might still be found in the Tyrol, Colonies speaking the Etruscan tongue. Latterly there has been a Colony found living in the village of Groeden, in the Tyrol, who speak a language the roots of which are aitogether different from any known tongue, and which has been conjectured to be the Etrascan, It is highly probable that this conjecture is true, and if so then it will be our lot to have lived to see a discovery but little inferior in importance, and certainly as little Jooked for as that of the Hyrogliphic: of Egypt. Art. 1X.—Noles on the Country in the neigh- bourhood of the falls of Montmorency, by William Green Esquire. ps __ The bed of the Saint Lawrence appears to be here com- posed of Clay Slate, or of that Rock and Grey wacke alter- nating with each other. The 182 £Wéi£liam Green’s Notes on the The amphitheatric Section in the middle of which are the Falls of Montmorenci appears to consist at both its outer (or southern) ends of a shaly rock exhihiting a broken stratification dipping to the south inclined at an angle of 43°. as represented in No. 2, and at its northern ends abutted on gneiss which emerges from beneath the bed of the Saint Lawrence. The gneiss supports a mass of limestone, in some parts. more, iu others rather less than fifty feet in thickness, stratified horizontally. A Section of this mass bearing northerwards with # sinuous course contains the River Montmorenci: This stream is re- ported to be from its source to its mouth a torrent, and i is as- certained to be so in many miles of the southern portion of its course. It enters the St. Lawrence at Montmorenci, there forming the well known Cataract ofthat name. At low wa- ter in the St. Lawrence, these falls are two hundred and twen- ty-eight feet high. Ata point north of the Bridge and within thirty yards of it, on the east bank of the Montmorenci, at the level of high water there, one horizontal bed of conglomerate a foot thick rests immediately upon the gneiss and immediately under the limestone. It contains pieces of white and of bluish white translucent opaline stones, rounded and varying in size from that of aduck-shot tothat of a bean. This bed is parallel to the limestone, and bears to the strata of gneiss the relative direction represented in No! 5 At another point South of the Bridge, on the West Bank, diagonally opposite to the situation last described and distant from it about 100 yards at the level of high water in the Mont- morenci there appears the edge of a bed of Rock, similar in aspect, * To those who know the place, it need not be said that the tide has no influence in the Montiorenci. country about the Montmorenct. 183 aspect, and also in position, (relatively to the river and to the gneiss,) to the conglomerate already mentioned—but differ- ing frourit in position relatively to the incumbent limestone in this—that between the [supposed] conglomerate now men: tioned and the superior limestone, and in immediate contact with both, gneiss appears—gneiss being also beneath this [supposed] conglomerate, in’ horizontat continuation of that surface which is the bed of tbe river—whereas in the case first mentioned, gneiss is under, mot above the bed of con- glomerate. In the present nearly vertical state of the cliff it is not prac- ticable to descend sufficiently near the subject of inquiry to ascertain whether the masses of gneiss which are above the conglomerate be peaks of their main rock protruding through the conglomerate, or whether they be boulders. If the lat- ter, their situation is peculiar in this—that they are imbedded the limestone and project throug! its main mass and not through its Dédris. The subjacent conglomerate, from its aspect and the conformity of its position to that of the oppo- site conglomerate, would appear to have been a portion of the same bed, as much as the opposite strata of limestone now divided by the Montmorenci scem to have been formerly united—as much also as the opposite shaly banks which form the ends of the curve that includes the fall and are now se- parated by a bay of the Saint Lawrence, seem to have been once connected. These masses of gneiss. are represented in No, 4, at the Jetlers a. aca. The summit of the limestone is covered with a dilavial deposit containing throughout its mass and scattered over its surface boulders of granite, gneiss and quartz. On both sides of the river are fonnd grape shot aud other projectiles ; vestiges of the military operations conduct+ ed near these falls by Wolfe and Montealm. The sand of the Moutunoreuci is lange grained and angular with fine grained rounded black jrou savd iy suaall proportion, Xx mixed 184 William Green’s Notes on the mixed with a very little of an equally fiue- grained rounded sand,translucent,of a pale red colour’ The latter notwithstand- ing its superior specific gravity, is always washed higher upon the shore than the other and is deposited upon it—and this occurs elsewhere, Mortar made of Beauport lime and these sands becomesextremely hard. That used in building Haldi- mand house at this place forty five years ago affords proof of this. The soil is brown of a middle tint relatively to the degrees of intensity of that colour. It is sandy here and there, and occasionally matshy ;—on the whole not remarkable either for barrenness or fertility, but sufficiently rewarding the toil, of its cultivators. In the woods the pine in several of its species prevails; yet it is intermixed with that variety of other trees whichis supposed to indicate a good soil. From the summit of the cliffs of lime upon gneiss represented in No. 3, it is obvious with respect to trees growing on the summlt and on the lower points, that vegetation is most luxuriant at the higher levels where their roots may feel the influence of the lime— and that in stature they diminish progressively as they occnpy lower stations where they grow out of fissures in gneiss and recede from lime. Not only do they diminish in stature, but the number of their kinds likewise decreases. The species which is most persistent appears to be a stunted black spruce—and at the lower points of the line of vegeta. tion here that spruce is uot accompanied by any other tree. This progressive deterioration appears confined to the gneiss cliffs, (see No.2. A.) ; those which are shaly being, where not too nearly vertical for the attachment of roots, clothed from their summit to their base with a vegetation equally vi- gorous throughout. The decrease of vegetation above men- tioned occurs, notwithstanding the constant presence of va- pour from spray and from the adjacent extensive sheets of water, in addition to the common supply of ruin, The country about the Montmoienci. 185 The limestone passes into sandstone on the east of the falls within a hundred yards of them, and it is said it there termi- nates. Atthepoint B. (in No. 2.) where there is a lime kilo within that distance, the limestone, (although still retain- ing that name, ) is considered as not fit for the kiln, which is supplied with a better material from other parts of the same field nearer the Falls. The principal extent of the limestone, is to the west of the Falls ; and at jts western limit, it joins clay-slate. To the north it is interrupted by a chain of mountains of gneiss which appears to emerge from beneath it, and to be part of the rock over which tho Montmorenci rushes. So much of these mountains asis visible from Quebec, forms a ridge of which the general bearing from that place is through all the points between N. W. and N. E. The lower summits are the north western, and the more elevated are at the N. E. The loftiest ascertained point in this tract anpears to be that of Cape Tourmente, 2000 feet above the St. Lawrence where it flaws along the base of that mountain. This chain encircles many lakes and fertile vallies: yet its northern serics is imperfectly known to the Buropean race. It continues to be the hunting ground of the Hurons of Lorette. Along the hither, or south- ern line of their base—and not higher, so far as is known —the soil contains imbedded shells, among which those of this form and size are the most common. (see fig. 7. a.) This is also true of other parts of Beauport and of Charlesbourg and Lorette. Through those parishes (adjacent to each other) the limestone formation continues. At the west of Begq- port it recedes from the course of the St, Lawrence skirting the southern line of the base of the mountans hefpre mene tioned through those parishes, and thence declining to the level of the Saint Lawrence which it meets at Jacques Car» tier in Cap Santé near a place where the river Jacques Cartier rushes through a narrow gorge in that rock. In this tract the Limestone has continued through eyery level from that of the X 2 St. 186 William Gicen's Notes on the St: Lawrence at Jacques Cartier to three hundred feet and more above the level of the same river at Beauport, an in- terval of 4@ miles. In that distance the declivity of the bed of the §t. Lywrence towards the east is supposed to be feet. This declivity isin a directlon opposite ¢o that of the land adjacent to the St- Lawrence, which in that space is higher on both sides of the river towards the east and lower towards the west. The Beauport Limestone contains petroleum, mineral caoutchouc or elastic bitumen and numerous organic remains of marine amimals of several kinds. Among these are many of this form No- 7, some of which are more than a foot long. The cavities of these often contain or are filled with quartz which is sometimes white and epaque, sometimes translucent but smoky. The crystals adhere to the circumference, whence they converge—and when there is a cavity, the defi- ciency of matter is at and next the centre. This Limestone, by friction or percussion becomes teme porarily fetid. Burnt, it is often of a pale green hue, and in the state of quick lime it is seldom perfectly white, bat becomes so on being slaked. ‘The colour of the stone is dark grey, which weathering renders superficially much paler. Distinct lithographic impressions have been taken from it, but the darkness of its colour diminishes its utility by ren- dering obscure to the artist aad the printer the effect of their work during the process, especially while the stone is wet-— It is probable that in the numerous cases where red (instead of bieck,) ink might be used, as that colour would contrast sufficiently with the hue of the stone, this objection would disappear, and the stone become useful in this art- Many portions of it are very compact and fine grained, free from veins, spots and visible organic remains: Thin plates of these are souorous when struck. ‘The fracture of this Limestone is conchoidal. Whea a?” country about the Mont morenct. 187 When the St. Lawrence is frozen below the Falls, the level ice becomes a support onwhich the freezing spray descends as sleet. Itthere remains and gradually enlarges its base and its height, assuming an irregularly conical form. Its dimensions thus continually enlarging, become, towards the close of wirter, stupendous. Its utmost height in each season necessarily varies much, as the quantity of the spray itis formed of depends upon the degree in which the water producing that spray is copious. It has not been observed higher than 126 feet, which altitude it attained in March 1829. The whole of the preceding season had been unusual ly humid. ‘The face of the cone next the Fall prescots a sta- lactitical structure not apparent elsewhere; and there occa- sioned by the dashing of water against it, which freezing in its descent, assnmes the form whichcharacterizes it under such circumstances. The whole cone is slightly, yet very perceptibly tinged of an earthy hue, which it can only have derived from infinitely comminuted particles of the bed of the Montmorenci abraded by the torrent, and conveyed into the atmosphere with the spray. The formation ef this cone may suggest some explanation of the mode in which Glaciers haye been formed. At is manifest that were the supply of frozeu spray never interrupted, as it anoually is,by an increase of temperature, it would be incessant—and the dimensions of the cone would constantly increase. It is also plain that if the cone instead of resting on its horizontal base were supported by an inclined plane, its encreasing weight and enlarging bulk wonld allength urge its descent to lower levels. The part thus deposited, would by the like process receive continual ac- cessions from above, and having thus acquired permanence, (a3 @ frozen mass apparently undiminishing, because continaal- ly renewed,) our cone would thus have become a glacier.— Now, on lofty mountains, the vapours which are congealed Withiu the regiou of perpetual frost, are by those summits continually 188 Mrs. Sheppard on continually attracted thither, and there congealed and accu- mulated—the inclined planes on which they alight, become at length inadequate to the support of their mass and weight, they descend to lower levels—they occupy the yale below, whence they never are removed, being incessantly renewed from the same permanent sourceof supply, by the same yn- alterableprocess, as rapidly as any portion of them yields to, the temperature below; or even more rapidly in cases where they are observed to be encreasing. Arr. X.—Mrs. Sheppard of Woodfield on the recené shells which characterize Quebec and ais environs, a At the earnest solicitation of a member of the Society of Arts and Sciences,* I have eudeavoured to compile a list of such few shells, inhabiting the grounds and waters in the neighbourhood of Quebec, as have come within my observation: In making this list the system of De Lamarck has been followed ; it contains perhaps but a small proportion of the Shells which may yet be fonnd by more vigilant searchers ; but imperfect as is is, it possibly may have some interest with the Society, if it be but to induce others to prosecute this interesting branch of natural history. De Lamarck considers Conchology as part of the main body of Zoology ; he begins with Infusoria, and goes regularly step, by step, up the ladder of life, which he divides into animals invertibrate and vertibrate ; he has placed those animals with a testacious covering, in the ninth, tenth, eleventh and twelfth Classes of his ‘* Animeaux sans vertébres.” * To the writer of which a silver medal was adjudged. This article was kindly communicated by the society to which it was presented, to the Literary and Historical Society, recent shells. 4s9 Class the ninth, ANNULATAS The two first orders have animals without shells (we have a few of those.) Testaceous animals commence in De Las mircks third order: Fhot ANNULATA SEDENTARIA. Amruirrirea, third family- Sabellaria. “Tubes many, composed of sand and fragments of shells aggregated into a common mass.” ‘Animal Subcylindrical, with three rows on each side of shining palew, mouth fissure shaped placed below the exterior palea:’’ Sabellaria =? “Tubes brittle, summits jagged, orifices large rather angular, This shell is met with abeut 100 miles below Quebec, co- vering other shells &c. Of the species [am uncertain, De Lamarck says there are several, he describes but two; this does not appear to be either of them. The tubes are very loosely cemented together, white, thin and, semitranslucent: In the tenth class Crarirepa, none have as yet been dis- covered here, nor do | know whether any of them inhabit this country, there probably may be some in, or near the gulf: The eleventh class affords us several gencra. First order CONCHIFERA BIMUSCULOSA. Sorenacea, third family. The following genus inhabits Rimouski, but having only metwith animperfect specimen, the species could not be fixed. Solen{ Shell bivalve, equivalve, elongated, gaping at Loth ends, beaks small, cardinal teeth small, sometimes none, ligament external near the hinge. Myacra, fourth family. Mya. ‘Shell gaping at both ends, ligament short, internal ; one lange perpendicular Cooth on one valve, a pit on the other. Animal 190 Mis Sheppard ov Animal with a compressed thick foot at one extremity, at the other sending forth a large tube.” These shells are readily distiiguished from Unio, which Linnceus had placed in tne sane genus, by their bread per- pendieular tooth. Mya aremaria. “Shell ovate, anterior side rownded, eardinat tooth denticulated 2” inbabits near the mouth of this river— the large tooth is very sharp at the summit, the shell is of a whitish colour tinged with yellow of reds Coxcne, ninth family. Venus. “Shelf equivalve, tnequilatera}, transverse or orbt- cular, three cardinal teeth, on each valve, aproximate at their base, lateral oncs spreading obliquely open towards the summit, ligament external.” «The animal is possessed of two-tubes which it often sends out beyond the shell.” Venus mercenaria. ‘+ Shelf sofid obliqaely cordate, trans- versely striate, and sulcate ; within white, witha large vio- let spot en the anterior side.” ‘Fhis species is sometimes brought wp with oysters. from the gulf ; it is a course heavy shell of a grayish colour, not in the least pretty, although be- Jonging to the most beautiful family of the Conchifera, Narov< thirteenth family. As the Naiada are all river shells, it is probable there may be several of them: indegenous. Unio. ‘Shell transverse, equivalve, incquilateral: ; beaks deeorticated, hinge with two teeth on each valve, one eardinal short, mostly lobed, or bifid, substriated ; the other elonga- ted compressed ; lateral extending under the corselet, along the lower margin :’? this genus fermed by Bruguier out of some of the Linnwan Myas, is by DeLanarck removed seve- ral families from them. These stiells as DeLanarck observes, ren one into the other to such a degree, that the species are rendered very wucertain. We recent shells. 19] We have three different ones here, perhaps unio sinuata, radiata and nanca ; but it is almost impossible to decide without figures, or very elaborate descriptions, neither of which are to be had; could either be met with, the species of this intricate genus might perhaps be decided upon with some degree of certainty. Swainson asserts, in his ‘‘ Zao- logical Illustrations” that the species cannot be fixed without both. Unio sinuata, ‘‘ shell ovate, oblong, compressed, sinuous ; on the upper part thick, cardinal tooth lobed, and striated.” Inhabits the Island of Orieans, not very common, I have sometimes found very small pearls in this species ; it is a coarse large mother of pearl shell with a brown epidermis. Unio radiata, ‘‘shell obovate, convex,rather depressed, thin, transversely striated, broader on the anterior side than on the other ; epidermis yellow, longitudinally rayed.” Found onthe beach at the Island of Orleans; the shell is much thicker than those from Saratoga, and is pink or flesh colour within. Unio nanca, ‘‘shell transversely oblong, beaks depressed, Jateral ; tooth deeply canaliculated.” This species, much more common than feither of the fore- going is likewise an inhabitant of the Island of Orleans ; the sheil is violet or clay colour within, and is rarely rayed, it is much lengthened the transverse way, and covered with a black or dark brown epidermis, under which is mother of pearl. SECOND ORDER, UNIMUSCULOSA, Myvetacga, Seconp Famity, Two of these are common in the salt water of this river, Modiola, Shell subtrahsverse, equivalve, regular, posterior side vory short, beaks almost Jateral, depressed on the short side.— Hinge without teeth, lateral, linear ; legament cardinal, al- y most ‘192 Mrs. Sheppard on most wholly internal ; one sublateral, muscular, elongated impression, axe shaped.” Modiola plicatula, ‘shell oblong, towards the outside ob- liquely dilated ; longitudinally sulcated ; inside edge waved.” Common near the Gulf, likewise met with higher up thé river; the shell is white, covered with a brown, or yellow epidermis. Mytelus. ‘Shell longitudinal, equivalve, regular, pointed at the base, fixed by a byssus ; beaks almost strait, terminal pointed.—~ Hinge lateral, usually without teeth, ligament marginal, sub- interna). One large clavate muscular impression.” The Modiole formerly belonged to this genus, but were removed from it by Bruguiere. Mytelus borealis, ‘Shell oblong, whitish bluc, epidermis black, beaks incumbent divaricate.” Inhabits several parts of the St, Lawrence : the shell is of a solid and flinty texture ; the beaks rather one sided, There is likewise a variety of this species found below Qnebec, more pearly and sometimes obsoletely rayed, with the inside white and shining: both these shells are often brought up with Qysters, Osrracea, Firru Famity? Few of this family are to be met with here, the only one which has come within my observation is the well known Ostrea. ‘¢ Shell adhering, inequivalve, irregular ; beaks distant, be- coming very nnequal by age. Hinge without teeth ; ligament internal, or partly so. Pit and beaks of the lower valve in- creasing by age, sometimes to a great length.” The animals remain fixed to maritime bodies, and have no other motion than that of opening and shutting their valves to receive what- ever nourishment the waters may bring them. Ostrea canadensis, ‘‘shell elongated rather bent, broadish above, Jamelated,thick, inferior valve conyex.’’ Inhabits the mouth of this river, sometimes grows to the length of eight inches, TWELFTH recent shells. 193 TWELFTH CLASS MULLUSCA. SECOND ORDER GASTEROPODA, Caryprraciana, Fourrn Famiry. Crepidula. “Shell oblong, concave within, spire very much inclined to~ wards the margin ; aperture partly closed by an horizontal Jawina.” “Animal, head forked anteriorly, two conical tentacula, with eyes at their base, mouth simple without jaws, foot very small.” Crepidula fornicata: ‘Shell oval, posteriorly obliquely curved ; posterior lip concave.” This species inhabits the Gulf; is frequently brought up with oysters—the shell is shaped like alittle sabot, it is of a gray colour, often streaked with brown ; within shining, and marbled with chesnut, the lamina is white, thin and se- mitransparent. Third Order TRACHELIPODA, Coremacea, Fifth Family, Three of these are common here ; they are land animals, Helix. *¢ Shell orbicular, convex, or conoidal ; spiré very little elevated ; aperture entire, wider than long, oblique and near the axis of the shell ; margins disunited by the projection of the penultimate whorl,” The animals live on vegetables,and remain dormant during the winter. There are two species about Quebec ; they do not appear to be among those described in ‘* Les Animaux sans verlé- bres ;” but the species being so numerous, and De Lamarck having only described those in his cabinet, render it uncer- tain whether they may be new or not. ‘The first, perhaps a variety of Ilclix hortensis. ‘* Shell imperforate ; spire Mat; epi- dermis yellow whitish; whorl transversely striated ; lip Y 2 within 194 Mrs. Sheppard on within white, margins reflected.” Found on the bank near the plains of Abraham. Commonin spring. Helix ——? Shell thin, conoidal, perforated; spire very flat; margin of the lip reflected. Common in the same place with the above ; it is a much less shell, with a brown epidermis ; the penultimate whorl has an elevated white ridge near the aperture, which appears to be some remains of the last year’s lip, Corocolla- «¢ Shell orbicular, rather convex, or conoidal; on the upper part, with a sharp angular periphery. Aperture transverse, contiguous to the axis of the shell, right lip subangular, of- ten toothed on the lower part.” De Lamarck formed this genus merely to reduce the num- ber of species in that of Helix: they are, however, rather too closely allied. The species we have here, seems to bea connecting link ; but De Lamarck, would, I think, range it under corocolla, and until it be ascertained to have been pre- viously described might be called Corocolla dubia. Shell orbicular, Jargely umbelicate ; spire flat, whorls transversely striated, horn colour, spotted with brown, Common in the spring on the bank with the two foregoing shells ; it is rather a pretty shell, ofteu varie- gated with white and brown. Succinea. ‘¢ Shell ovate, conical ; aperture capacious ; right margin sharp, not reflected, united at the lower part to a smooth acute columella. The animals have four tentacula, two of which have eyes on their summit.” They inhabit land but are generally found near water. Succivea amphibia, ‘shell ovate, thin, pellucid, yellowish ; spire short, dilated at the lower part, subvertical.”’ lIahabits gardens on the St. Louis road ; it is horn coloured, and very 4ransparent. LYMNZANA recent shells. 195 Lymnzxana, Second Family. There are some species here of all the genera belonging to this family. Planorbis, ** Shell discoidal, all the whorls visible on both sides ; a- pertare distant from the axis of the shell ; margins not re- flected. They are fresh water animals, have two tentacula with eyes at their base.” Planorbis spirorbis, ‘‘one side flat, the other subumbelicat- ed, reverse ; horn coloured,’’ Found in abundance in the water near Etchemin. Planorbis alba? ‘* Shell umbelicated on both sides; upper part of whorls flat, lower convex ; aperture wide and apgue lar."” Found with the foregoing, but not so common, it is the Helix alba of Linnzus, but is not among DeLamarcks species. Physa. “Shell convolute, oval or oblong; spire projecting; aperture longitudinal, contracted above; columella twisted, right margin acute projecting beyond the plane of the aperture.” They are fresh water animals; have two flattened tentacu- la with two eyes at their base. ** Physa fontfnalis, reverse, oval, transparent smooth, horn coloured: spire short, subacute.” Not very common, but is sometimes met with on the beach at the Island of Orleans. Physa subopaca. ‘Shell reverse, oval, semipellucid, grayish yellow ; epire short, acute.” This species is rather more common than the foregoing, they are offen found together at the Island ; it resembles fon- tenalis, but is not so transparent. It is yellow without, and white within. The third and Jast geuus of this family is Lymhwa 196 Mrs. Sheppard on Lymnza. « Shell oblong, often turrited, generally thin; spire proe jecting, aperture entire, longitudinal ; margin sharp 5 colu- mella twisted obliquely, with the lip passing over it, forming a very oblique fold.” These animals inhabit swampy ground or fresh water. Lymnea stagnalis. ‘¢ Shell acute, ovate, ventricose, thin, transparent, longitudinally substriated, reddish gray ; last whorl subangalar above ; spire subulate ; aperture Jarge ; lip broad.” Found abundantly at Sorel, ‘The spire is often black and very long ; lower part of the shell generally horn coloured. Lymnea palustris. ‘‘ Shell ovate, oblong, longitudinally, and finely striated ; spire conical, rather acute, aperture ovate.” Found in ponds formed by the melted snow in the spring» near Tower No. 1. This shell is not so large or thin as stage nalis ; it is generally ash coloured. Pertsrom1ANA, Fourth Family, Paludina. «€ Shell conoidal, whorls rounded or convex, modifying the spiral cavity ; aperture longitudinal, angular at the summit ; the two margins united, acute, never turned out.” Some of these animals inhabit the sea or mouths of rivers, but the greater part live in fresh water. ‘There are two species here, neither of them, [ think, deseribed by De Lamarck: they are both small shells. Paludina—————? Shell white ; epidermis olive ; spire the length of the aperture ; last whorl inflated. Inhabits the Island of Orleans. Paludina —————? Shell pale buff ; spire longer thau the aperture ; top obtuse. Found with the foregoing on the beach at the Island; the whorls are not so much inflated as these of this genus gene- rally i recent shells, 197 rally are, but 1 think it would not range under any other - it has bluish bands of gray round the top of the whorls, Neritacea, Fifth Family, Natica, “ Shell subglobular umbilicated ; aperture entire semis circular ; left lip oblique, not crenate, callous ; umbilicus of- ten covered by the callus." Natica magdalenay Shell nearly orbicular, smooth, fine- ly striated, grayish white ; spire black ; callus obsolete. In- habits the Magdalen Islands : this species is not among De Lamarcks: neither is it described in any book of reference, that I have had an opportunity of seeing : it may be a uew speeies, and is here designated as above, merely from its having been found in those islands. Puxrurtrera, 13th Family. The animals of this family, De Lamarck informs Us, St crete that colouring matter whlch formed the beautiful purple of the Romans ; it prevails most in the genus Purpura. Buccinum. ** Shell oval, conical, aperture longitudinal, with a notch at the base, but no canal ; columella not flattened, turgid at the upper part.” These animals inhabit the sea shore; they are not in gene- ral large : the following species is one of the largest ; about two inches long, it is not described by De Lamarck, Buccioum — ? Shell oval, inflated, longitudinally ribbed ; ribs sometimes obsolete ; apperture grayish purples Inhabits Bic, generally surrounded with scarcely percepti. ble striw, and has a chalky appearance, but not unfrequent- ly the latter is wanting, or as if it were rubbed off, allow ing large brown and blue nebnlous spots to appear: sometimes the shell is of a yellowish colour, with the transverse striw distinctly visible; the apperture varies from purple to yellow and white. 198 Mrs. Sheppard on Sc. T have no where met with a description which would iden. tify this, or the next species, but as theyare not rare, they probably may have been named. Buccinum—————? Shell oval conical, white, transversely sulcated ; spire tipped with brown ; apperture pink or red- dish purple. Inhabits the Magdalen Islands, not so large as the forego- ing, but much heavier : the shell is of a more solid and flinty texture. [tis to be regretted that no book of reference has yet made its appearance here, comprising every species. With- out a complete nomenclature it is impossible to determine whether a shell be new or not: several are met with which do not accord with any mentioned in the books we have ; al« tho’ perhaps they may be described elsewhere. De Lamarck’s work is quite satisfactory with regard to the genera, but as he only gives a part of each genus, I have, (as is apparent) been frequently at a loss respecting the species. Art. XI—Journey across the continent of North America by an Indian Chief, about the middle of the last century, as taken from his own mouth, and reduced to writing by M. Le Page du Pratz, communicated by Andrew Stuart, Esquire. Ir has often been conjectured that North America was ori« ginally peopled from Tartary, and that the Tartars entered this continent by the way of Kamscatkae There are many reasons for believing that the new continent as well as the old has been peopled by different races at different times; and that the last great change which took place was produced by a Journey across this Continent &§c. 199 a great Tartar invasion similar to that which under Gengis- Khan devastated the Chinese Empire, and of that too which overwhelmed the Roman Empire. The exterminating cha- racter of the Tartars is well known, and it is probable that the whole of the race which built the forts, the vestiges of which are found between Lake Ontario, and the Gulf of Mexico was utterly destroyed by these Tartar invaders, whose descendants we now sce in the aboriginal red men of this continent. Ido not mean here to enter upon the grounds and reasons upon which this opinion rests, but beg leave to lay before the society some facts relating to this subject, that seemed to me to be of interest, to be found in a work not so generally knowa as it deserves to be ; thisis the history of Louisiana, by M. Le Page Du Pratz who gives the following account of the peo- pling of America. When the Natches retired to this part of America, where Isaw them, they there found several nations, or rather the remains of several nations, some on the east, others onthe west of the Mississipi. These are the people who are distia- guished among the natives by the name of Red Men; and their origin is so much the more obscure, as they have not so distinct a tradition as the Natches, nor arts and sciences like the Mexicans, from whence we might draw some satis- factory inferences. All that I could learnfrom them was, that they came from between the north and the sun-setting ; and this account they uniformly adhered to whenever they gave anyaccount of their origin. This lame tradition no ways satisfying the desire I had to be informed on this point, I made great inquirics to know if there was any wise old man among the neighbouring vations, who could give me further intelligence about the origin of the natives. I was happy enough to discover one, named Moneacht-apé among the Tauzous, 4 vation about forty leagucs north from the Z Natches. 200 Journey across this. Continent Natches. This man was remarkable for his solid-under- standing andjelevation of sentiments ; and I may justly,com- pare him to those first Greeks, who travelled chiefly into the east to-examine the manners and customs of different nations, and to.communicate to their fellow-citizens upon their return the knowledge which they had acquired. Moneacht-apé indeed, never executed'so noble a plan; but he had however conceived it, and, had spared no labour and _ pains to effec- tuate it. He was by the French called the Interpreter, vecause he understood several of the North American \an- guages ; but,the other name which I have mentioned was . given him by his own nation, and signifies. the killer of pain and fatigue. This name was,indeed most jnstly applicable to him ; for ; to satisfy his curivsity, he had. made light. of the most dangerous. and painful journics in which he had spent several years of his life. He stayed two or three days with me; and upon my desiring him to give mean account ofthis travels, he very readily. complied with my request, and spoke to the following effect : *¢ [had lost my. wife, and all the children whom I had by her, when [undertook my journey towards the sun-rising, I set out from my. village contrary. to the inclination of all my. relations, and went first to the Chicausaws, our friends and neighbours, I continued among them several days to ivoform myself. whether they knew whence we all came, or at least; whence they themselves came ; they, who were our elders ; since from them came the language of the country. As they could not inform me, 1 proceeded on my journey: I reached the country of the Chaouanous, and afterwards went up the Wabash or Ohio, almost toits source, which is in the country of the [roquois or Five Nations. I left them however towards the north ; and during the winter, which in that country is very severe and very long, I lived ina village of the Abenaquis, where I contracted an acquaintance With aman somewhat older than myself, who promised to conduct by an Indian Chief. 201 conduct me the folowing spring to the Great Water. Accor. dingly when'the snows were melted, and the weather was settled, we proceeded eastward, and, after several days journey, I at length saw the Great Water, which filled me with such joy and admiration that I could not speak, Night drawing on, we took up.our ledging-ona high bank above the water, which was sorely vexed ‘by the wind, and made so great a noise that I could not sleep. Next day the ebbing and flowing of the water filled me with great apprehension ; but my companion qnieted my fears, by assuring me that the water observed certain bounds both in advancing and retiring. Having satisfied onr curiosity in viewing tho great water, we turned to. the village of the Abenaquis, where 1 continued the following winter ; and after the snows were melted, my companion and I went and viewed the great fall of the river St. Lawrence at Niagara, which was distant from the village several days jonrney. The view of this great fall at first made ‘may hair stand on end, and my heart almost leap out of its place ; but afterwards, before I left it, had the courage'to walk underit. ‘Next day we took the shortest road to the Ohio, and my companion and I cutting down a >tree on the banks of the river, we formed it into a pettiaugre, which served to conduct me down the Ohio and the Mississipi, after which, with much difficulty, I went up our small river; and at length arrived safe among my relations, who were rejoiced to see mein good health,” ** This journey, instead of satisfying, only served to excite my curiosity. Our old men, for several years, had told me that the antient speech informed them that the Red Men of the north came originally much higher and much farther than the source of the river Missouri ; andas I had longed to see, with my own eyes the land from whence our first fathers came, 1 took my precautions for my journey west. wards, Having provided a small quantity of corn, I pror ceeded up along the eastern bank of the river Mississipi, till Z2 I 202 Journey across this Continent T came to the Ohio. I went up along the bank of this last river about the fourth part of a day’s journey, that I might be able to cross it without being carried into the Mississipé. There I formed a Cageux or raft of canes, by the assistance of which I passed over the river; and next day meeting with a herd of buffaloes in the meadows, I killed a fat one, and took from it the fillets, the bunch, and the tongne. Soon after I arrived among the Temargas, a village of the nation of the Lllinois, where I ressed several days, and then pro- ceeded northwards to the mouth of the Missouri, which, after it enters the great river, runs fora considerable time without intermixing its muddy waters with the clear stream of the other. Having, crossed the Méssisstpé, I went up the Missouré along its northern bank, and after severab days journey IT arrived at the nation of the Missouris, where I staid a long time to learn the language tnat is spoken beyond them. In going along the Missouri I passed through meadows a whole day’s jonrney in length, which were quite covered with buffaloes. ‘¢ When the cold was past, and the snows were melted, I continued my journey up along the Missour? till I came to the nation of the West, or the Canzas. Afterwards, in conse- quense of directions from them, I proceeded in the same course near thirty days, and at length I met with some of the nation of the Otters, who were hunting in that neighbour- hood, and were snrprised to see me alone, 1 continued with the hunters two or three days, and then accompanied one of them and his wife, who was hear her time of lying in, to their village, which lay far off betwixt the north and west. We continued our journey along the Missouri for nine days, and then we marched directly northwards for five days, more, of the Ofters, who received me with as much kindness as if 1 had been of their own nation. A few days after I joined when we came to the Fine River, which runs westwards in a direction contrary to that of the Missouri, We proceeded down by an Indian Chief. 203 down this river a whole day, and then arrived at the village a party of the Offers, who were going to carry a calumet of peace to a nation beyond them, and we embarked in a petti- augre, and went down the river for eighteen days, landing now and then to supply ourselves with provisions. When I arrived at the nation who were at peace with the Oféers, I staid with them till the cold was past, that I might learn their language, which was common to most of the nations ‘that lived beyond them. “© The cold was hardly gone when I again embarked on the Fine River, and in my course I met with several uations, with whom I generally staid but one night, till f arrived at the nation that is but one day’s journey from the Great IVater on the west. This nation live in the woods about the dis- tance of a league from the river, fron their apprehention of bearded men, who come upon their coasts in floating: vil- lages, and carry off their children to make slaves of them. These men were described to be white, with long black beards that came down to their breasts ; they were thick and short, bad large heads, which were covered with cloth ; they were always dressed, even in the greatest heats ; their cloaths fell down to the middle of their legs, which with their feet were covered with red or yellow stuff, ‘Their arms made a great fire anda great noise; and when they saw themselves out-numbered by Red Men, they retired on board their large pettiaugre, their number sometimes amounting to thirty, but never more, Those strangers came from the sun-setting, in search of a yellow stinking wood, which dyes afine yellow colour ; but the people of this nation, that they might not be tempt- ed to visit them, had destroyed all those kinds of trees. Two other nations in their neighbourhood however, having no other wood, could not destroy the trees, and were still visited by the strangers ; and being greatly incommoded by them, had invited their allies to assist them in making an attack upon 204 Journey across this Continent upon them the nexttime they should return. The following summer I accordingly joined in this expedition, and after travelling five long days journey, we came to the place where the bearded meu usually landed, where we waited seventeen days for their arrival. Tne Red Men, by my advice, placed themselves in ambuscade to surprise the strangers, and accordingly when they landed to cut the wood, we were so successful as to kill eleven of them, the rest immediately escaping on board two large pettiaugres, and flying west- ward upon the Great JVater. <* Upon examining those whom we had killed, we found them much smaller than ourselves, and very white; they had a large head, and in the middle of the crown the hair was very long; their head was wraptin a great many folds of stuff, and their cloaths seemed to be made neither of wool nor silk ; they were very soft, and of different colours. ‘Two only of the eleven who were slain had fire-arms with powder and hall. I tried their pieces, and found that they were much heavier than ours, and did not kill at so great a distance. «© After thie expedition I thought of nothing but proceed- jng ou my journey, and with that desiga I let the Red Men return home, and joined myself those who inhabited niore westward on the coast, with whom I travelled along the shore of the Great Water, which bends directly betwixt the north and the sun-setting. When I arrived at the vil- lages of my fellow-travellers, where I found the days very loug aud the nights very short, I was advised by the old men to give over all thoughts of continuing my journey- They told me that the land extended still a long way in a direction between the north and sun-setting, after which it ran directly west, and at length was cut by the Great Water from north to south. One of them added, that when he was young, he knew a very old man who had seen that distant land before it was eat away by the Great Water, and that when the Great by an Indian Chief. 205 Great Water was low, many rovks still appeared in those parts. Finding it therefore impracticable to proceed much furt her, on account of the severity of the climate, and the want of game, I returned by the samneroute by which I had set out 5; and reducing my whole travels westward to days journeys, Icompute that they would have employed me thirty-six moons ; but on account of my frequent delays, it was five years before I returaed to my relations among the Fazous.” “The remarkable difference I observed betaycen the Natches, including in that name the nations whom they treat as brethren, and the other people of Louisiana, made me extremely desirous to know whence both of them might ori- ginally come. We had not then that fall information which we have since received from the voyages and discoveries of M: De Lisle in the eastern parts of the Russian empire. I there. fore applied myself one day to put the Keeper of the temple in good humour, and having succeeded in that without much difficulty, I then told him that from the litule resemblance I observed between the Natches and the neighbouring nations, I was inclined to believe that they were not originally from the same country, which they then inhabited 3 and that if the ancient speech taught him any thing on that subject, he would do me a great pleasure to inform me of it. At these words he leaned his head on his two hands, with which he covered his eyes, and having remained in that posture about a quarter of an hour, as if to recollect himself, he answered to the following effect. “* Before we came into this land we lived yonder under the sun, (pointing with his finger nearly south west, by which I understood he meant Mexico,) we lived in a fine country where the earth is always pleasant ; there our suns had their abode, and our nation maiatained itself for a long time agains, the ancients of the country, who conqucred some of our vil- lages in the plains, but never could force us from the moun. tains, 206 Jonrney across this Continent tains. Our nation extended itself along the great water where this large river loses itself, but as our enemies were become very numerous, and very wicked, our Sutis sent some of our subjects who lived near this tiver, to examine whether we could retire into the couutry through which it flowed.— ~ The country on the east side of the river being found ex- tremely pleasant, the Great Sun, upon the return of those who had examined it- ordered all his subjects who lived in the plains, and who still defended themselves against the an- tients of the country, to remove into this land, here to build a temple, and to preserve the eternal fire: “ “A great part of our nation accordingly settled here, where they lived ia peace aud abundance for several genera- tions; the Great Sun, and those who had remained with him, - never thought of joining us, belng tempted to contin ue where they were by the pleasantness of the country, which was very warm, and by the weakness of their enemies who had fallen into civil dissentions in consequence of the ambition of one of their chiefs, who wanted to raise himself from a state’ of equality with the other chicfs of the villages, and to treat all the people of his nation as slaves. During those discords among our enemies, some of them even entered into an alli- ance with the Great Sun, who still remained in our old coun- try, that he might conveniently assist other brethren who had settled on the banks of the great water to the east of the large river, and extended themselves so far ou the coast, and among the isles, that the Great Sun did not hear of them, sometimes for five or six years together. “It was not till after many generations that the Great Suns came and joined us in this country, where, from the fine climate’ and the peace we had enjoyed, we had multiplied like the leaves of the trees. Warriors of fire who made the carth to tremble, had arrived in our old couutry, and having entered into an alliance with our brethern, conquered our ancient rn) BH CLO TON Y ‘ by an Indian Chief. 207 . cues aocient enemies 5 but attempting afterwards to ake slaves of our sons, they rather than submit to them, left our bre~. thern who refused to follow them, and came hither attended only with their slaves Upon my asking him who those warriors of fire were, he replied that they were bearded white men, somewhat of a brownish colour, who-carried arms that darted out fire with a great noise, and killed at a great distance ; that they had dikewise heavy arms which killed a great many men at once, and like thunder made the earth tremble ; and that they came from the sun rising in floating villages. The ancients of the country he said were very numerous, and inhabited from the Western Coast of the Great Water to the Northern Countries on this side the sun, and very far up- on the same coast beyond the sun. They hada great number of large and small villages, which were all built of stone, andin which there were houses large enough to lodge a whole village. ‘Their temples were built with great labour and art, and they made beautiful works of all kinds of materials, But ye yourselves, said 1, whence are ye come? The an- cieut speech, he replied, does not say from what land we came ; all that we kuow is, that our fathers, to come hither, followed the sun, and came with him from the place where he rises ; that they were along time on their journey, were all on the point of perishing, aod were brought into this coun. try without secking it. To this account of the keeper of the temple, which was. afterwards confirmed to me by the Great Sun, I shall add the following passage of Diodorus Siculus, which seems to coafirm the opinion of those who think the eastern Ameri-« ans are descended from the Europeans, who may have been driven by the winds upon the coasts of Guiana or Brazil. To the west of Africa, he says, lies a very large island, distant many days sail from that part of our continent. [ts fertile soil ix partly plaiv, and partly mountainous, The plain AA couplry 208 Journey across this Continent country is most sweet and pleasant, heing watered every where with rivulets, and navigable rivers ; it is beautified with many gardens which are planted with all kinds of trees, and the orchards particularly are watered with pleasant streams. The villages are adorned with houses built in a magnificent taste, having pastures ornamented with arbours covered with flowers. Hither the inhabitants retire during the summer to enjoy the fruits which the country furnishes them with in the greatest abundance. The mountainous part is covered with large woods, and all manner of fruit trees, and in the vallies, which are watered wlth rivulets, the inha~ bitants meet with every thing that can render life agreeable. In a word, the whole island, by its fertility and the abundance of its springs, furnishes the inhabitants not only with every thing that may flatter their wishes, but with what may also contribute to their health and strength of body. Hunting furnishes them with such an infinite number of animals, that in their feasts they have nothing to wish for in regard either to plenty or delicacy. Besides, the sea, which surrounds the island, supplies them plentifully with all kinds of fish, and indeed the sea in general is very abundant. ‘The air of this island is so temperate that the trees bear leaves and fruit almost the whele year round. Jn a word, this island is so delicious, that it seems rather the abode of gods than men. ‘6 Anciently, on account of its remote situation, it was al« together unknown ; but afterwards it was discovered by ac- cident. It is well known that from the earliest ages the Phe- nicians undertook long voyages in ordet to extend their coms merce, and in consequence of those voyages established se« veral colonies in Africa and the western parts of Europe.— Every thing succeeding to their wish, and having becoine very powerful, they attempted to pass the pillars of Hercules and enter the ocean. They accordingly passed those pillars, and in their neighbourhood built a city upon a peninsula of Spain, which they named Gades. There amongst the other build- ings by an Indian Chief. 209 ihgs proper for the place, they built a temple to Hercules, to whom thoy instituted splendid sacrifices after the manner of their country. This temple is in great veneration at this day and several Romans who have rendered themselves illus- trious by their exploits, have performed their vows to Hercules for the success of their enterprizes. «« The Phenicians acgordingly having passed the straits of Spain, sailed along Africa, when by the violence of the winds they were driven far out at sea, and the storm continuing several days, they were at length thrown upon this island. Being the first who were acquainted with its beauty and fer- tility, they published them to other nations. The Tuscans, when they were masters at sea, designed to send a colony thither, but the Carthaginians found means to prevent them on the two following accounts ; first they were afraid lest their citizens, tempted by the charms of that island, should pass over thither in too great numbers, and desert their own country ; next they looked upon it asa secure asylum for themselves, if ever any terrible disaster should befal their republic,” This description of Diodorus is very applicable in many circumstances to America, particularly in the agreeable tem- perature of the climate to Africans, the prodigious fertility of the earth, the vast forests, the large rivers, and the multi- tude of rivulets and springs... ‘The Natches may then justly be supposed to be descended from some Phenicians or Cartha- givians who had been wrecked on the shores of South Ame- rica in which case they might well be imagined to have but little acquaintance with the arts, as those who first landed would be obliged to apply all their thoughts to their imme- diate subsistence, and consequently would soon become rude and barbarous, Their worship of the eternal fire likewise implied their descent from the Phenicians ; for every body knows that this superstition, which first took its rise in Egypt, was introduced by the Phenicians into all the countries that Aa? they 210 Jonrney across this Continent they visited. The fcavetive atile, wh the bold Syriac ex- pressionsin the language of the Natches, fs likewise another proof of their being descended from thé Phenisians: - Asto those whom the Natches, long after their first estabe lishment, found inbabiting the western coasts of America, and whom we name Mexicans, the arts which they possessed and cultivated with success, oblige me to give thein’a different origins Their'temples, their sacrifices, ‘their buildings, their form of government, and their manner of making war, all denote a people who have transmigratéed in a body, and brought with them the arts, the sciences,.and the customs of their country. Those people had the art of writing and also of painting. Their archives consisted of cloths ‘of cotton, whereon they had painted or drawn all those transactions, which they thought worthy of being transmitted to posterity. It were greatly to be wished that the first conquerors of ‘this new world had preserved to us the figures of those drawings ; for by comparing them with the characters used by other na~ tions, we might perhaps have discovered the origin of the in- habitants. The knowledge which we have of the Chinese characters, which are rather irregular drawings than charac-: ters, would probably have facilitated such a discovery ;'and perhaps those of Japan would have been found greatly to have’ resembledthe Mexican ; for I amstrongly of opinion that the Mexicans are descended from one of those two nations. Ina fact, where is the impossibility, that some prince in one of those countries, upon failing in an attempt to raise himself to- the sovereign power, should leave his native country with all his partizans and look forsome new land, where, after he had established himself, he might drop all foreign correspondence? The easy navigation of the South Sea renders the thing pro- bable ; and the new map of the [astern bounds of Asia, and the Western of North America, lately published by M. De. Lisle makes it still more likely. This map makes it plainly appear, that between the island of Japan, or Northern Coasts of by an Indian Chief. 211 of China, and those of America, there are other lands which ~ to this day have remained unknown ; and who will take upon him to say there is no land, because it has never yet been dis- covered? I have therefore good grounds to believe, that the Mexicans came originally from China or Japan, especially when I consider their reserved and uncommunicative disposi- tion, which, to thisday, prevails among the people of the eas- tera partsof Asia. The great antiquity of the Chinese nation likewise makes it possible that a colony might have gone from thence to America, early enough to be looked upon as the ancient of the country, by the first of the Phenicians who could be supposed to arrive there. Asa further corrobora- ‘tion of my conjectures, I was informed by a man of learning ic 1752, that in the King’s library there isa Chinese manu- script, which positively affirms that America was peopled by the inhabitants of Corea. Moncacht-apé after giving me an account of his travels, spent four or five days visiting among the Natches, and then returned to take leave of me, when I made him a present of several wares of no great value, among which was a concave mirror about two inches and a half diameter which had cost me about three half-pence. As this magnified the face to four or five times its natural size, he was wonderfully delighted with it, and would not have exchanged it with the best mirror in France. After expressing his regret at parting with me, he returned highly satisfied to his own nation. Moncacht-apé's account of the junction of America with the eastern parts of Asia, seems confirmed from the following remarkable fact. ‘* Some years ago the skeletons of twolarge elephants and two small ones were discovered in a marsh near the river Ohio; and as they were not much consumed, it is supposed that the elephants came from Asia not many years before. If we also consider the form of government, and the manner of living among the northern nations of America, there will appear a great resemblance betwixt them and the Tartars in the north east part of Asia.” The foregoing story has in it many internal marks of truth. Some of the more prominent of them may be here succinctly stated. Indians who have never seen the ebbing and flowing of the tide are wonderfully struck with this phenomenon, Many of the inhabitants of Quebec must still remember that the great deputation of Lodian Chiefs, from the interior and from the Mississippi, which came to Quebec during the adminis- tration 218 Mr. Sheppard on the American tration of Sir George Prevost, and had in their company the sister of Tecumseh, were often to be seen sitting ina row upon a wharf in the Lower Town of Quebec, contemplating in silence, and evidently under the deepest impression of awe, the rising and falling of the waters of the St. Lawrence. The white men here described correspond in every parti- cular with the Chinese, who, there is reason to believe, held commercial intercourse with the South of Africa long before Vasco de Gama discovered and doubled the Cape of Good Hope. The Chinese are rather smaller than we are and have the palest complexion indigenous to Asia. Their muskets are match-locks and heavier than ours—their powder is in- ferior in quality. The stinking wood mentioned by the Indian Chief is pro- bably fustic, yielding a yellow dye which is the prevailing colour of the garments of the superior classes in China. None of these things could have been known to the Indian Chief, and the general tone and character of Mr. du Pratz’s work excludes the idea of his having fabricated the story. Arr. XII.—Observations on the American Plants described by Charlevoix. By William Sheppard of Woodfield.* Charlevoix in his “‘ Histoire de la Nouvelle France,” dee scribes and figures a certain number of the Plants of North America, being principally such as struck him by their un- common appearance, or from having the reputation of pos- sessing medicinal or other remarkable properties : of these he always makes due mention ; for a knowledge of which his account may be consulted, probably, with some advan- tage. But his descriptions are, in general, so imperfect and vague, and his figures solittle like the plants they are intend- ed to represent, that it is with difficulty they can be identi- fied. ‘These observations may possibly tend to a better ac- quaintance with the plants he has treated of: little of con- sequence is added respecting the qualities or application of the * This Paper was read before the Society for the Encourage- ment of Arts and Sciences in Canada, Plants described by Charlevoix. 219 the plants ; the intention being more immediately to identi- fy them with the Nomenclature now made use of.* Pursh’s Flora, as being the most genera) book, has been followed, except when differently mentioned. 1. ‘* Fougere qui porte des bayes.” A berry bearing fern to begin with, would strike him us sufficiently marvelous to excite some degree of wonder in his readers. Some perhaps may not have given him full credit for the existence of such an anomalous plant. His description beiog (with the exception of the berry) quite that of a fern, has been found, after some degree of puzzling, to agree perfectly with Athyrium bulbiferam ; Sprenged,a fern bearing bulbs on the back of the leaves ; a supernumerary means of reproduction possessed by this plant, like some of the lilies, onions, polygonums, &c., and which Charlevoix took to be berries ; he is therefore not so much in error as might have been supposed. This plant is found about Quebec. 2. “ Cyprésde la Lousiane.” Cupressus disticha. Cypress. A large tree, native of the United States ; uot found north of 38° 50’ according to the younger Michaux. 3. © Capillaire du Canada.” Adiantum pedatum. Maidenhair. A well known Cana- dian fern, and one of the most beautiful of the family ; found on Sillerybank and other parts about Quebec. 4. “ Origan du Canada,” Monarda fistalosa. An herbaceous perennial about three feet high, strong scented : a native of Canada but not found nearQuebec. 5. 6. © Myrthe &@ Chandelle, deur especes.” Myrica cerifera and caroliniensis, Candleberry myrtle. — Both these species produce green wax or tallow, by macerat. ing the leaves in warm water: the latter is a small shrub, growing =>" Ueeenemeseeememmerrsr eco ee * Plants, natives of the Southern States of North Amertea, are mere ly en by name, not being fomteresting tous as those within our teach, 220 Mr. Sheppard on the American growing on the shores of the gulf of St. Lawrence: the otheris a much larger plant, and grows more to the south- ward, 7. “ Ipecacuanha de I’ Amérique.” Podophyllum peltatum. May apple. An herbaceous pe- rennial plant, native of Upper Canada. 8. © Grande Roquette du Canada.” Hesperis pinnatifida ? Grows in the western States. 9. « Tulipier, ou Laurier é feurs de Tulipe.” Liriodendron tulipifera. Called Poplar about New-York. A large tree growing in the middle States, and in UpperCa- nada. 10. * Sceau, ou Cachet de Solomon.” Convallaria racemosa. Solomon’s seal. An herbaceous perennial, with a single stem, somewhat arched, bearing at the summit a raceme of white flowers, followed by red ber< ries ; common in the woods in every part of Canada. 11. “ Polygonatum & fleurs jaunes.” Uvularia perfoliata. Bellwort. A handsome herbaceous perennial, bearing large yellow pendulous flowers ; common in Canada.—Marchmonthill. 12. “* Troisiéme espéce de Polygonatum.” Uvularia sessilifolia? A smaller plant than the foregoing one ; flowers straw colour ; very common in Ste. Foi wood. 13. “* Le Ginseng.” Panax quinquefolia. Ginseng. This plant formerly was an article of export to China: it grows about Montreal. 14, ‘‘ Valerienne G feuilles d’orties, et a feurs violettes. 15. * Valerienne a@ feuilles d’orties, et & feurs blanches,” 16. “ Le Sassafras.” Laurus sassafras. Sassafras grows throughout the States, and in Upper Canada from Niagara westward, 17. “ Lychnis du Canada,” Asarum canadense. Wild Ginger. Grows in mioist shady places throughout Canada. Sillery Hill. 18, Plants described by Charlevoix. 221 18. ** Acacia de l’ Amérique.” Robinia pseudacacia. Locust. A handsome tree grow- ing to the south of latitude 43 ©. its wood is very valuable, and generally used in the States for treenails for shipbuilding. This tree probably might bear our climates, as do its couge- ners R. glutinosa and hispida. 19. ** Grande Pimpernclle du Canada.” Sanguisorba canadensis. Burnet. An herbaceous peren- nial plant growing about Quebec. Sillery. 20, “ Laurier a fleurs odoriferantes.” Magnolia grandiflora >? Cucumber tree. His description agrees with this species, except in height, which in favorable soils attains an altitude of 90 feet : probably it may be the glauca, which is 4 much less tree. These are natives of the States ; the acuminata, another species is found on the Ni- agara frontier. 21. “ Cerfeuil, a larges feuilles du Canada,” Cherophyllum cauadense. Cerfeuil sauvage. An herba- ceous perennial, growing commonly in dry woods, aud used by the Canadians as a pot herb- 22. ** Aconit a fcurs de solcil,” Rudbeckia laciniata. A showy perennial plant, growing commonly about Quebec. Its quality of being ‘an vrai poi- son” does not secm to be known in the present day. 23. “© Thalictrum du Canada.” There are several Thalictrums growing about Quebec ; the one he describes is supposed to be the pubescens, the tall- est of the genus ; it growsln moist shady places about Que- bec. 24. “ Eupatoire ou Agrimoine 4 feuilles d’ Aunée.” Evpatorium purpureum. An herbaceous perennial plant, growing with a single stem to the height of six feet, produciog an umbel of purple flowers at the top. Grows in swamps. Its 222 Mr. Sheppard on the American Its congener E. perfoliatumn is known to bea specific in inter- mitant fevers : it grows plentifully at the mouth of the river Echemia. 25. “© Alcée de la Floride,” Gordonia lasianthus, Loblolly Bay, A large evergreen Tree, bearing a beautiful white flower, the size ofa rose. It is a native of the most southern States. <6. “ Belis du Canada.” Ersigcron heterophyllum ? Upper Canada. 27. “ Jasmin de la Floride,” Gelsemieum nitidum. Carolina Jasmine A handsome plant, growing in the southern states. 28. ** Plane d’Occident.” Platanus occidentalis. Western Plane tree. Button woods A large tree, native of the States, growing as far north as Bur- tington on Lake Champlain. It is u handsome tree, thriving well at Montreal in plantations. Abundant in Upper Canada 29. “ Angelique a fleurs blanches du Canada.” Augelica lucida. An herbaceous plant, native of Canada ; , growing at Point Levis. 30. ‘¢ Angelique 2 fleurs pourprécs.” Angelica atropurpurea. ‘This plant resembles the forego- ing one, and grows at the same place. 31, “ Laurier rouge.” Laurus caroliniensis. Red Bay. A small tree growing id the Southern States. 32. “* Bignonia du Canada.” Bignonia radicans. Scarlet trampet flower. A beautiful perennial climbing plant, growing in Pensglvania and the States south of it. , 33. “© Troene aux Bayes violettes.” Ligustrum vulgare. Privit. An evergreen shrub said to be a native of Canada, probably of the Upper Province, It is also an European plant. 34 C—O] Plants described by Charlevoiz. 223 ; 34, ** Erable a fleurs rouges.” Acer rubrum. Red Maple. Called by the Canadians, Plane, A large tree growing commonly about Quebec, and in common with the other maples yields a saccharine sap ; but the sugar made from it, is inferior in quality to that ob- tained from Acer saccharinum and nigrum. It is surprizing that Charlevoix should mention this species only, out of the nine found in America, 35: * Apios de [ Amérique.” Apios tuberosa. Earthnat. A climbing herbaceous plant, producing pea blossoms of a dark brown colour. The tube- rous roots are pleasant to eat. It grows in moist shady places and on borders of rivers ; Echemin, Island of Orleans, &c. 36. * Le Sabot dela Vierge.” Cyprepedium spectabile. Our Lady’s slipper, An orchi« deous plant. Itis one of the most brilliant we have,— rather scarce about Quebec, but is to be found at Marchmont and Ste. Foi meadows. ‘There are four other species of this beautiful genus here ; one of them, the C. humile, is very common in Sillery wood. 37. “ Arbre pour le mal de dents.” Zanthoxylum fraxineum- Prickly Ash. Fréne piquant. This is a small tree with pinnated leaves, and the branches armed with thorns ; its fruit is a small black berry, having a very pungent flavour of lemonpeel. It grows on stony lands about Montreal, 38. ‘* Cerisier noir de la Floride.” Prunus virginiana, Wild Cherry. A tree growing in fa- vorable situations to a large size. ‘The wood in some degree resembles Mahogany, and is much used by Cabinet-makers for making tables and other furniture. Boards and scant- ling are annually brought to this market from the State of New York, where it grows abundantly, and attains a great tize—it is also a native of Canada. Ce 39. 224 Mr. Sheppard on the American 39. “© Serpentaire de ’ Amérique.” Aristolochia serpentaria. Virginia snake root. An her baceous perennial plant, native of the Southern States. 40. ** Smilax a feuilles de Laurier,’? Smilax laurifolia. A southern climbing plant, not Cana- dian. 41, ‘* Le Chéne saule.”’ Quercus phellos, Michaux. One of his varieties, probably the humilis; Willow oak.—grows in the Southern States. 42; ‘* Chéne vert a feuilles oblongues.” Quercus virens. Live Oak. A native of Virginia to Flo- rida, where the timber is in great request for ship building. 43. ** Chéne a feuilles de Chataigne.” Quercus prinos. Michaur. One of his varieties, of which he has several; they are made distinct species by Pursh ; mostly natives of the south, although it is probable that some of them may be discovered in Canada. The wood Is said to pass as white oak. 44. *¢ Chéne noir.” Quercus ferruginea. Michaux. Black jack oak. Grows in New Jersey and southward. 45, “ Chéne blanc aux feuilles armées de pointes.” Quercus palustris? Pin Oak. Charlevoix’ description is so obscure that it is difficult to identify it with any species ; it comes nearest to the palustris, New England, to Pensylva- nia, in swamps. 46. “* Chéne blanc de Virginie.” Quercus alba, White Oak. This Oak is very generally diffused throughout North America, from Canada to Florida, and is of all the species, the most generally useful in thearts, Great quantities of this wood are annually brought to Quebec from Upper Canada and the State of New York, in the log ; aad made into staves of different sizes for exportation to Eu- rope and the West Indies, It is not found nearer to Quebec, than the Three Rivers. 47 Plants described by Charlevoix. 225 47. ‘* Le Chene d’eau.” Quercus aquatica, Water Oak. Grows in swamps in Maryland to Florida. 48. ** Le Chéne rouge.” Quercus rubra, Red Oak. A large tree, whose wood is of little value, except for dry barrel staves. A very orna- mental tree for parks. This is the Oak commonly found about Quebec. 49. “ Peuplier noir de la Caroline.” Populus angulata. Mississippi CottonTree. A large tree growing in Virginia to Florida ; the young branches are an- gular. 50. “ Liseton pourpre de la Caroline: Convolvulus sagittifolius. A southern climbing herbace- ous plant, 51. Tupelo,” Nyssa tomentosa. Large Tupelo, Wild Olive. A large tree growing in the Carolinas, Georgia and Florida, 52. ‘* Autre Tupelo.” Nyssa biflora, Black Gum. A Southern tree, 53. ** Arbrisseau aromatique.” Calycanthus floridus. Carolina alspice. Sweet scented shrub. A native of Carolina, 54. ** Casine oy Apalachine.” Ilex vomitaria. A handsome shrub, growing on the sea coast of Carolina to Florida. 55. “ Aconit du Canada,” Actwa americana, alba et rubra. Herb Christopher. — White and red Cohosh, An herbaceous perennial plant growing commonly ia woods about Quebec ; it is said to possess medicinal properties.” 56. * Petit Apocynon du Canada.” Apocynum androswmifolium. Doghane. An herbacious perennial growing abundantly about Quebec on dry ground : it produces clusters of handsome bell shaped flowers at the Cog ends 226 Mr. Sheppard on the American ends of the branches. It is sometimes called ‘* Herbe 4 la puce.” 57. * Lierre @ trois feuilles du Canada.” Rhus toxicodendron. goison vine. ** Herbe a la puce.” This is the plant which is supposed to communicate the un- pleasant affection of the skin, known by the above canadian name, It grows abundantly on Cape Diamond and on the banks of the St. Lawrence ; the climbing variety has not been discovered about Quebec. 58. ** Lierre g cing feuilles du Cunada.” Cissus hederacea. Five leaved Ivy. A shrubby climber, growing at Montreal; not found at Quebec except in a cul- tivated state. 59. * Trefie du Canada.” This appears to be a Psoralea, or Hedysarum. 60. “¢ Solanum a trois feuilles du Canada,” Trillium erectum. Herb truc love. An herbaceous peren- nial producing in May, from the centre of its three leaves, a large brownish purple flower, having a disagreeable scent ; plentiful about Quebec, 61. * Grande consolide du Canada.” This isa Solidago, but it is impossible to make out the species by Charlevoix’ description ; there are a great many in Canada. 62. “* Herbe & Serpens 4 Sonnelles.” Bidens frondosa? Av annual plant growing in Pensylvania to Carolina. 63. % Seneka,.” Polygala senega. Seneca Snake root. A perennial her- baceous plant, possessing medicinal properties; it has not been found near Quebec. 64. “ Plakminier dela Floride.” * Diospyrus virginica. Persimon. A tree growing from New York to Florida, bearing a fruit the size ofa plum, which is eatable after having been mellow'd by frost. 65, Plants described by Charlevoix. 227 65. ** La Sarrasine.” Sarracenia purpurea. Side saddle flower. An herbaceous perennial growing in sphagnous swamps about Quebec : the Jeaves are tubular or pitcher shaped and are always filled with water. This very singular plant was named after a Dr, Sar- rasin of Quebec. 66. ** Sang Dragon du Canada.” Sanguinaria canadensis. Blood root. A perennial herba- ceous plant, growing throughout Canada. Its thick fleshy roots are full of a deep red juice, and have cathartic and eme- tic qualities. 67. “ Matagon du Canada.” Cornus canadensis. A low herbaceous plant growing about Quebec on dry ground: it bears a small red fruit four or five together, ccentaining a flat stone ; it is sometimes ex- posed for sale iu market by the name of ‘¢ Graine de perdrix,’’ but this name I believe, is also given to the fruit of Gautheria procumbens and Mitchella repens. 68. 69. “ La Canneberge, deux especes,” Oxycoccus vulgaris and macrocarpus. ‘Two kinds of Crane berry. Atoca, Two slender recumbent shrubby evergreens, growing in swampy and marshy grounds, producing the weil known fruit called Cranberry : the former species grows in a sphagnous swamp at Sillery ; the frait is very delicious : the other grows in abundance in the bays bordering on Lake St. Peter, and bears the fruit usually brought to market. 70. ** Hedisaron 4 trois feuilles du Canada. Hedysarum canescens? An herbaccous perennial. 71. “ Fumetaire gousseuse et toujours verte du Canada,” Corydalis glauca. A beautiful biennial plant, of a light green colour, bearing flowers handsomely marked with yellow red and green: grows in Ste, Foi wood. 72. ** Fumaria tuberosa insipida ; Canadensis.” Corydalis cucularia. Breeches flower. A pretty litle herb- accous percanial, growiog on the Island of Orleans. any as 298 = =© Mr. Sheppard on the American 73. *¢ Petite Ancholie du Canada.” Aguilegia canadensis, Columbine. A handsome herba- ceous perennial, growing on the rocks on the shores of the St. Lawrence, and on Cape Diamond. 74, “* Aster, ou Etoile jaune ailée.” Helenium autumnale 2? An herbaceous plant having the appearance of a small sunflower ; grows on the shores of the St: Lawrence near the Echemin. 75. ‘ Petite aster d’automne a larges feuilles,” Aster macrophyllus, The most common Aster about Que- bec ; it bears a corymb of pale blue flowers. 76. ‘© Panacée du Canada,” Aralea racemosa. Spikenard. An herbaceous plant grow- ing to the height of four or five feet, generally in shady moist places ; its root is aromatic and is said to possess medicinal properties, 77. ** Souchet de 0 Amérique.” Cyperus odoratus ? A southern grass-like plant growing on banks of rivers. 78. ** Bignonia a feuilles de Rocow.” Catalpa syringefolia. Catalpa. A handsome southeru tree ; itis much planted about New York for ornament, but too tender to thrive here ; a plant at Woodfield annually dies down to the root, making shoots every year about four feet high. 79. “* Petit Laurier de la Caroline.” Laurus Benzoin or Dyospyrus ; both small shrubs growing in Carolina and southwards. 80. ** Solanun & trois feuilles de la Caroline.” Trillium sessile, A southern herbaceous plant, resembles No. 60. 81. “ Le pied de Veau de? Amérique.” Arum sagittifolium. An herbaceous plant growing in the water ; Pensylvania to Carolina. 82, Plants described by Charlevorx. 229 82. ‘* Racine de la Chine.”’ Smilax tamnoides. An herbaceous climber, native of Vir- ginia to Carolina, 83. ‘* Chévrefeuille droite.” Azalea periclymenoides. Upright Honey-suckle. An orhamental shrub of several varieties, growing throughout the States : there are many other species, but none are yet found in Lower Canada. 84, * Elleborine. Pogonia ophioglossoides. A beautiful orchideous plant, growing abundantly in a sphagnous swamp at Sillery. 85. “ Arbrisseau aux feuilles d’ Aulne. Clethra alnifolia. A handsome shrub, native of the United States, New England to Virginia. 86. ‘© Le Noyer noir.” Juglans nigra. Black Walnut. A large tree native of the States and of Upper Canada west of Ontario. Its timber is very dark colour’d, and is much used by Cabinet makers for making tables and other furniture : it is brought to this mar- ket in saw’d stuff from the Niagara frontier. 87. ** Faseole a feurs rouges." Erythrina herbaeea, A beautiful pereanial of Carolina and Florida. 88. * Sorbier du Canada.” Sorbus americana. Mountain Ash. Masquabina. A small tree producing clusters of red berries, common about Quebec; the whole plant abounds in prussic acid. 89. “* Bruyére qui porte des Bayes.” Empetrum nigrum. Crake berry. A low straggling shrub ; grows on the islands and shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. 90. ** Epinette ou Sapinette du Canada.” Pinus nigra v. alba, Black or white Spruce, ‘I'wo upright pyramidal trees ; from the branches of the former is made the wholesome beverage spruce beer ; and the timber of both, but of the former in preference is manufactured into deals 230 =©6©Mr. Sheppard onthe American Ge. deals, for exportation to the irish market principally ; they both grow about Quebec, and abundantly throughout Canada. 91. ** Bourdéne du Canada.” Viburhum nudum? A small tree growing about Quebec, producing clustres of black fruit. 92. ‘* Meleze ou Cédre du Canada.” Pinus microcarpae Larch. Epinette rouge. This is a de- ciduous pine attaining ‘a tolerably large size. The timber is used for spars of hips and the roots for knees» The wood is prefer’d as fuel for steam-boats. Common about Quebec and throughout Canada. 23. © Bluet du Canada.” Vaccinium pensylvanicum. Whurtle berries. Bilberries, A shrub about a foot high, producing the well known fruit of the above names ; it is very common about Quebec. 94. ‘* Savinier a feuilles de Cyprés du Canada.” Juniperus Virginiana. Redcedar. Cédre rouge. A small tree producing the wood with which lead pencils are made, It grows round Lake Ontario, and at the falls of the Ottawa. 95. ¢ Petit Alisier a feuilles d’ Arbousier.” Aronia arbutifolia ? Persoon. A shrub four or five feet high growing throughout the States. 96. ‘* Petit Buis du Canada.” Vaccinium Vitis Idea, A recumbent evergreen shrub producing a red whurtle berry; it is not common, but is to be found oa the road side in Sillery wood. It is alsoan Eu- ropean plants 97. “ Grande Statice de l Amérique.” 98. “ Panacée musqué du Canada.” Cherophyllam Claytoni? An umbelliferous plant, having a pleasant fragrance. The plants which Charlevoix describes in Nos. 14, 15 & 97, have not been ascertained, 231 Some observations upon the Myrtus Cerifera or Myrtle-wax Shrub, compiled by W. Green, Esquire. Among the earliest notices of this tree, or shrub, is that which is found in a letter of a Jesuit Missionary of more than acentury back, ‘This letter is to be found in the sixth vol. of the ‘* Lettres Edifiantes” page 127. That part of the letter which relates to this, is as follows ; “ Le grand luminaire ne contribue pas peu 4 la decoration de 1’Eglise et des Chapelles. Je n’ai pas lieu de menager la cire, car ce pays ci m’en fonrnit abondamment. Les Isles de la mer sont bordées de lauriers sauvages qui portent en au- tomne des graines 4 peu-prés semblables a celles que portent les génévriers. On en remplit des chaudieres, et on les fait bouillir avec de ’eau ; 4 mesure que eau bout, la cire verte surnage et se tient an dessus de l’eau. D’un minot de cette graine, on tire prés de quatre livres de cire ; elle est tres-pure et tres-belle, mais n’est ni douce vi maniable.— Apres quelques épreuves j'ai trouvé qu'en y mettant autant de suif, oude beuf, ou de mouton, ou d’orignal, que de cire, on en fait des cierges beaux, fermes, et d’nn trés bon usage; avec vingt-quatre livres de cire et autant de suif, on fera deux cens bougies, longues de plus d'un pied de Roi. On troave une infinité de ces lauriers dans les Isles et sur Jes bords dela mer: une seule personne cueilleroit aisément quatres minots de graine par jours Cette graine pend par grappes aux branches del’arbre, J’en ai envoyé une branche & Québec avec un pain de cire ; elle a été trouvé excellente. The next author in whom I fiad mention made of this tree, is M. Le Page Du Pratz in his history of Lousiana. This gentleman had a grant of land there, and informs us that he devoted his attention particularly during the sixteen Dp years 232 Observations upon the Myrtus years he resided there, to the study of the trees and plants which might be cultivated with advantage, and had made such progress in this study, as to be able to send to the West India Company in France no less than three hundred additional plants found in their Possessions, and worthy the attention of the public. His account of the tree is as follows : The Myrtle-Wazx tree is one of the greatest blessings with which nature has enriched Louisiana, as in this conntry the bees lodge their honey in the earth to save it from the ravages of the bears who are very fond of it, and don’t value their stiogse One would beapt to take it, at first sight, both from its bark and its height, for that kind of laurel used in the kitchens. It rises in several stems from the root ; its leaf is like that of the laurel, but not so thick nor of such a lively green. It bears its fruit in bunches like a nosegay, rising from the same place in various stalks about two inches long : at the end of each of those stalks is a little pea, containing a kernel in a nut, whick last is wholly covered with wax. The fruit, which is very plentiful, is easily gathered, as the shrub is very flexible. The tree thrives as well in the shade of other trees as in the open air, im watery places and cold countries? as well as in dry grounds and hot climates ; for I have been told that some of them have been found in Canada, a country as cold as Denmark. This tree yields two kinds of wax, one a whitish yellow, and the other green. It was a long time before they learned to separate them, and they prepared the wax at first in the following manner. ‘They threw the grains and the stalks into a large kettle of boiling water, and when the wax was de- tached from them, they scummed off the grains, When the water cooled, the wax floated in a cake at the top, and being cut small, bleache in ashorter time than bees wax- They now prepare it in this manner ; they throw boiling water up- on the stalks and grains till they are entirely floated, and 2 they Cerifera by W. Green. 233 they have stood thus a few minutes, they pour off the water, which carries the finest wax with it. This wax when cold is of a pale yellow colour, aod may be bleached iu six or seven days. Having separated the best wax, they pour the water again upon the stalks and graias, and boil all together till they think they have separated all the wax. Both kinds are ex- ported to our sugar islands. where the first issold for 100 sols the pound, and the second for 40. This wax is so brittle and dry that if it falls it breaks into several pieces ; ou this account however it lasts longer than that of France, and is preferred to it in our sugar islands, where the latter is softened by the great heats, and consumes like tallow. I would advise those who prepare this wax to separate the grain from the short stalk before they boil it, as the stalk is greener than the grain, and seems to part easily with its colour. The water which serves to melt and sepa- rate the wax is far from being useless. The fruit communi- cates to it such an astringent virtne, as to harden the tallow that is melted in it to such a degree, that the candles made of that tallow are as firm as the wax candles of France. This astringent quality likewise renders it ah admirable specific againsta dysentery or looseness. From what I have said of the myrtle wax tree, it may well be believed that the French of Louisiana cultivate it carefully, and make plantations of it.” Much valuable information respecting this shrnb is con- tained in the work of Duhamel on trees and shrubs col- tivated in France, without which this compilation would be incomplete. Itis treated of in the second volume of that excellent work (Edit. Paris 1804,) page 189, The article is as follows. * MYRICA. MYRICA,. Linn. Classe XXL. Dioécie. Order V. Pent. andrie, Do 2 MYRICA. 234 Observations upon the Myrtus MYRICA. Juss. Classe XV. Dicolylédones apétales, unisex- uelles. Ordre LV. Les AMENTACEES; GENRE. Chatons oblongs, composés d’écailles uniflores et peu nom- breuses, attachées autour d’un axe commun. Individu male. CALICE et COROLLE. Nuls, remplacés par une é- eaille. ETAMINES, Ordinairement quatre, qnelquefois cing ou six attachées tout-a-fait 4 la base de l’écaille, ou plutét au méme point que Lécaille sur l'axe du chaton ; an, theres 2 quatre sillons et 4 deux loges qui s'ouvrent latéralement, et écartées lune de l’autre par le filet qui les porte. Indtvidu femelle. CALICE et COROLLE. Comme dans Vindividu mAle. PISTIL. Oyaire attaché sur ’axe commun au méme point que Vécaille qui l'accompagne, et terminé par deux styles deliés a stig- mate simple. PERICARPE. Fruit globulenx, composé d’un noyau rempli par uneseule graine, et revétu d'une membrane un peu charnue, cou- verte d’une couche de cire grenue. Le fruit du Myrica galé est terminé par trois lobes et n’est pas couvert de cire, GRAINE. Dépourvue d’albumen. Caractere Essentret. Chatons diciques ; fleurs miles, composéés de quatre étamines accompagnées d'une écail- le ; flours femelles, formées d’une écaille et d'un ovaire a deux styles, qui devient un fruit 4 noyau uniloculaire monosperme. CARACTERES Cerifera by W. Green. 235 CARACTERES SECONDAIRES. Arbrisseaux aromatiques, ordi- nairement toujours verds. Feuilles simples et alternes, parsemées de petits points jaunes résineux. Fleurs pla- cées a l’aisselle des feuilles ou au sommet des rameaux. Oxpvre natoret. Ce genre est placé dans la seconde sec- tion de la famille des Amentacées de Jussieu, avec les Peupliers et les Saules ; mais il a de plus grands rapports avec le Comptonia, rangé dans une section différente,parce qu'il porte des chatons males et des chatons femelles sur le méme individu, au lieu de les avoir sur des individus différents. Denomination. Erymoxocre. Le nom de Galé, celui de Myrica, celui de Cirier, sont employés en frangais pour désigner ce genre. Galé fut le nom générique adopté par Tournefort. Celui de Myrica, tiré du mot grec my- ron, qui signifie parfum, lui fut ensuite substitué par Linneus. Celui de Cirier a été donné a ces végétaux & cause de la singuliére propriété quils ont de porter de la cire. Ouservations: On connoit huit Ciriers; un d'Europe, deux de l’Amérique septentrionale, un du Japon, un des isles Acores, et trois du Cap de Bonne-Espérance. Celui du Japon, est un arbre de petite taille; les autres ne sont que des arbrisseaux qui s’élévent depuis quatre jusqu’d huit ou neuf pieds. ‘Tous peuvent étre naturalisés en France, et méritent de } étre 4 cause de leur joli feuillage, de Vodeur aromatique qu’ils exhalent, et de la propriété quils ont de purifier I'air des lieux marécageux ov ils ai- ment a vivre de préférence, Deux seulement, le Myrica galé et celui de Pensylvanie peuvent supporter les froids rigoureux du nord de la France ; les autres qu'on y cul- tive, en les abritant Vhiver dans \’orangerie, ne peuvent dtre plantés en pleine terre que dans les départements maritimes du midi. ESPECEsS. 236 Observations upon the Myrtus ESPECES. 1. MYRICA cerifera. M: folits lanceolatis acutis superne serratis planis nitidulis— Lam. Encycl. 2. p. 592. MYRICA cerifera (arborescens) foliis lanceolatis rariter serratis ulrinque angustatis acutissimis, fructibus minoribus. Micu, FI. Bor. Amer. Myrtus Brabanticas similie Caroliniensis baceata; fructu ra- cemoso sessili monopyreno: Prux. Alm. 260, t. 48. f. 9. Catess. Carol. 1. p. 69. t- 69. Myrica cerifera. Variet. angustifolia. Air. Kew. Com- mon American Candleberry myrtle des Anglais. Cirier ou arbre de cire de la Louisiane, vulgatrement, Der Wachsbaum en Allemand. 2. MYRICA Pensylvanica. Tad. 55, M foliis oblongis obtusiusculis, aliis superne serratis alits--. integerrimis junioribus marginibus revolutis. Lam. Encycl. . 2. p. 592. MYRICA cerifera media. Micn. F). Bor. Amer. 2, p. 228° Myrica (Garoliniensis), foliis lanceolatis serratis caule suffru- ticoso. Mitt. Dic. 4. n. 3. Myrtus Brabantica similis Caroliniensis humilior, foliis la- tioribus et magis serratis, Catrsn. Carol. 1, p. 1S. t. 13. Myrica Cerifera, Air. Kew. Broad leaved An.erican Can- dleberry myrtle en anglais.Variet. latifolia, Cirier nain de Caroline. Ces deux Ciriers furent regardés par Linneus comme va- riétes de méme espéce et désignés tous deux par le nom de Myrica Cerifera. 1s se confondent en effet dans leurs carac- téres extérieurs par une quantité de nuances intermédiaires ; mais le Cirier de la Louisiane ne resiste point aux hivers dans je nord dela France, tandis que celui de Pensylvanie n'y craint pas les froids rigoureux, et cette considération seule suffit a des cultivateurs pour regarder ces deux arbrisseaux comme espéces distinctes. Ils croissent en abondance Jun et l'autre Cerifera by W. Green. 237 Pautreen Amérique, au yoisinage de la mer, dans les ters rains bas et humides, dans les prairies tourbeuses, dans les marais, etc. Celui de Pensylvanie, introduit en Europe comme celui de la Louisiane depuis une centaine d’années. commence a devenir commun en France, od on le cultive dans les bosquests.. [1 en existe dans les jardins de Malmaison de superbes individus qui ont huit pieds de haut ; élévation presque aussi considérable que celle que l’espece acquiert dans son pays natal. Le diametre de 1a tige du Cirier de Pensylvanie est d’en- viron deux pouces lorsqu'il a acquis toute sa croissance ; son écorce est lisse et grisatre ; ses branches étalées et ra- meuses forment une téte arrondie, dont Jes feuilles, tou- jours vertes et tres aromatiques, ressembijent assez pour la grandeur et la forme a celles du Laurier commun ; elles ont une ou deux dents de chaque cote vers le sommet, et sont parsemées en-dessous de points jaunes résineux trés apparents. Les chatons males qui se developpent vers le milieu da Printems, sont longs d’un pouce, peu serrcs, droits et sessiles a l'aiseelle des feuilles. Les chatons femelles, sont trés courts, produisent de petits fruits ronds comme des graius de poivre, et couverts d'une couche de substance gre- nue, qui devient blanchatre pendant Vhiver et leur donne l'apparence de petites drageées. Le Cirier de Ja Louisiane a la forme plus élancée que celui de Pensylvanie, les fevilles plus étroites, plus pointues aux deux bouts, plus dentées, plus minces, plus roides, et par- semées de points dorés sur les deux faces, tandis que celles du Cirier de Pensylvanie n’en ont ordivairement que sur la face inférieure. Michaux, qui, l'exemple de Linné, a réuni sous le nom de Myrica cerifera \e Cirier de la Louisiane et celui de Pen- sylvanie comme variétés de méme espece, a établi sous le nom de Myrica cerifera pumila une troisieme variété qu'il a observée 238 Obserations upon the Myrtus ~ observée dans les lieux secs depuis la Caroline jusqu’a la Floride. Cette variété, qui n’est peut-étre due qu’d la na- ture du terrain, est beaucoup plus petite que les précédentes, et n’a pas les feuilles beaucoup plus grandes que le Myrica galé d’Europe, Curture. Le Cirier de Ja Louisiane, qu’on abrite Vhiver en orangerie dans le nord de la France, est cultivé eu pot et en terre de bruyere, et multiplié par les graines qu’on seme sous chassis sur une couche de chaleur modérée. Celui de Pensylvanie, qu’on plante en pleine terre, aime de préfé- rence le terreau de bruyere, et réussit aussi trés bien dans une bonne terre a blé. Ilse multiplie de lui-méme par des: rejetons que produisent les racines, et vient aussi de grainesy qu’on seme en plein air en terre dc bruyere- Les jeunes in- dividus de cette espece n'ont pas besoin, comme ceux du Cirier dela Louisiane, d’étre abrités pendant les froids sous chassis, ii suffit de les couvrir d’un peu de paille. Usaces. les fruits du Cirier dela Louisiane soht plus petits que ceux du Cirier de Pensylvanie. Ceux-ci ont a peu-prés la moitié de la grosseur d’un grain de poivre. Leur surface est couverte d’une couche de substance grenue qui fait d-peu-prés Je quart de leur épaisseur ; elle se réduit en poudre fine sous les doigts, et laisse dans les mains une odeur aromatique trésagréable. Lorsqu’on met les fruits dans l'eau bouillante, cette substance grasse, poudreuse, se fond, sur- nage, et se fige par Je refroidissement en une matiere dure qui tient de Janature de la cire et de celle du suif, et avec laquelle on fait des hougies qui répandent en brilant une odeur parfumée, Elle se casse facilemeut au lieu de céder comme la cire ordinaire sous le corps qui la presse; et lors- qwon Ja tient dans la main ou dans la bouche a dessein de la ramollir, sa surface fond graduellement si Ja chaleur est assez forte, tandis que la partie qui n’est pas fondue conserve tou- jours sa dureté. La saveur de cette substance n’a rien de désagréable Cerifera by W. Green. 239 désagréable ; les Hottentots, seion Thumberg, mangent celle que leur fournissent les Myrica de leur pays. Un Ci rier vigoureux produit sept livres de fruits, et quatre livres de fruits donnent une livre de cire. Onlit dans Raynal que cette cire végétale tint pendant long-tems lieu de la cire et da suif ordinaires aux premiers Européens qui aborderent en Amérique. Plusieurs autres voyageurs en ont parlé avec loge ainsi que des avantages qui résulteroient pour le com- merce de ja naturalisation en Europe d’un arbre aussi pré- cieux que le Cirier. D'une autre part un naturaliste célébre et sur la véracité duquel on peut compter, a vu, pendant tout le tems qu’il a été consul dans la Caroline, les habitans de cette partie de l'Amérique négliger comme peu lucrative Ja récolte de fruits des Ciriers, quoique ces végétaux soient trés abondants dans leur pays. Quoiqu’ilen soit, le Cirier de Pensylvanie n’en est pas moins une plante précieuse 4 naturaliser en France. Son odeur aromatique, son joli feuillage toujours verd, sa propriés té de résister aux hivers les plus rigoureux, et de vivre dans des terrains marécageux et abandonnés, sont des motifs sufli- sants pour étend re sa culture ; il est en outre regardé comme trés propre a purifier l’air des marais : il jouit d’ane propri- été astringente qui l’a fait employer avec succés par quelques médecins contre la dyssenterie ; il peut remplacer la noix de gale dans la composition del'encre, et l’on estime le savon aromatique qu'on prépare avec la cire des fruits. This wax issaid by Thénard to be stearine, or the sebacic principle abounding in and characterizing Suet. It neverthe- loss possesses a property in which it resembles wax, and dif- fers from suct, for it is volatile at a moderate heat, which suet isnot. Suct can only be converted into a state less dense than its fluid form, by a degree of heat sufficient to decompose it; whereas the myrtle wax in a much lower temperature evaporates, and by reducing the temperature is solidified into wax. Ex At 240 Coincidences belween Usages of N. A. Inds. At the heatin which itis volatile, it dissolves. Caoutchouc and the compound does not possess the peculiarities of that substance, at the same temperature copal softens in it and becomes opaque and white at the centre. It retains its trans- parency externally. It dissolves and the compound has none of the characteristics of copal. The green colouring matter is partly soluble in water, th- solution is blackened by sulphate of iron and therefore indi- cates the presence of Gallic acid. Catalogue of afew remarkable coincidences, Sc. which induce a belief of the Asiatic Origin of the North American Indians, by Major Mercer, R. A. LEDYARD, An American intimate with our In- dians, on finding himself amongst the Yakuti, Tongusi, &c. of Siberia, felt at once the conviction of their identity.—See Sparke’s Life of Led- yard. FEATHERS, The Peacock’s Feather stuck in the ~ back of the bonnet and hanging down behind is amongst the Mantchoos & Chinese a military distinction ; it is according to some, similar to our Or- ders of Knighthood, and the dignity is increased by each additional Fea- ther.—The Caufirs of Caubul wear a sort of Turban into which is stuck a long Feather for every Musulman the wearer has killed.—The North American Indian sticks an Eagle’s feather in his head-dress for every enemy he has killed. I have seen them &§ Asiatic Tribes by Major Mercer, R, A. 2A1 FUNEREAL RITES. BARK UTENSILS & CANOES, &c. SNOW SHOES. MAPS. POSITION of MALES for Urinary Evacuations them at Amherstburg wearing these ornaments, and it struck me par- ticularly from their being pendant on the back, or sticking out be- hind, like those of the Chinese. We find almost every mode in use amongst the Siberians, &c. also a- mongst one or other of the Indian Tribes, viz. exposing on scaffold; wrapping up in bark; burying in shal- low graves covered by a bark roof, over which are suspended flags, pieces of silk, &c.—burning—enclosing in trees ; supending from the branches oftrees. Also the accompaniments of arms, utensils, food, &c. La Perouse found baskets of Bark exactly like those of our Indians, on the coast of Tartary.—The Tongusi use the Bark canoe, and La Perouse speaks of the rolls of Bark the inha- bitants of Lagalun carry with them, for covering their wigwams. La Perouse and Lisseps, both found the Snow shoe in Eastern Tartary & Kamtschatka., The Tact displayed by the Indians in delineating the features of a country, is found on the other Continent, and its M. Islands. La Perouse speaks particularly of the Inhabitants of Sagaleen as displaying great iatelli- gence of this sort. This Oriental Custom is prevalent ; among the Lodians, I mean that of squatting 242 Coincidences between Usages of N. A. Inds. squatting like females.—For its being Asiatic see Burkhardt, I forget what volume, and Forster’s overland jour- ney from India vol. 1. p. 245. REPRESENTATION. Amongst the Afghauns and American FEAST of DOGS. GAMES. POLYGAMY. LOVERS. BARK as FOOD. MOCCASSIN, Indians the same mode of Represen- tation prevails. ‘The Council being formed of Representatives from each family, with the Chief or Khan for President. In Kamtschatka and among our In. dians the Dog is esteemed a prime delicacy and reserved for gr eat or so- femn occasions. In China Puppies are sold in the Markets. The Indian game at Ball, resembles the Irish Hurling, but still more closely the Basque Game of longue Paume. Also does the enthusiasm and importance attached to it.—The Game of the Bowl is a Tartar Game? Common to the two people, as also many attendant circumstances. The custom of the Lover serving a year in the family of his Future, ob- tains among some Indian Tribes, as Jacob served Laban.—Ledyard says the ‘T'chouktchis do the same; so do the Tunquinese—vide Exposé Sta- listique de Tunquin. Is used by the Kamtschadales and the Indians likewise. Ledyard found this among the Kal- mouks, Er 2 TOBACCO § Asiatic Tribes by Major Mercer, R. A. 243 TOBACCO, &e. SCALPING. WAMPUM. DEPILATION. SENIORITY. SACRAMENT. WOMEN. LEGGINS. WHITE, The use of Tobacco is said by the Chinese to be of great antiquity a- mongst them-—The use of the Pipe in ceremonies, &c. is common all over Asia, particularly in the recep- tion and dismissal of Guests &c. this is quite Indian—The Tongusi al- ways commence by presenting the Pipe. Pennat says the Scythians scalped— Polybius has the same of the Cartha- ginians. Ledyard found it among the Tartars used in ornamenting Dresses, &c. That our Indians pluck out their Beards, &c. is well known—Pallas says the Kualmouks do the same. Those dwelling furthest West are deemed Seniors. See Long's Exped. to St. Peter's River, vol. 1. p. 90. In the same author vol. 1.p. 92 is described a religious ceremony par- taking much of our receiving the Sacrament. The Potowatomies and many others conceive Women an inferior order of Beings. Major Long says the Leggin is yery similar to a Chinese Garment that supplies the place of Pantaloons. A sacred colour.—The skin of a white deer for instance being a most acceptable offering !!—This recals the white heifers of the ancieots— White 244 Coincidences between Usages of N. A. Inds. White is the Chinese mourning--ergo sacred. SEPTENNIAL SU.) The Indians say the Deer and Bears, PERSTITION. : &c. are alternately more numerous every seventh year; they also be- lieve in a Septennial rise of the Wa- ters.—This is found also ir some parts of Asia. Morier mentions it in his 2d journey through Persia p. 20. GUESTS, In the Entertainment of Guests, the Indians never eat with them, but wait on them.—This is Asiatic. It may have its origin in a superstition entertained by both people, viz. that the least drop of Wine falling on any thing contaminates it. JOURNEYS, &c. A great similarity in the mode of travelling is found between Tribes on both continents, such as the use of the Canoe, carrying the bark for their Tents ; mode of halting, &c. Portages, &c. PREPARATION of) By the Squaws of the Indians, the SKINS, t Kamtschadales, the Koriacs, &c, BEDS of ‘TWIGS. The [udians make extremely com- fortable beds of the small Twigs of the Cedar, &c. The Tchoukchis are described as using these beds, HUNTING. The mode of driving Deer, Buffa- loes, &c. into enclosures as descri~ bed by Hearne, &c. &c. is precisely like that followed by the Kamtscha- dales & Koriacs~I think Lessep says 60. SECESSION ——— & Asiatic Indians by Major Mercer, R, A, 245 SECESSION FROM TRIBES. FRIENDS. CHAMPIONS. WAR CHIEFS, MAGAZINES. LABIALS, We find it no uncommon thing for Parties, to secede from their own Tribe, and obtain adoption in one of another Nation—For an account of a similar practice amongst the Af- ghauns, see Elphinstone’s Caubul, vol. 1. p. 273, 4to. See in the same author vol. 2. pp, 4-5 Ed. Svo. an account of alliances formed between two young Afghanns mutually to fight for each other, and compare it with the account of simi- lar engagements amongst the Sioux, &c, given by Major Long’s Expd. to St. Peter’s river, vol. 1. p. p. 233 A36. Elphinstone vol. 2. p. 29, describes those of the Eusozyes an Afghaun Tribe. Something very similar is found amongst the Tribes W. of the Mississipi. The same Authpr describes a prace tice of the Afghauns in chosing a Chief, (different from the hereditary Chief) to conduct a War, which is precisely that of the Indian Tribes, See his Caubul 8vo. vol. 2. p, 186, The earliest European visitors among the Indians describe their mode of storing their corn &c. which is the same as that now practised by the Kamtschadales, Tartars, &c, De Guigues, Timskowski &e, &e, observe that the Mantchoux and Chinese are unable to pronounce the Jetters 246 Coincidences between Usages of N. A. Inds. TOMAHAWK. letters B. P.M.F. Father Hen- nepin says the same of the Iroquois. Query. Is this not eminently an Asi- alic Weapon ? perhaps not exactly inits present form ; but asa battle axe. Some of the Tartars wear a small axe at the girdle. WASHING & seen This is repeatedly mentioned by TING FEET, CRUCIFIXION. SPINDLE. CATAMITES. PSYLLI. POULTRY. Hennepin and others. Pére Hennepin p. 91 asserts that the Iroquois crncify their prisoners, &e. The Squaws used this for making their Thread long before the Euro- peans visited their country. Boys kept for infamous purposes, are mentioned by several writers on the American Indians, who also describe the Cineedi, who assume the female garb and employments.--That this abomination exists in China, &c. is pretty fully established, and under aspects very similar. Serpent Charmers are described by P. Hennepin, Carver and others. The native country of our domestic hen, is, [believe India. Itis a des- cendant of the Jungle fowl, and I have never heard of its being indi- genous in this Continent. Hennepin speaks of domestic fowls amongst Tribes to whom he was the first Eu- ropean Visitor, Query, had they obtained them from the Spaniards ? if § Asiatic Tribes by Major Mercer, R. A, 247 DOGS, SACRIFICES, LANGUAGES. BATHS. DUCK HUNTING. LENDING WIVES. If not, here is a singular coincidence. The same may be said of the Dog.— Is he indigenous, otherwise it is a singular coincidence that the Indians should have possessed Dogs previous to their being visited by Europeans. And Offerings to the Great Spirit & the Evil one ; a great similarity per- haps identity is found between the modes practised by the Tartars and Indians. Lesseps says that in Kamtschatka alone, in going from one village to another an Interpreter is necessary --~ This dissimilarity in language emi- nently prevails amongst the N. A. Indians, The Vapour Bath in Asia and Ame- rica is the same thing exactly. It is remarkable that the same mode of taking wild Fowl by going into the water with a calabash on the head, and seizing them by the legs should be practized in China & about the Isthmus of Darien. Altho’ I have not yet found this In- dian Custom, amongst any Siberian Tribe, yet it is saidto be practised by the Laplanders. MATCHE MANITOU, Of the Indians appears to coincide EMBLEMS, with the Goule or Spiritof the De« sert among the Asiatics. Of Tribes—West notices as similar to those of the Tribes of Israel —The Tartars are I believe divided into Vr bands 248 Coincidences between Usages of N. A. Inds. JUSTICE. BRIDGE OF * # * WIDOWS. WATER BUDGETS. FEAST OF LAMPS: METEMPSYCHOSIS. bands or standards, &c. as that of the Wolf, &c. An offender against any family is pun- ished by that Family, the Chiefs not interfering—the same prevails am- ongst the Afghauns—see E|phinstone &e. I forget what the Mahometans call the bridge they must pass to arrive in Paradise—a very similar super- stition is prevalent with most of the Indian Tribes. Among the Chippewas and - some other tribes a man is bound to marry his brother’s widow. The skin budget for water or liquors is found among some tribes on the Mississippi and its tributaries. Amongst these also is found a Festi- val something analogous to the Chi- nese one in the Margin—at the com- mencement of Buffalo hunting.—vide Hunter p. 218. Traces of it are found amongst some tribes. BURNT OFFERINGS, Are sometimes made—vide Hunter AMULETS, &e. &e. Are in constant use amongst the American Indians. SITTING POSTURE, The Asiatic mode of sitting cross- legged is common with most tribes. —lIs there not also a connection bet- ween the Mats placed round the Lod- ges for this purpose and the num- inuds of the 'Tartars ? WIGWAMS § Asiatic Tribes by Major Mercer, R. A, 249 WIGWAMS, &c, SHIELDS NAMES, &c, DEATH. COUNTENANCE, ONCEAN, BAIDAR, SCALP LOCK & SHAVEN HEADS. DANCES, Both those of bark and of skin are common and of a common form in Asia and America. Of Buffalo used by western tribes— this is truly Asiatic, The prevalence of Monosyllables in their Names both of persons and things—if we may trust Hunter, are completely Chinese—Thus ‘Shu-ja- he-min-keh’—* O-kon-now’—* Thin-~ ga-qwas-sa’—*Pu-ton-sech’, &c. The Indians believe death has been inflicted on the human family in con- sequence of transgressions against the great Spirit. The Mongul countenance is found among some tribes as the Mohawks, &c. The Tartarian features in some tribes are remarkably striking in o- thers they almost if not entirely dis- appear. Or breech cloth is worn by the Tun- kineses, &c. Or skin boat of the Siberians is found here also, This is well known as Asiatic, at least the second, which may be said to be general throughout Asia—the scalp-lock is peculiar to the Chinese and some Tartar tribes. The Scalp Dance may be the same as the Pyrrhic Dance, or as the Hun- garian War Dance described’ in Brights’ Travels---These Huogarians Fr? are 250 Coincidences between Usages of N. A. Inds. are certainly of Tartar . origin,--- Coxe in his Poland, &c. vol. 1. p. 307, describes a Kalmuck dance whieh is exactly similar to one I have seen danced by our Indians, but for- get whether it is the dog-dance, or what. PAPPOUS CRADLE.--Is the Jetka of the Laplanders, and the treatment of the child &c. exact —The Laplanders, who are they ? — vide Accrbi. C, Brooke &c. &c., THE BEAR, The Indians have great respect for theBear,supposing him endowed with superior intellect, that when they at- tack him, it is customary to address him with reproaches, &c. The same ideas and usages prevail amongst the Laplanders, &c.—vide Lewis & Clark. C. Brooke, &c. AMADOU. From the most remote period the Nations of Siberia and the American Indians, use the same sort of Tinder for lighting their Pipes, &c.—forget authority for this. AURORA BOREALIS, In Siberia and in America the tribes think they see the spirits of departed Friends, &c. dancing in the Aurora &c. vid. Hearne—Cap. Brooke, &c. TATTOOING, Ts common on both Continents. WATER, The Sioux are said to offer water to Strangers, as a symbol of peace, also to those who have offended them as a mark of pardon—The Tartars have asimilar usage. FIRE BRAND, Another usage common to the two people § Asiatic Tribes by Major Mercer, R.A, 251 CHILD BIRTH, MENSTRUATION. DELUGE. people is the belief that it is unlucky to cutastick, &c, which has been partially burnt. West says that the Indians esteem a woman impure 40 days after a male and 80 after a female child is boru and that similarly to what is enjoia- ed by the Levetical Law, the mau must remain separated from her dur- ing that period. In the same manner the women must be put a part during menstruation— I have seen them shut up in lodges surrounded by an enclosure at a dis- tance from the Camp.—The Indians imagine the impurity extends to every thing they have to do with even the Fire, and would on no ac- couut go thither for fire. They all have ‘Traditions of this Ca- tastrophe. - BURNING of WIDOWS. West says is to be found among STONEING. PAINTING. TRABUGGAN, some Tribes near M‘Kenzies River, The same author mentions the prac- tice of stoneing culprits to death among the Micmacs as formeily existing. The person particularly with Ver- million is found in India, see LD. Hebers Journal.—In Kamschatka & Timkowski says the Chinese use il, Vol. 2. p. 90.— Further painting the Face red is common among the Rus- sian female Peasants, Appears to be precisely the Wart of Siberia 252 Coincidences between Usages of N. A. Inds. WAMPUM. HUNTING RULE. NOSE RINGS, TORTOISE, IDOLS, Siberia, vide Bell of Antermony, vol. 1. p+ 287. In many parts of Asia, and among some Tartar Tribes itis customary to enregister remarkable events by knotted Cords, or by stringing Beads on Cords—Is not this the Wampum ? ? Among the Mongol and Montchoux &c. (I believe) it is a fixed rule that the skin of an animal belongs to the killer. —Somethinganalagous is found among the Indians, who finding a dead beast, are at liberty to take the flesh but must leave the skin. Also a man who discovers the Ra. vages of the Orignal fixes his mark, and tho’ he goin pursuit of some- thing else should another Indian kill his Orignal, theskin belongs to the Discoverer. Worn by the Indian and by the Tar- tar, &c. &c. In China, they are sometimes worn by certain Women who profess chastity. There are various superstitions rela- tive to the Tortoise among the Chi- nese, Tartars and Indians. The for- mer believe the World rests upon one.—These superstitions require time, means, and great attention, either to ascertain their connection, or the contrary ! Similar to some found among the Tartars, are known to be venerated by (3 Asiatic Tribes by Major Mercer, R. A. 253 CANOES, DREAMS, &c. NAMES OF HONOR. DIVINITY, by the Indians.—A seaman named Brown (probably known to Capt. Bayfield) then employed in the na- val establishment at Grand River (1824) told me of one he had seen on Christian Island, Lake Huron. The manner in which the bark Ca- noe is handled by the Tongusi—their kneeling position whilst rowing, &c. as described by Bell of Antermony is quite Indian. The Tartars and Siberians dream as well as ourIndians, for a remark- able similarity of feeling sentiment, &c. see Mongol Song--Timkowski vol. 1. p- G9 andinfra. Is any thing deducible from this; or is it, that the songs of wild people always breathe the same feeling, whether— Celtic, Indian, Mongolian, or Es- thonian ? We find among the Mongols the same application of brute appellations as among our Indians.--Thus in the former case are the Lion, the strong Elephant, &c. &c.—in the latter, the Wolf, the Tortoise, Blackbird, &c. &e, The Omnipresence of the Deity and his other attributes appear to be al- most precisely alike among all our Indian Tribes and those of Siberia.— Sve Timkowseki, Ledyard, Munter, Carver and a multitude of other au- thors, EVIL 254 Observations upon Crickets in Canada, EVIL SPIRIT, Ts worshipped and prayed to on both Continents for the same purpose, viz. to deprecate his wrath. Here again is a similarity of Forms. TRADITIONS. Many Tribes have traditionary histo- ry of their having formerly come from the N. West. TURBAN. Something resembling this is found in the costume of certain tribes— Pieces of silk, or gaudy handker- chiefs rolled round the head. Is this worth noting ? CIRCUMCISION. M‘Kenzie says he certainly saw a strong appearance of it (I think) in the Dog-rib Indians. FIGURATIVE pent Gravity and dignity, are all Asi- IN ORATORY. atic. CONJURORS, Of the Indians are precisely the Sha- mans of the Tartars, Siberians and others. Observations upon Crickets in Canada, by the fTon. J. Hale. In the month of September, the black Field Crickets are observed to approach the Shores of Rivers and Pools; and as soon as they reach the water, an animated substance issues from their Tails, which resembles an Eel, and which im- mediately swims away on the surface, by the serpentine mo- tion. Sometimes two of these Eels are produced by one Cricket and they come out together. The largest Eel that has been noticed is about six inches long, and nearly twice the thickness of a horse hair: they have Catalogue of Plants, &c. 255 have not mouths like eels, but there is at one end, an enlar- gement of their size, resembliog the end of an Elephants Trunk, apparently for the purpose of suction. The Crickets, after delivery, seem to make some efforts to withdraw from the water; and when there is no surf, they succeed ; but they appear exhausted, and many are found dead at the water’s edge. After a short time the Eels collect themselves into small parcels, entwined together, when they resemble unravelled thread, and they sink to the bottom when they soon cease to have motion. The approach of winter has hitherto con- cealed them from further observation. Catalogue of Canadian Plants collected in 1827 & presented to the Literary & Historical So- ciely, bythe Rk. H, the Countess of Dalhousie. MONANDRIA, Eriophorum, Scirpus, DIANDRIA, Limnetis, Panicum capilare, Utricularia, Digitaria, re Milium, Gratiola, Aira, Lindernia dilatata, Aira, Veronica serpyllifolia, Hierochloa, V. . « scutellata, Lycopus americanus, Circwa latiteana, Anthoxanthom odoratum. TRIANDRIA, Iris virginica, Poa trivialis, P. nemoralis, P. Bromus, Avena, TETRANDRIA. Houstonia ewrulea, Goa Mitchella 256 Mitchella repens Cephalanthus occidentalis, Linnza_ borealis Galium micranthum, G. . . bermudianum. G, . . triflorum, Ge Ga Cornus canadensis, Cheater Sanguisorba, Tex canadensis, Sagina apetella, PENTANDRIA. Cynoglossum amplexicaule, Hydrophyllum virginianum, Lys‘machia ciliata, ae L. . . . racemosa, Menyanthes trifolia, Convolvulus sepium, - - Capitata, C. .. - stans Hyocyamus niger, Solanum nigrum, Xylosteum solonis, Kee ot. Ciliatum; Lobelia inflata, L. . . . Kalmii, L .. cardiualis, Celastrus scandens, Vitis cordata, Ampelopsis hederacea, Impatiens biflora, Catalogue of Plants, &ec. Viola blanda, V. papillionacea, V.... cucullata, V... . rostrata, Viola canadensis, VY... . pubescens, Claytonia virginica, Ribes triflora, R. nigra, R. glandulosa, Apocynum androsemifolinm, A. ., cannabinum, Gentiana Saponaria, G. . » amerelloides, G . . crinita, Cuscuta americana, Panax quingvifolia, Sanicula marilandica, Smyrnium, Asclepias amena, A ... Syriaca, Viburnum oxycoccus, Viburnum Lentago, V. ... lantanoides, VY... - prunifolium, Sambucus pubescens, S.. . canadensis, Rhus _ toxicodendron, R. , . typhinum, Ilydrocotyte americana, Aralia racemosa, A . . nudicaulis, Diervilla lutea, Cam panula rotundifolia, C . . » erinoides, Verbascum ——_— Catalogue of Plants, §c. 257 Verbascum thapsus, Epilobium (Enothera biennis, TIEXANDRIA. GG. . . pumilla, Acer dasycarpum, Caulophyllum thalictroides, A. . .« Pontederia cordata, Acer montanum, Dracaena borealis, A. . . striatum, Erythroniam luteum, Polygonum amphibium vel coc- Lilium canadense, cinium. Convallaria racemosa, P. . . « Persicaria, C. . . stellata, P. w+ C. .. pubescens, Pp. . C. . . bifolia, P. C. . . trifolia, Pde saig\ Cadena _ Uvularia grandiflora, P. . . convolvulus. U. . - sessilifolia, : Streptopus roseus, ENNEANDRIA, Gyromia virginica, Veratrum viride, DECANDRIA,. Trillium grandiflorum, T. .. . cernuum, Cassia marilandica,* ‘Yrilliam erectum atro-purpyu- Rhodora canadensis, recom, Pyrola rotundifolia, T. ..erectum luteum, P. . . secunda, T. .. pictum, P.. . uniflora, T. . . obtusum, Pp... minor, Alisma plaotago, P. . . assarifolia, Rumex acetosella, P. . « eliptica, Chimaphyla umbellata, HEPTANDRIA, Kalmia angustifvlia, Andromeda calyculata, Trientalis americana, Vaccinium dumosum, V... resinosum. OCTANDRIA., Ve, cs Epigwa repens, Epilobiom latifolium, Gaultheria procumbens, all aa Ge ” G, *A Garden epocimen, not indigenous, ia Lower-Canada, 258 Catalogue of Plants, &c. Gaultheria serpyllifolia, Ledum palustre, Monotropa uniflora, Saxifraga vireiniana, Tiarella cordifolia, Mitella cordifolia, M. . - diphylla, Arenaria lateriflora, Cucubulus Behen, Silene, Penthorum sedoides, Oxalis stricta, Agrostemma Githago. Cerastium vulgare, ee Arbutus uva ursi, DODECANDRIA, Asarum canadense, Lythrum verticillatum, Agrimonia cupatorioides, Euphorbia corollata, hy te a hers 1g . . depressa, ICOSANDRIA. Prunus depressa, Prunus pennsylvanica, P. . . serotina, Aer Crategus punctata, C. . . . glandulosa, C.7 Aronia arbutifolia, Aronia botryapium, A. . - melonacarpa, Spirea salicifolia, S., . tomentosa, S. . . opulifolia, Rosa corymbosa, R. . lucida, Rubus odoratus R. . . villosus, R. . . trivialis, Heise iees | Ser Dalibarda repens, Fragaria virginica, Potentilla norvegica, P. . . anserina, Geum album, G. .. rivale, G. . . strictum, POLYANDRIA, Actza alba, A. . . rubra, Sarracenia purpurea, Tilia glabra, Sanguinaria canadensis, Nymphza odorata, Nuphar advena, N. . . Kalmiana, Hypericum prolificum, H.. .. adpressum, H. . . . canadense, ae Taser se Agqniledia Catalogue of Plants, §c. 259 Aquilegia canadensis, Clematis virginica, Scute!laria parvula, Prunella pennsylvanica, Phryma leplostachia, Melampyrum americanum, Scrophularia marilandica, T. . . . striatum vel ru- Gerardia purpurea, Atragene americana, Thalictrum purpureum, T... . dioicum, gusum, Coptis trifolia, Caltha palustris, Anemone pennsylvanica vel a- conitifolia, A. . . virginiana, A. « , nemerosa, Hepatica triloba, Ranunculus acris, R. . . abortivus, R. .. repens, R. . . hirsutus, R. . . cymbalaria, R. . . filiformis, R. . . nitidus, R. . . saneculeformis, DIDYNAMIA, Tevcriom canadense, Verbena hastata, V. . . urticifolia, Pyenanthemum, Stachys, Mentha, Leonorus cardiaca, Pedicularis canadensis, Mimulus ringens, Chelone glabra, TETRADYNAMIA, Draba, Deotaria diphylla, Cardamine, MONADELPHIA, Sisyrinchium anceps, Geranium carolinianum, DIADELPHIA, Corydalis cucullaria, C,.. . glauca, C. . . « fungosa, Lathyrus palustris, L. .. . venosus, L. . - « myrtifolius, Vicia Cracca, VV... sattiva, V.. «pusilla, Dracocephalum virginianum, Apios tuberosa, Scutellaria lateriflura, S. . galericulata, Amphicarpa monoica, Astragalus canadensis, Trifolium 260 Trifolium, Ese. Mililotus, Hedysarum acuminoatum, H. . . . canadense, SYNGENESIA. Prenanthes alba, Pp... . altissima, Pp. . 2 racemosa, Hieraceum, Carduus, Eupatorium perfoliatum, E. . purpureum KE. . maculatum, Bone Gnaphalium margaritaceum, G. G. . plantagenium, G. Tanacetum vulgare, ageretoides, - decurrens, - uliginosum, FErigeron canadense, Ba... Bie. Solidago canadensis, purpureum, S. . . latifolia, SS... axillaria, S. . « squamosa, 5S... lanceolata, Aster rigidus, A. . . patens, A. . « cordatus, eae Aster acuminatus, - puniceus, Catalogue of Planis, &c. Aster recurvatus, _ or AS eva me. Ly _ ee Helenium autumnale, Anthemis, Achillza millefolia, Rudbeckia Jaciniata, Helianthus, Bidens coreopsis, Le GYNANDRIA. Orchis_ bifolia, O ,. . bracteata, O... spectabilis, O.... psycodes 2? O.... fimbriata, O... dilatata, OMS Neottia pubescens, N. ... cernua, N, ... exstivalis, Pogonia ophioglossoides, Cymbidium pulchellum, Arethusa bulbosa, Tippularia ophiogtossoides, Cyprepedium spectabile, Cyprepedium pubescens, C. .. . parviflorom, Cuisine Mle, C. Calypso borealis, MONOECIA. arietinum, eae Catalogue of Plants, &c. 261 MONOECIA, Polypodium hexagonopterum, P .. . calcareum, Lemna, Onoclea sensibilis, Carex, Struthiopteris nodulosa, Cc. . Pteris gracilis, Cc... Urtica gracilis, U. . . canadensis, Calla palastris, Sagittaria sagittifolia, BS. ieee Arum tripbyllum, Quercus, Betula, DIOECIA. Salix rosmarinifolia, Salix falcata, Salix lucida, S, . . cordata, S.. . vitellina, S... aie, » Ss... Smilax pedunculosa, Populus tremuloides, P.. . grandidentata, Menispermum, CRYPTOGAMIA, Order “ Fenices. Polypodiam vulgare, Asplenium rhizopbyllum, Adiantum pedatum, Aspedium achrostichoides, Yet re A... , aculeatum, A, .:. . murginale, A. : . . bulbiferum, A. . . .asplenoides, Bea as Bs ores Dicksonia pilosiuscola, thelipteris, Woodsia hyperborea, Osmunda regalis, O.. . cinnamomea, O. . . interrupta, Botrychium fumaroides, Bir. 5 Lycopodium clavatum, I... . complanatum, L. . .. dendroidum, L... . annotinum, Lier s Equisetum sylvestre. peur ns oan . iotas, abies Aint oo ee Les nainaae eve SS soon i Re OP Niinar sy siet- - c i Pe * restteettigtages AN comers Me 0 oneal US SD MGB A orotigi Athans, —_ alten asl efobsiret an tet ton aie aes Sy plitebindan i Widnes erg eB 5 pudenda \oesolpepiubadg atts’) Pei libMietoss: _, hana ings an SES vist 3 bedeve sore peda ee tay pe Osean) ie! bad Pe. ; - aw, cele 3 < Stee -” L dolionnl gy 9 de Oa PR ies Wa Te run RS etl an ¢ blttpetig ote Pr iain: hinted ans we j : boas : 3 Ret pica sab. s mnstantns . CoA nla) ae - * Pate ae oan Bas oaapes sav sles & en 2: “s %. aii ar 2 fe eae Hye” Co Ses tin 5 < uh, sora altaya | ete foo Vid ces e ee ae . aurea! iS 4 brea, : BAUS RA. a(fiol firthewh enim! « AY A a abe: 4 * Boe sa Fed ats ont tsa Metres “J m Rte hits Z hivé,. “did tee’ $% as ba ; . Ba 9808 re. Vilas iat ety a I : aeons, is eo RRR " RR i’ » + Seer yer» & ,f Seeberyty Gls iie J a =e ; ‘ ic er a ERRATA. (The Author requests the Reader's attention to this Errata.) Page 1, for Raministiqui-a, read Kaministiqui-a. Page 7, line 7, for regularly, read irregularly. Page 7, 15th line, for rise, read raise, and for upper, read opposite. Page 7, 28th line, for rose, read raised. Page 12, for flinty Greenstone, read flinty slate. The comma omitted changes the sense. Page 20, Note at bottom of page, for is amygdaloid, read _ is in amygdaloid. Page 21, 15th and 22d lines, for Pic Island, read Pie ‘Island. . Page 22, last line for South, read North. Page 38, between the 26th and 27th lines insert, but never on the South Coast. It will then read, but never on the - South Coast, or in the old red Sandstone, Page 41, 5th line, for very numerous, read, not very numerous. At page 80 of the Report the distance between Quebec & Tadoussac is too great—Query, What should it be? per- haps 45 leagues ? * Page 145, for Samedi 6th October read Mardi 6th December. Do. for Lundi 8th October read Jeudi 8th December. Do. for 11° audessous read 11 audessus, &c* Page 146, for ‘* plus 7 1-4 of Faht.”” read ** plus 56.7. of Faht.” * This extract has been rightly c yer from the Original Manuseript which having been written by an old Gentleman contains a few discre- pancies originating in the natural failure of his ge but which deducts Rothing from the accuracy of the essential facts Hay lain ered jul iti eye % f evaldgerd box etteligny ole wai aie cconniae: sorte woh ei Saati: mn deni 00 ah ; sa ‘tile ae easy, meine). etn y Ys (i apmanon pts be a ive as te ead 2 tiv . . bre haath vias v0¥ gait “pongo Av ual gn Hue hile debe old ita a A et wd ay taepintill 4 bigen ae” tiger FR: tact) AOR « mit? a ‘ : aaaeonelrel eer Vito: vil? al so, i De in; SW reniaacen dh og gunr” yh (sal, ig: ee a. ay sunt cis Wind 69) iene ai eon . Bey | aS tel at Biy ae sunk cheat asia vost apoed. be ibaa tier sade ool nay Peer a i 0 : “8; Koriesoake fh baw sonal atte © ae Rated. 27% Ripe SO 8 at lw + SS ——— ———— es ll Catalogue of the Mineratocica, CoLLection belonging to the Literary and Historical So- ciety of Quebec.* CLASS I. ORDERI. GAS. ORDER II. WATER. ORDER Ul. ACID. Genus I. Carsonic-Acip. Genus II. Muriaric-Acw. Genus III. Suxrnuric-Acrw. Genus IV. Boracic-Aciw. Sp. 1. Prismatic Boracic-Acid. Triyv. Sassolin. Chem. Boracic-Acid. 1. L. Volcano. Lipari Islands. SS * This collection is arranged agreeably to the system of Prof. Mohs. A de- scription of each of the specimens has not been attempted : occasionally, how- ever, a remark has been added in addition to the locality, for the purpose of calling the attention to some peculiarity connected with the structure, color, or some other character, which, possibly, without it, might have escaped ob- servation. Abbreviations made use of in the Catalogue. MPs «. s (Rate Bone Fis 2 ne Chem. o WFP LE, TILE 2° Oheniiead athe, L. adet alicia shear. 4.) ribocalite. Sp. see wees ee 6» Cpeclen Triv. + tan wm helhe ebeice deokivlal mame. ee ae a re) 6. =I 10. Mineralogical Cabinet. Genus V. Arsentc-Acip. Sp. 1. Octahedral Arsenic-Acid. Triv. White Oxide of Arsenic. Chem. Arsenious-acid. Ar. ORDER IV. SALT. Genus I. Narron-Satr. Sp. 1. Hemi-Prismatic Natron-Salt. Triv. Natron. Chem. Carbonate of Soda. L. Africa. Genus IJ. GLavper-SALt. Sp. 1. Prismatic Glauber-salt. Triv. Glauber Salt. Chem. Sulphate of Soda. Ar. Genus II. Nirre-Sarr. Sp. 1. Prismatic Nitre-Salt. Triv. Nitre. Chem. Nitrate of Potash. Ar. Genus IV. Rosr-Saun: Sp. 1. Hexahedral Rock-Salt. 'Triv. Common Salt. Chem. Muriate of Soda. L. Selinas, South America. ‘This specimen was obtained by Capt. Hull. It contains distinct cubical crystals, of a delicate pink color. L. Salt Springs, Syracuse, New-York. Ar. ‘“ Hopper, shaped crystals,” formed at the surface of solutions of this substance. L. Hallein, Lower Austria. Fibrous. L. Hallein, Lower Austria. Lamellar, color sky blue and white. ah ' L. Ischel, Upper Austria. Color red. 0 ES a eee eee Mineralogical Cabinet. 3 Genus V. Ammontac-Sar. Sp. 1. Octahedral’Ammoniac-Salt. Triv. Sal-ammoni- ac. Chem. Muriate of Ammonia. ti. L. Vesuvius. With rock salt, upon lava. Genus VI. Virriot-Sarr. Sp. 1. Hemi-Prismatic Vitriol Salt. Triv. Vitriol. Chem. Sulphate of Iron. i2. L. Cumberland, Rhode Island. In the form of a yellow- ish white incrustation. Sp. 2. Tetarto-Prismatic Vitriol-Salt. 'Triv. Blue Vit- riol. Chem. Sulphate of Copper. 15. L. Parys mine, Anglesea. 14. Ar. Genus VII. Evpsom-Satr. Sp. 1. Prismatic Epsom-Salt. Triv. Epsom Salt. Chem. Sulphate of Magnesia. 15. L. Salzburg. 16. L. Near Albany, New-York. Efflorescing from this rock, and may be tasted from this specimen. Genus VIII. Atum-Sarr. Sp. 1. Octahedral Alum-Salt. Triv. Alum. Chem. Sulphate of Alumine and Potash. 17. L. Unknown. 18. L. Bohemia. Jn alum slate. 19. Ar. 20. Ar. Genus IX. Bonax-Satr. Sp. 1. Prismatic Boraz-Salt. Triv. Borax. Chew. Borate of Soda. 21. L. Peru. $2. “Ar. 23. co on 26. 27- 28. 29: 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. ree Mineralogical Cabinet. Genus X. Brirayne-Satr. Sp. 1. Prismatic Brithyne-Salt. Triv. Glauberite. . Vela Rubia, Spain. Imbedded in rock salt. do. do. Loose crystals. APPENDIX TO CLASS I. Triv. Red Vitriol. Chem. Sulphate of Cobalt. . Herrengrund, Hungary. Triv. Pollyhallite. Ischel, Upper Austria. CLASS Ii. ORDER I. HALOIDE. Genus I: Gypsum-Hatoine. Sp. 1. Prismatoidal Gypsum-Haloide. 'Triv. Gypsum. Chem. Sulphate of Lime. Oxfordshire, England. Chaux sulfatée trapézienne. H. do. do. Chaux sulfaiée equivalente. H. do. do. Chaux sulfatée prominale. H. do. do. Chaux sulfatée trapézienne. H. * (efflorescing.) Ischel, Austria. Prismatic crystals in groups. France. Lenticular crystals in groups. do. Lenticular crystals collected into a globular mass. Niagara, New-York. Crystals imbedded in earthy gypsum. England.. The arrow-head sulphate of lime. England. Lamellar, and transparent. Lockport, New-York. Lamellar, embracing crystals of pearl and dog-tooth spar. EE —— = eS 38. 52. 53. 5A. PRP pore .L. L, L. Mineralogical Cabinet. 5 . Lockport, New-York. . Lockport, New-York. This specimen appears to be, in part, a hydro-sulphate of lime,—the loss of a por- tion of its water causing its efflorescence. It embra- ces crystals of pearl and dog-tooth spar. . Nova Scotia. Stellated gypsum. . Matlock, England. Compactly fibrous. Nova Scotia. Coarsely fibrous. do. Coarsely granular. do. Compact. . Saxony. Earthy. Sp. 2. Prismatic Gypsum-Haloide. Triv. Anhydrite. . Ischel, Austria. Crystallised in distinct, right square tables, intersecting each other in such a manner as to form numerous cells: color reddish. . Montius, Italy. Flesh colored, compact, and laminated. . Lockport, New-York. Bluish, laminated. . Vulpino, Italy. Var. Vulpinite. Genus II. Cryone-Hanorpe. Sp. 1. Prismatic Cryone-Haloide. Triv. Cryolite. . Arksut-fiord, West Greenland. Genus Ill. Axom-Hatore. Sp. 1. Rhombohedral Alum-Haloide. Triy. Alum-stone. Tolfa, near Civita Vecehia. Genus IV. Frvorn-Haxoiwe. Sp. 1. Octahedral Fluor-Haloide. Triv. Fluor. Chem. Fluate of Lime. . Cornwall, England. In octohedra, of a greyish white color. Chaux fluatée primitive. H. Shawneetown, Llinois. An octahedron obtained from cleavage. Shawneetown, Illinois. A tetrahedron, obtained from cleavage. . 55. 56. 57. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. Mineralogical Cabinet. . Shawneetown, Illinois. An acute rhomboid, obtained from cleavage. . Derbyshire. In purple crystals. Chaux fluateé bor- dée. H. . St. Agnes, Cornwall. Purple and white. The two planes which replace each of the edges in 56, are here produced until they extinguish the cubic faces, and result in a figure bounded by twenty-four trian- gular planes. Chaux fluatée hexatetraedre. H. The two small crystals exhibit this modification best. 'The specimen contains, also, quartz, topaz, mica, and ox- ide of tin. . Cumberland, England. In cubes of a greyish purple color. Chaux fluatée cubique. With small crystals of blende. . Cumberland, England. In cubes, color purple mixed with white, accompanied by blende and cubo-octohe- dral crystals of galena. . Cumberland, England. A large distinct cube, of a pale purple color, with crystals of carbonate of lime in the form of the equilateral rhomboid, and brown crystals of pearl spar. . Shawneetown, Illinois. In cubes, grouped laterally ; color purple. . Erenfriedersfort. In cubes of a topaz yellow color, coated with minute crystals of quartz and iron py- rites. . Johann Georgenstadt, Saxony. In greyish yellow cubes, invested by sulphate of barytes, crystals of carbonate of lime, and iron pyrites. . Saxony. In greenish white cubes, intermingled with crystals of quartz. . Moldava Bannat. Green; massive fluor, invested by distinct crystals of fluor, of a greyish color. . Derbyshire, England. White cubic crystals, contain- ing iron pyrites. Mineralogical Cabinet. 7 67. L. Salzburg, Austria. Massive; dark purple and green ; in clay. 68. L. Virginia. Massive; purple and greenish white. 69. L. do. Massive. 70. L. Derbyshire. White, and limpid, (polished.) 71. L. do. Purple and white, do. 72. L. do. Dark purple and whitish, (polished.) 73. L. Hartz. Compact. 74. L. Munroe, Connecticut. (Chlorophane.) Heated in pow- der, it emits a beautiful emerald-green light. Color pale rose red, which it loses on a short exposure to the light. It contains phosphate of lime in whitish veins and crystals. 75. L. Munroe, Connecticut. Do. Sp. 2. Rhombohedral Fluor-Haloide. 'Triv. Apatite. Chem. Phosphate of Lime. 76. L. Arendal, Norway. Var. Moroxite. A six sided prism, terminated at one extremity by a six sided pyramid, three of whose planes are unduly extended. The mass of the specimen is coccolite. Upon its under side is violet and green apatite. 77. L. Cornwall. Jn pale, rose colored, six sided prisms, ter- minated at each extremity by single planes. The lateral planes situated longitudinally ; upon quartz. 78. L. Cornwall. Minute blue crystals in granite with yellow talc. Their form is represented by figures 70 and 71, plate xxx. in the work of the Abbé Hauy. 79. L. Cabo de Gata, Spain. Var. Asparagus stone. Six sided prisms, deeply striated longitudinally, and occasion- ally terminated with six sided pyramids. Chaux phosphatce didodecaedre. H. With specular iron, imbedded in lava, #0. L. Norway. Massive, intermingled with magnetic iron- ore. 81. L. Germantown, Pennsylvania. Massive and crystallised, in granite. ‘se mp se may | = al ell El oe Mineralogical Cabinet. Chester, Massachusetts. Massive; ofa pale green color ; in granite. . Williamsburg, Massachusetts. Massive; color yellowish white ; in mica slate. Bolton, Massachusetts. Massive; color bluish green; with pyroxene and petalite. Schlackenwald, Bohemia. Var. Phosphorite. Genus V._ Lime-Hatorpe. Sp. 1. Prismatic Lime-Haloide. 'Triv. Arragonite. . Arragon, Spain. A single crystal, embracing a smaller crystal at right angles to its prismatic axis. . Arragon, Spain. Several crystals imbedded in gypsum. . Kosel, Bohemia. Massive, and crystallised. . Przibram, Bohemia. In six sided prisms, whose late- ral planes meet at one extremity in a point. . Aussig, Bohemia. In white prismatic crystals. . Retler, Hungary. In acicular crystals, which upon one side of the specimen are collected into globular mass- es, and tinged with carbonate of copper. . Bilin, Bohemia. Columnar arragonite ; massive. . Ersenerz, Stiria. Var. Flos-ferri. . Schemnitz. Do. . Dufton Lead Mines, England. In fibrous bundles up- on quartz. . Dufton Lead Mines, England. In compact fibres. . Smithfield, Rhode Island. In minute fibres, mingled with granular limestone. . France. In acute rhomboids. Sp. 2. Rhombohedral Lime-Haloide. 'Triv. Limestone. Chem. Carbonate of Lime. . Bolton, Massachusetts. Chaux carbonatée primitive. H. . St. Andreasberg, Hartz. Chaux carbonatée basée. H. . England. Chaux carbonatée prismatique. H. . Przibram, Bohemia. Chaux carbonatée equiaxe. H. Upon quartz and blende. 103. 104. 113. 114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120. 121. 122, 123. 124. Ss = _ se ae ee ol oe oe Mineralogical Cabinet. 9 . Cumberland, England. Crystallized like 102; the sin- gular arrangement of its crystals gives it the appella- tion of Nail-head spar. - England. Crystallized in low six-sided prisms, termi- nated at each extremity by trihedral summits. Chaux carbonatée dodécaédre. H. . England. Do. The sides of the prisms more elongated than 104. . Hartz. Do. do. crystals more distinct. . Przibram, Bohemia. The same form with 104, 105, and 106, accompanied by iron pyrites, crystallized in pentagonal dodecahedra. . Hartz. Chaux carbonatée inverse. H. . Fontainbleau. Siliceous carbonate of lime, or Fontain- bleau limestone. . Dauphiné. Large, pale rose-colored crystals. Chaux carbonatée bibinaire. H. Penetrated by transparent crystals of quartz. . Germany. Small white transparent crystals apon fluor. Chaux carbonatée coutume. H. . Lockport, New York. Chaux carbonatée métastatique- H. with pearl spar. do. do. . England. Chaux carbonatée transposée. H. do. do. Moldava Bannat. Crystals in yellowish acute pyramids. Iceland. Double refracting, or Iceland-spar. Vermont. Laminated calcareous-spar. do. do. . Smithfield, Rhode Island. Laminated calcareous-spar. Eisenertz, Stiria. Spatheisenstein of Werner. Chaux carbonatée ferrifére. H. . Chester, Massachusetts. Laminated caleareous-spar, containing crystals of plumbago. Midilebary, Vermont. Coarse, granular limestone. . Munroe, New-York. Red, laminated calcareoas-spar. 9 10 Mineralogical Cabinet. 125. L. Easton, Pennsylvania. Fibrous limestone. L 126. L. Southampton, Massachusetts. Var. Argentine or Shief- fer-spar. 127. L. Williamsburgh, Massachusetts. do. 128, L. Alston-Moor, England. Var. Satin spar. 129. L. Carrara. Var. Marble. 130. L. Near Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Var. Marble. TSH; ius do. do. 132. L. Middlebury, Vermont. Var. Marble. 133. L. Rhode Island. do, 134. L. Oxford, Vermont. do- 135. L. Italy. do. 136. L. do. do. 137. L. do. do. 138 yi.1, do. do. 139. L. do. do. 140. L, do. do. 141. L. do. do. 142. L. do. do, 143. L. do. do. 144, L. do. do. 145. L. do. do. 146. L. do. do. 147. L. do, do. 148. L. do. do. 149. L.. do. do. 150. L. do. do. 1pi. i. do: do. £52. Bi. do. do. 153, L..,.dQ- do. 154. L.~ do. do. 155. L. do. do. 156. L. Egypt. do. 157. L. do. do. 158. L. Galway, Ireland. Var. Marble. Bituminous limestone, 159. L. Milford, Connecticut. Var. Verd antique marble. 160. L. Egypt. Var. Marble. 161. 162. 163. 164. 165. 166. 167. 168. 169. 170. 171. 172. 175. 174. 175. 176. 177. 178. 179. 180, 181. 182. 183. 184. 185. 186. 187. 188. 189. 190. 191. 192. 193. 194. Mineralogical Cabinet. li Hudson, New-York. Containing petrifactions. Var. Shell - . rere PR Re PP Re BP ee See ee ee ee marble. . Potomac, Virginia. Var. Breccia-marble. . West Haven, Connecticut. Var. Verd antique marble. . Middlebury, Vermont. Var. Rouge antique marble. . Mount Vesuvius. Var. Volcanic marble. Bleyberg, Carinthia. Var. Lumachelli marble. New-York. Var. Shell marble. do. Compact limestone. . Lockport, New-York. Fetid limestone. Weir’s cave, Virginia. Var. Stalactite. do. do. do, do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. . Sardinia. Var. Tubular stalactite. New-York. Var. Stalagmite. . Gibraltar. do. . France. do. do. do. do. do. New-York. Var. Calcareous tufa. England. do. Italy. do. . Montebaldo, Verona. Var. Oolite. Saratoga, New-York. do. black, . Carlsbad, Bohemia. Var. Pisolite, or Pea-stone. . England. Var. Chalk. . Moravia. Var. Marle. do. do. England. Var. Argillo-ferruginous limestone. Septaria, . Salzburg. Var. Madreporite, Prismatic Lucullite. . Munich. Compact argillaceous limestone: Litho- graphic stone. 12 195. i96. 197. 198. 199. 200. es Mineralogical Cabinet. . Georgia, five miles sonth of Augusta. One part of this specimen appears to be the genuine lithographic stone: while the other is a breccia, composed of fragments of quartz, scales of mica, and carbonate of lime. . Southbury, Connecticut. Fibrous limestone, impreg- nated with bitumen. Sp. 3. Macrotypous Lime-Haloide. 'Triv. Dolomite. Bitter-spar. Pearl-spar. Chem. Carbonate of lime and magnesia. . Smithfield, Rhode Island. Crystallized in the form of the primitive rhomboid. . Lockport, New-York. Crystallized in the form of the primitive rhomboid, with the edges of the rhomboid curved, . Lockport, New-York. Crystallized in the form of the primitive rhomboid; the edges slightly bent; pale rose color: upon one side of the specimen are large crystals of dog-tooth spar. . Zillerthal, Tyrol. In brown minute crystals, associated with equilateral rhomboids of carbonate of lime, upon quartz. - Berkshire, Massachusetts. In yellowish brown crys- tals, imbedded in steatite. . Connecticut. In white crystals, in steatite. . Cumberland, England, In large crystalline, easily cleavable lamine. Var. Rhomb-spar, associated with green talc. West Springfield, Massachusetts. Massive, of a yellow- ish white color. . Milford, Connecticut. Intermingled with straw colored asbestus, from which it derives its columnar struc- ture. Var. Miascite. 206. L. Milford, Connecticut. do, 207. L. Miemo, Tuscany. Var. Miemite. 208. L. Litchfield, Connecticut. Var. Dolomite; white granular, 209. 210. 211. 212. 213. 214. ol oe ll ol L. Mineralogical Cabinet. 13 . Litchfield, Connecticut. Greyish. do. Bluish grey. do. Yellowish. . Smithfield, Rhode Island. Variegated. . Gurhoff, Lower Austria. Var. Gurhofian. Sp. 4. Brachytypous Lime-Haloide. Chem. Carbonate of magnesia and iron. Salzburg, Tyrol. Imbedded in steatite. ORDER II. BARYTE. Genus I. Paracurose-Baryte. Sp. 1. Brachytypous Parachrose-Baryte. 'Triv. Sparry Iron. Chem. Carbonate of Iron. . Carinthia. In distinct crystals of the primitive form. . Pyrenees. Crystallized, and massive, with grey cop- per, in quartz. . Pyrenees. Crystallized, and massive, with sulphuret of copper. . Plymouth, Vermont. Massive. do. do. . Unknown. Var. Spherosiderite. Sp. 2. Mucrotypous Parachrose-Baryte. Triv. Red Manganese Ore. Chem. Bi-silicate of Manganese. . Cummington, Massachusetts. Deep rose red color. do. do. do. do. do. Rose red and whitish color. do. Rose red and greenish grey color. do, do. with a coating of black oxide of manganese. 14 eo LL, 228. L. 289.1, 230. L. 231. 4. 232. L. 25a: is. 234. L. 235. L. 236. L. 237. L. Mineralogical Cabinet. Genus IJ. Zinc-BarytTe. Sp. 1. Prismatic Zinc-Baryte. Triv. Electric Cala- mine. Freyberg, Brisgau. In botryoidal masses, covered with minute crystals of the same substance. Retzbanya, Transylvania. Stalactitical and mammil- lary. Sp. 2. Rhombohedral Zinc-Baryte. Triv. Calamine. Chem. Carbonate of Zinc. England. Zinc oxyde trapezien. H. Germany. Compact and mammillated. Derbyshire, England. Pseudomorphous calamine.— This form was derived from a large crystal of car- | bonate of lime. Bohemia. Crystallized, and colored by green carbon- ate of copper. Genus III. Scnueenivm-Barytr. Sp. 1. Pyramidal Scheelium-Baryte. 'Triv. Tungstén. Chem. 'Tungstate of Lime. Bohemia. Crystallized in octohedra, less acute than the primary; upon quartz. Scheelgaden, Salzburg. Lamellar, in quartz. Huntington, Connecticut. Lamellar. Genus IV. Hat-Banryre. Sp.1. Peritomous Hal-Baryte. 'Triv. Strontianite. Chem. Carbonate of Strontian. Strontian, Scotland. In green, fibrous, radiating crys- tals. Strontian, Scotland. In green, fibrous, radiating crys- tals; in a vein between sulphate of barytes and car- bonate of lime. uw 238. Mineralogical Cabinet. 15 Sp. 2. Di-prismatic Hal-Baryte. Triv. Witherite. Chem. Carbonate of Barytes. Newberg, Stiria. Poo bone ey 3h aE al oll oll oll oi sil —) Sp. 3. Prismatic Hal-Baryte. Triv. Heavy Spar. Chem. Sulphate of Barytes. . England. Baryte sulfatée primitive. H. . England. Baryte sulfatée dodecaédre. H. - . Saxony. Baryte sulfatée trapezienne. H. - Westmoreland. Baryte sulfatée amblytére. H. Crys- tals transparent, . Westmoreland. do. - Mies, Bohemia. In blackish, intersecting, tabular crystals. - Felsobanya, Transylvania. In tabular crystals, partial- ly invested with yellow orpiment. . England. In greyish tables, with their edges acumi- nated, and invested with minute crystals of fluor and iron pyrites. One side of the specimen consists of compact and lamellar reddish heavy spar, intermin- gled with iron pyrites. - Matlock, Derbyshire. In globular masses, with galena, crystals of fluor, and carbonate of lead. . Saxony. In white prismatic crystals. . Hungary. Fibrous, and lamellar. . England. Fibrous. Schoharie, New-York. Fibrous. . Monte Paterno, near Bologna. Var. Bolognian stone. . Saxony. Compact and lamellar; red. . Southampton, Massachusetts. White; lamellar. . Stiria, Fine granular; white. . Saxony. Compact; grey aod white, in veins. Sp. 4. Prismatoidal Hal-Baryte. Triv. Celestine. Chem. Sulphate of Strontian. . Sicily. Strontiane sulfatee émoussée. H. In transpa- rent crystals; with sulphur and gypsum. Mineralogical Cabinet. . Sicily. Strontiane sulfatée épointée. H. With sulphur upon gypsum. . Strontian Island, Lake Erie. Tabular crystals, with a bluish tinge, in limestone. . Lockport, New-York. In coarse fibrous, or columnar masses. . Devonshire, England. In minute, confusedly aggrega- ted crystals of a reddish color. . England. With a foliated, or plumose structure ; color blue and green. . France. Compact, and earthy. Genus V. Leap-Baryre. Sp. 1. Di-prismatic Lead-Baryte. Triv. White Lead Ore. Chem. Carbonate of Lead. . Southampton, Massachusetts. In white prismatic crys- tals. . Cruix, Lorraine. In large, distinct, macled crystals, formed by the intersection of three tabular crystals. . Lead Hills, Scotland. In imperfect six-sided prisms, some of which are terminated by six-sided pyramids: . Limbourg. I[n acicular, confusedly aggregated crystals. . Lead Hills, Scotland. In reddish, macled crystals, formed by the intersection of two tabular crystals ; associated with green phosphate of lead. . Bleystadt, Bohemia. Black prismatic crystals. . Hartz. Columnar carbonate of lead. Sp. 2. Rhombohedral Lead-Baryte. Chem. Phosphate of Lead. . Freyberg, Austria. Crystallized in six-sided prisms, of a grass green color. . Poullaouen, Lower Brittany. Var. Brown phosphate of lead: in distinct six-sided prisms, of which the sides are slightly convex. 273. L. 274. L. 275. L. 276. L. 277. L. 278. L. 279. L. 280. L. Mineralogical Cabinet. 17 Huelgoet, Brittany. Arseniated phosphate of lead of Phillips: the crystals are acicular and radiating. Lead Hills, Scotland. In low six-sided prisms, with convex faces; color green. Sp. 3. Hemi-prismatic Lead-Baryte. Chem. Chromate of Lead. Siberia. Loose crystals. do. In rhombic prisms, of 93° 30’, and 86° 30’, intermingled with quartz in a quartzose rock. Sp. 4. Pyramidal Lead-Baryte. Chem. Molybdate of Lead. Bleiberg, Carinthia. Crystallized in flat octohedra, (much flatter than the primary,) and in right square prisms, which are very iow; color yellow, associated with galena. Bleiberg, Carinthia. Crystallized in low right square prisms, or tables. Sp. 5. Prismatic Lead-Baryte. Chem. Sulphate. of Lead. Anglesea. In transparent crystals, having the follow- ing forms: Plomb sulfatée primitive. H. fs “ cuneiforme. a“ “ trihexahédre. Genus VI. Anvimony-Baryte, Sp. 1. Prismatic Antimony-Baryte. Triv. White An- timony. Chem. Oxide of Antimony. Przibram, Bohemia. In tabular, and acicular crystals of a white color, upon crystals of galena and blende. 18 282. 283. 284, 287. 288. Mineralogical Cabinet. ORDER Ill. KERATE. Genus I. Peart-Kerare. Sp.1. Hexahedral Pearl-Kerate. Triv. Horn Silver. Chem. Muriate of Silver. . Saxony. Massive. ORDER IV. MALACHITE. Genus I. Stapuynine-Matacuite. Sp. 1. Uncleavable Staphyline-Malachite. Triv. Mala- chite. . Siberia. . Sommerville, New Jersey. See American Journal, vol. 8, p. 118. Genus II. Lyrocone-Matacuite. Sp. 1. Prismatic Lirocone-Malachite. Triv. Lenticu- lar Copper-Ore. Chem. Arseniate of Copper. . Cornwall. Crystallized in flat octohedra; color blue ; accompanied by minute crystals of the right prismat- ic arseniate of copper. Sp. 2. Hexahedral Lirocone-Malachite. Triv. Cube- Ore. Chem. Arseniate of Lron. . Cornwall. In minute cubical crystals; of a green co- lor; upon quartz. . Cornwall. In minute cubical crystals. Genus II]. Oxive-Maxacnaire. Sp. 1. Prismatic Olive-Malachite. Triv. Olivenite. Chem. Arseniate of Copper. . Tincroft, England. In prismatic, distinct crystals; also in capillary radiating crystals; upon quartz. . Lincroft, England. In distinct prismatic crystals. 289. 290. 291. 292. 293. 294. Mineralogical Cabinet. 19 . Tincroft, England. Var. Wood copper. In greenish and yellowish diverging fibres ; slightly decomposing. Sp. 2. Di-prismatic Olive-Malachite. Chem. Phosphate of Copper. . Liebethen, Hungary. In distinct short prismatic, and octohedral crystals; of a greencolor; upon quartz. Genus IV. Azure-Macacuire. Sp. 1. Prismatic Azure-Malachite. Triv. Blue Mala- chite. Chem. Carbonate of Copper. . France. In distinct, highly modified rhomboidal crys- tals; of a deep azure blue color, occasionally coated with green malachite. . Hartz. In highly modified crystals, accompanied by prismatic crystals of sulphate of barytes. . Moldavia, Bannat. In minute crystals. . Hungary. Massive, and crystallized. Genus V. Emeratp-Macacuite. Genus VI. Haproneme-Maracuire. Sp. 1. 7 t # * Sp. 2. Hemi-prismatic Habroneme-Malachite. | 'Triv. Green Malachite. Chem. Carbonate of Copper. . Moldavia, Bannat. In acicular crystals, upon tile-ore, and associated with blue malachite. . Siberia. Botryoidal, and mammillated.* do. do. stalactitical, and fibrous. do. do. do. Fibrous, upon grey copper. . Hartz, Saxony. Fibrous, with copper pyrites and quartz. . Siberia. Mammillated and compact; decomposing. do. Amorphous, with red oxide of copper. . Chessy, France. Var. Epigéne green copper. 20 304. 306. 307. 308. 309. 310. Mineralogical Cabinet. ORDER V. MICA. Genus I. Evcntore-Mica. Sp. 1. Rhombohedral Euchlore-Mica. Triv. Copper Mica. Chem. Arseniate of Copper. L. Huel Tamar Mine, England. In six-sided tabular erystals. Sp.2.* * * * * Sp. 3. Pyramidal Euchlore-Mica. Triv. Uran-Mica. Chem. Phosphate of Uranium. . L. Cornwall. In green cubes; also in quadrangular and hexagonal tables. Genvs IJ. Coparr-Mica. Sp. 1. Prismatic Cobalt-Mica. 'Triv. Cobalt Bloom. Chem. Arseniate of Cobalt. L. Joachimstal. In a peach blossom red efflorescence. Genus III. Iron-Mica. Sp. 1. Prismatic Iron-Mica. Triv. Vivianite. Chem. Phosphate of Iron. L. Bodenmais, Bavaria. In bluish green prismatic crys- tals, upon an aggregate of iron pyrites and quartz. L. New-Jersey. In radiating crystals. L. Salisbury, Connecticut. Earthy variety; in a blue powder or crust, upon haematite. Genus IV. Grapuire-Mica. Sp. 1. Rhombohedral Graphite-Mica. 'Triv. Plumba- go. Chem. Carburet of Iron. L. New-Jersey. Crystallized in thin tabular crystals, ap- parently modifications of the six-sided prism; ac~ companied by serpentine, somewhat crystallized also, jn its structure, and carbonate of lime. Sil. L. 312. L. 313. L. 314. 315. i Sp 316. S17. 318. 319. 320. 321. 322. ee ee pe Mineralogical Cabinet. 21 Ticonderoga, New-York. Foliated in its structure, and disseminated through carbonate of lime, which likewise embraces minute crystalline grains of py- roxene. Borrowdale, England. Compact. do. do. do. Genus V. Tauc-Mica. Sp. 1. Prismatic Tale-Mica. Triv. Talc. Chlorite. Green Earth. . Hawley, Massachusetts. Crystallized. . Haddam, Connecticut. In slightly cohering scales, filling up cavities in granite, accompanied by garnet. . Easton, Pennsylvania. Slaty. . Hawley, Massachusetts. do. . Dedham, Massachusetts. Compact, in a vein. . Vermont. In confusedly aggregated scales. . England. Earthy. . Verona. Var. Green earth. . Piedmont. Green, in six-sided tables, in a cavity lined with crystals of wine colored garnets, and white crystals of pyroxene. . Cumberland, Rhode Island. Massive; green and white. do. do. . Easton, Pennsylvania. Lamellar. . Smithfield, Rhode Island. White, and scaly. do. White, and compact :— Var. French chalk, associated with granular limestone. . Pennsylvania. Var. Indurated tale. - Molk, Lower Austria. do. . Worcester, Massachusetts, An impure variety of talc, which appears to have an unusual proportion of wa- ter; in consequence of which, when heated before the blowpipe, or on a red hot coal, it exfoliates in a very remarkable manner; shooting out into little 22 331. 332. 333. 334. 335. 336. 337. 338. 339. 340. 341. 342. 343. 344. 345. 346. 347. 348. 349. 350. oi oll ali ak Mineralogical Cabinet. masses resembling worms, and hence called vermic ulite. See American Journal, vol. '7, p. 55. . Windsor, Massachusetts. Talc in singularly waved layers. Sp. 2. Rhombohedral Tale-Mica. 'Triv. Mica. . Alps. Mica prismatique. H. Upon crystals of feldspar. . Vesuvius. do. With garnet. . Haddam, Connecticut. Exhibiting a section of a large six-sided table in granite. . Munroe, New-York. Section of a large rhomboidal crystal. do. do. . Goshen, Massachusetts. In rhomboidal crystals, of a rose red color. . Middletown, Connecticut. In rhomboidal crystals, of a silvery white color; in granite, associated with green and bluish black tourmaline. . Middietown, Connecticut. Of a yellow color, and con- taining slender prisms of green tourmaline. . Paris, Maine. In large foliae, of a yellowish brown color, containing green and blue tourmaline. . Paris, Maine. In foliae of a yellowish color. . Mount Grainer, Tyrol. In silvery white scales, with garnets. . Vermont. In greyish brown foliae. . Sterling, Massachusetts. In straw colored foliae. . Connecticut. Var. Plumose mica. do. do. . Brunswick, Maine. Emerald green color, disseminat- ed through quartz, with iron pyrites. . West Haven, Connecticut. Var. Clay slate; chiefly composed of mica, which possesses indistinct cleav- ages. . Paris, Maine. Var. Lepidolite; in lilac colored scales. . Moravia. do. 351. 352. 353. 354. 355. 356. 357. 358. 359. 360. Mineralogical Cabinet. 23 L, Chesterfield, Massachusetts. Var. Lepidolite; of a grey color. Genus VI. Peart-Mica. Sp. 1. Rhombohedral Pearl-Mica. Triv. Margarite. L. Sterzing, Tyrol. In pearl grey scales. ORDER VI. SPAR. Genus I. Scuimer-Spar. Sp. 1. Diatomous Schiller-Spar. Triv. Schiller-Spar. L. Salzburg. L. Blandford, Massachusetts. Intermingled with a light green foliated substance, not hitherto described. L. Baste, Hartz. Polished. Sp. 2. Hemi-prismatic Schiller-Spar. Triv. Bronzite. L. Montebaldo, Veronese Italy. L. England. In rhomboidal laminae. Sp. 3. Prismatoidal Schiller-Spar. Triv. Hypersthene. L. Labrador. Sp. 4. Prismatic Schiller-Spar. Triv. Anthophyllite. L. Haddam, Connecticut. In clove-brown, slender, inter- lacing prisms, associated with black tourmaline and decomposing iron pyrites. L. Kongsberg, Norway. Genus Il. Dusruene-Span. Sp. 1. Prismatic Disthene-Spar. Triv. Kyanite. . L. St. Gothard. In blue prismatic crystals, in mica slate, with brown prisms of staurotide. . L. Chesterfield, Massachusetts. In blue interlacing prisms. 5 do. do. » en do. do. . L, do. do. 24 366. 367. 368. 369. 370. 371. 372. 373. 374. 375. 376. 377. 378. 379. 380. 381. 382. 383. 384. 385. obs oe Pg Mineralogical Cabinet. . Litchfield, Connecticut. In blue interlacing prisms. . Shutesbury, Massachusetts. do. , . Blandford, Massachusetts. In green prisms in quartz. . Pfftch, Tyrol. Var. Rhaetizite. Genus III. Trirpane-Spar. Sp. 1. Prismatic Triphane-Spar. Triv. Spodumene. . Goshen, Massachusetts. In broad rhombic prisms of a greenish white color, in granite. . Goshen, Massachusetts. In broad rhombic prisms, in- termingled with indicolite. . Goshen, Massachusetts. In broad rhombic prisms, in- termingled with indicolite. Sterling, Massachusetts. Half of a large rhombic. prism, divided longitudinally, through the shorter axis of the terminal planes; color white. . Siidermanland, Sweden. In greenish laminae, imbed- ded in granite. . Siidermanland, Sweden. In greenish laminae, imbed- ded in granite. . Sterzing, Tyrol. In thin foliae, in quartz. . Goshen, Massachusetts. In prisms slightly decompos- ing. Sp. 2. Axotomous Triphane-Spar. Triv. Prehnite. . Farmington, Connecticut. In closely aggregated and highly modified crystals, of a green color. . Scotland. do. . Farmington, Connecticut. In globular masses. . Scotland, near Glasgow. In globular masses, made up of closely aggregated fibres. . Farmington, Connecticut. In distinct, greenish white crystals. . Scotland. In fibrous reniform masses. do. In long yellow fibres, intermingled with analcime. . Hartz. Fibrous and globular. 386. 388. 389. 390. 391. 392. 393. 394. 395. 396. 397. 398. Pees Mineralogical Cabinet. 25 . Tempelstein, Moravia. Compact, and yellowish brown, upon sienite. Genus IV. Dysrome-Spar. Sp. 1. Prismatic Dystome-Spar. 'Triv. Datholite. Chem. Borate of Lime. . Arendal, Norway. Massive; of a greenish white color. Genus V. Kovpnone-Srar. Sp.1. Trapezoidal Kouphone-Spar. Triv. Leucite. . Mount Vesuvius. Crystallized in trapezohedra, con- tained in lava. . Near Rome. Massive, red, imbedded in lava. Sp.2..** *# # * * Sp. 3. Hexahedral Kouphone-Spar. 'Triv. Analcime. . Fassa, Tyrol. Analcime tripointée. H. do. Crystallized in the form of a trapezo- hedron. . Giants’ Causeway. Crystallized in trapezohedra. . Giants’? Causeway. do. . Scotland. do. do. Massive, and red. Var. Sarcolite. Sp. 4. Paratomous Kouphone-Spar. Triv. Harmotome. . Strontian, Scotland. In white and grey crystals. Sp. 5. Rhombohedral Kouphone-Spar. Triv. Chabasie. . Chester, Massachusetts. Crystallized in the form of the primitive rhomboid; with fibrous stilbite, upon mica-slate, L. Chester, Massachusetts. do. Sp. 6. Diatomous Kouphone-Spar. 'Triv. Laumonite. 399. L. Schemnitz, Hungary. In slender, rhombic prisms: efflorescing ; color white. A 403. 404. 405. 406. 407. AOS. 409. 410. 411. 412. 413. 414. 415. 416. Soe et ee Ee ree & L. Mineralogical Cabmet. . Phillipstown, New-York. In slender, rhombic prisms, with stilbite ; cotor white. . Huelgoet, Brittany. The crystals traversing carbon- ate of lime. Sp. 7. Prismatic Kouphone-Spar. 'Triv. Mesotype. . Giants’ Causeway. In capillary crystals, upon anal- cime. . Tyrol. In closely aggregated fibres. . Iceland. Fibrous, and radiating ; reddish. . Faroe. In delicate, white, radiating fibres. . Fassa, Tyrol. Var. Natrolite. In radiating fibres, which terminate at the surface in regular crystals. . Fassa, Tyrol. Var. Natrolite. Compact, or indis- tinctly fibrous. Sp. 8. Prismatoidal Kouphone-Spar. 'Triv. Stilbite. . Hartz. In white, transparent, tabular crystals. do. do. New-Jersey. In white crystals. . Fassa, Tyrol. Fibrous; red; imbedded in green-earth. Sp. 9. Hemi-prismatic Kouphone-Spar. 'Triv. Heu- . landite. Iceland. In white transparent crystals, having the form of the right-oblique angled prism, with the acute lateral edges and obtuse solid angles replaced by planes: upon bluish calcedony. . Scotiand. In red crystals. do, In red laminae. Sp. 10. Pyramidal Kouphone-Spar. Triv. Apophyl- lite. . Cziklowa, Bannat. Crystallized im white transparent crystals, having-the form of a right square prism, with the terminal solid angles replaced by planes: the planes resting upon the lateral edges. . Seiser-Alpe, Tyrol. Foliated, and reddish. ne 417. 418. 419. 431. 432. 433. Mineralogical Cabinet. 27 Genus VI. Perauine-Srar. Sp. 1. Prismatic Petaline-Spar. Triy, Petalite. . Bolton, Massachusetts. Bluish white, with a tinge of pink. . Bolton, Massachusetts. White, and containing green pyroxene, with minute black crystals, not yet ascer- tained, . Sweden. White. Genus VII. Fexpspar. Sp. 1. Rhombohedral Feldspar. Triv. Sommite. - Monte Somme. In small, white, six-sided prisms, upon lava. Sp. 2. Prismatic Feldspar. Triy. Feldspar. . Salzburg. In white crystals, some of which contain chlorite. - Mount St. Gothard. In white transparent crystals, do. Var. Adularia. Sections of large crystals. . Mount St. Gothard. do. » Haddam, Cynnecticut, Var. Albite, with quartz, mica, and black tourmaline. - Haddam, Connecticut. Var. Albite; greenish white, and translucent, with pinite, tourmaline, and quartz. Oakham, Massachusetts. Var. Adularia ; slightly cha- toyant. . Chesterfield, Massachusetts. Var. Cleavelandite ; at- tached to granite, and containing crystals of rubellite. Chesterfield, Massachusetts. Var. Cleavelandite; em- bracing green tourmaline and rubellite. . Mount Vesuvius. Var. Ice-spar. . Chester, Pennsylvania. Common feldspar. do. do. Boxborough, Massachusetts. Common feldspar; lami- nated, and fine granular; color milk white. ’ 454. 455. Pe Mineralogical Cabinet. . Thomastown, Maine: Common feldspar; laminated, and black. . Charlestown, Massachusetts. In flesh colored prisms, whose centres are white. . Labrador. Var. Labrador feldspar: opalescent. . West Farms, New-Jersey. Var. Labrador feldspar : opalescent. — . Beverly, Massachusetts. Var. Amazon stone, or green feldspar. . Baltimore. Var. Necronite, or fetid feldspar. . Austria. Var. Compact feldspar. . Sevre, France. Var. Decomposing feldspar. do. Porcelain earth, or porcelain clay. do. Terre argileuse a porcelaine. do. Kaolin cailloteux : Porcelain clay not washed ; crude. . Sevre, France. Ar. Terre cailloetuse a émail. do. “ Kaolin lave. do. “ Terre cailloteuse (a émail) pre- parée. do. “ Cement pour la fabrication des étais. do. “* First stage of the porcelain ves- sel; mise en oeuvre. Sp. 3. Pyramidal Feldspar. Triv. Scapolite. . Boxborough, Massachusetts. In distinct white crystals, imbedded in quartz. . Boxborough, Massachusetts. do. do. In radiating white crys- tals, imbedded in carbonate of lime, with cinnamon stone, and pargasite. . Boxborough, Massachusetts. In greyish white crys- tals, with green phosphate of lime, in quartz. . Elba. In small reddish crystals, in granite. . Huntington, Connecticut. Massive, and in radiating fibres. i i ae . 465. 466. 467. 468. 469. 470. 471. 472. 473, 474. A75. 476. ag 21 Mineralogical Cabinet. 29 . L. Bolton, Massachusetts. Purple, massive scapolite. os do. do. . L. Boxborough, Massachusetts. Compact. . L. do. . L. Bolton, Massachusetts. Massive, and amber colored, In loose crystals. with hornblende. Near Arendal, Norway. Var. Wernerite. - Mount Vesuvius. Var. Meionite. Crystallized in four and eight-sided prisms, terminated by four-sided pyramids. 3. L. Mount Vesuvius. do. accompanied by masses of the meionite, presenting a fused appearance. . Pyrenees. Var. Dypire. In slender, white, hexahe- dral prisms, contained in steatite. Genus VIII. Averre-Sear. Sp. 1. Paratomous Augite-Spar. Triy. Augite, or Pyroxene. L. Bohemia. A single crystal. Pyroxeéne triunitaire. H. L. L L, IL, Hungary. Pyroxéne hemitrope. H. . Bohemia. Pyroxéne soustractif. H. Imbedded in basalt. . Mount Vesuvius. In lava, . Bolton, Massachusetts. Var. Diopside. In large rhom- bic crystals, and fibrous masses in quartz. . Bolton, Massachusetts. The crystals distinctly termi- nated by planes, and imbedded in calcareous spar. . New-Jersey. Var. Jeflersonite. In black crystals, . Munroe, New-York. In green glassy crystals. . Ticonderoga. In eight-sided prisms, with distinct crystals of sphene, . Kingsbridge, New-York. In large white prisms, im- bedded in granular limestone. . Mount Vesuvius, Massive, and crystallized; green, . Munroe, New-York. In small green crystals, dissem inated through flesh colored carbonate of lime. Mineralogical Cabinet. . Munroe, New-York. Var. Sahlite. . New-Jersey. ae Bae Sweden. do. With garnet. . Forest of Dean, New-York. Var. Sahlite. With sphene and feldspar. Munroe, New-York. Var. Sahlite. Scotland. Var. Sahlite. White. Bolton, Massachusetts. Var. Sahlite. White and green. do. “© =Mussite. . Phillipstown, New-York. Var. Coccolite, White. . Ticonderoga. do. Black. Munroe, New-York. do. Green. Sp. 2. Hemi-prismatic Augite-Spar. 'Triv. Hornblende. Tremolite. Actynolite. Asbestus. . Amity, New-York. Loose crystals of brown horn- blende. Amphibole bis-unitaire. H. . Bohemia. Single crystal. Amphibole dodécaédre. H. . Amity, New-York. Like 488. Imbedded in calca- reous spar. . Boxborough, Massachusetts. Brown hornblendé, mas- sive, in carbonate of lime, with blue spinelle. . Mount Vesuvius. Var. Basaltic hornblende. In black crystals, with mica, and massive quartz. Arendal, Norway. Massive hornblende ; black. . Franconia, New-Hampshire. In flattened rhombic prisms, traversing a rock composed of quartz and epidote. . Chester, Massachusetts. do. . Hawley, Massachusetts. Var. Fasciculite. . Chester, Massachusetts. Massive, and black: associa- ted with chlorite, zoisite, garnet, and red sphene. . Carinthia. Var. Carinthin. Associated with garnet and green hornblende. . Pennsylvania. Var. Carinthin. . Vermont. Var. Hornblende slate. Se Mineralogical Cabinet. 81 501. L. Corsica. Var. Smaragdite. In saussurite. 502. L. Munroe. Var. Actynolite. In regularly terminated crystals. 503. L. England. do. massive. 504. L. Vermont. do. coarse fibrous. 505. L. Cumberland, Rhode Island. Var. Actynolite. In par- allel fibres. 506. L. Brattleborough, Vermont. do. In radiating fibres. 507. L. New-Fane, Vermont. do. In acicular crystals, imbedded in steatite ; glassy. 508. L. Vermont. do. do. 509. L. do. do. do. 610. L. Windsor, Massachusetts. Var. Asbestiform actynolite. 511. L. Bellows Falls, Vermont. Massive ; greenish white. 512. L. Windsor, Massachusetts. do. do. 513. L. Blandford, Massachusetts. do. in schiller spar. 514. L. Bolton, Massachusetts. Var. Pargasite. In carbonate of lime. 515. L. Boxborough. do do. With cinnamon stone. 516. L. Litchfield, Connecticut. Var. Tremolite. In flat rhom- bic prisms; loose. 517. L. Litchfield, Connecticut. do. In dolomite. 518. L. Bolton, Massachusetts. Massive. 619. L. do. do. 520. L. do. do. 521. L. do. do. 522. L. Litehfield, Connecticut. Var. Tremolite. Fibrous. 523, L. Moravia. do. Reddish. 524. L. Great Barrington, Massachusetts. Var. Asbestiform tremolite. 525. L. do. do. 526. L. Corsica. Var. Amianthus. 527. L. Dauphiné. Var. Amianthus. Greenish. 528. L. St. Gothard. do. White. 549. 550. 551. 552. 553. 554. 555. SP ere Ree See Mineralogical Cabinet. L. Newburyport, Massachusetts. Var. Amianthus. In serpentine. . Pelham, Massachusetts. Common asbestus.3 . Kelly-vale, Vermont. do. Dauphine. do. New Fane, Vermont. Var. Mountain wood. Chester, Pennsylvania. do. New Fane, Vermont. do. . Milford, Connecticut. do. do. do. do. , do. do. do. | do. do. do. do. With miascite. do. do. . Saxony. Var. Mountain cork. Containing calcareous- * Pees spar. . Saxony. ‘ Mountain leather. . Franconia, Vermont. Var. Byssolite. In minute fibres implanted upon garnet. Sp. 3... Prismatoidal Augite-Spar. 'Triv. Epidote. . Piedmont. In prismatic, closely aggregated crystals. do. do. with crystals of quartz. . Pelham, Massachusetts. do. with hornblende upon granular epidote, or scorza. £ ’ . Hawley, Massachnsetts. In greyish crystals, some of which are regularly terminated by planes: imbedded in quartz and hornblende. . Windsor, Massachusetts. Coarse fibrous, or columnar. . West Farms, New-Jersey. Var. Scorza. With reddish stilbite. . Dumbarton, Vermont. Var. Zoisite. do. do. New Fane, Vermont. do. . Ashfield, Massachusetts. do. 556. 557. 558. 559. 560. 561. 562. 563. 564. 565. 566. 567. 568. Mineralogical Cabinet. 33 L. Plymouth, Vermont. A large greyish crystal, in granite. L. Williamsburgh, Massachusetts. Var. Zoisite. In blu- ish crystals. Sp. 4. Prismatic Augite-Spar. Triv. Tabular Spar. L. Willsborough, New-York. With colophonite, and green coccolite. L. Easton, Pennsylvania. Color greenish white. L. Oravitza, Bannat. Fibrous, and intermingled with carbonate of lime and purple copper ore. Grnus IX. Azure-Spar. Sp. 1. Dodecahedral Azure-Spar. Triv. Lapis lazuli. L. Siberia. With feldspar and iron pyrites: polished. Sp. 2. Prismatic Azure-Spar. Triv. Lazulite. L. Salzburg. In quartz. Sp. 3. Prismatoidal Azure-Spar. Triv. Blue Feldspar. L. Krieglach, Upper Stiria. In quartz. ORDER VII. GEM. Genus I. ANDALUSITE. Sp. 1. Prismatic Andalusite. Triv. Andalusite. L. Tyrol. In distinct prismatic crystals. L. Carlisle, Massachusetts. Reddish, in quartz, with tre- molite. L. France. do. Genus U1. Conunnum, Sp. 1. Dodecahedral Corundum. Triv. Spinelle. L. Ceylon. Var. Spinelle Ruby. Octahedral crystals of different shades of color. L. Ceylon. Spinelle transposée. H. 5 574. 575. 576. 577. 578. 579. 580. 581. 582. 583. Mineralogical Cabinet. . Ceylon. In rolled pebbles, and angular fragments. do. do. artificially attached to a specimen of white granular limestone. . Sparta, New-Jersey. In distinct octahedral crystals, of a dull red color, imbedded in white carbonate of lime, with crystals of greyish hornblende, and wax yellow masses of brucite. . Bolton, Massachusetts. In imperfect crystals of a pale reddish color, with yellowish brucite, and iron py- rites in white carbonate of lime. . Boxborough, Massachusetts. Var. Pleonaste. In greenish, indistinct crystals, imbedded in carbonate of lime, with brown mica, and hornblende. A por- tion of the lime has been removed by the aid of acids. . Boxborough, Massachusetts. Var. Pleonaste. . Amity, New-York. Var. Pleonaste. In very distinct octahedra; color green; accompanied by brucite, and imbedded in carbonate of lime. . Orange, New-Jersey. Var. Pleonaste. Black, with serpentine and compact brucite. . Orange, New-Jersey. Var. Pleonaste. Color black ; an octahedral crystal, measuring four inches round the base; in carbonate of lime. . Haddam, Connecticut. In minute black octahedra; in white feldspar, with pinite. . Munzoni, Tyrol. In black octahedra in feldspar. Sp. 2. Octahedral Corundum. 'Triv. Automalite. . Fahlun, Sweden. In distinct octahedra, in talcose- slate. . Franklin Iron Works, New-Jersey. Crystallized and fine granular; color green; in carbonate of lime. . Haddam, Connecticut. Massive; color green; in gran- ite, with manganesian garnet. . Haddam, Connecticut. do. 584. 585. 586. 587. 588. 589. 599. 600. Pee — . Mineralogical Cabinet. 35 Sp. 3. Rhombohedral Corundum. 'Triv. Corundum. . Carnatic. A distinct six-sided prism, with a very per- fect diagonal cleavage. . Carnatic. Lamellar; color green; in indianite. . St. Gothard. In red, flat, six-sided prisms, imbedded in dolomite. . Ceylon. Var. Oriental ruby. . Naxos. Var. Emery. With rhaetizite. Sp. 4. Prismatic Corundum. Triv. Chrysoberyl. . Haddam, Connecticut. In green tabular crystals. On one side of the specimen is seen a macle formed by the crossing of three prismatic crystals. The mass also contains yellowish white beryl. . Haddam, Connecticut. Crystallized, and massive. do. do with garnet. do. Massive; color yellowish green, with garnet. do. Crystallized in feldspar, with garnet. do. Crystallized, with yellow be- ry! and large crystals of manganesian garnet. . Saratoga. Fragments of six-sided prisms, some of which, when moistened, are chatoyant. . Saratoga. Portion of a crystal imbedded in granite. . Austria. A very minute crystal. Genus IIJ. Drtamonp. Genus IV. Topaz. Sp. lL. Prismatic Topaz. Triv. Topaz. . Saxony. In distinct crystals, intermingled with quartz crystals; massive also, and mixed with tourmaline, quartz, and lithomarge. . Brazil. Loose erystal, of a pink color. do. do. yellowish color. 36 601. 602. 603. 604. 605. v06. 607. 608. 609. 610. 611. 612. 613. 614. 615. 616. 617. 618. 619. 620. tad le il al se Bo Mineralogical Cabinet. . Munroe, Connecticut. Loose crystal, of a yellowish color. do. Containing a crystal of uncom- mon dimensions, and a small one artificially attached, which is highly perfect, and transparent. . Munroe, Connecticut. In large crystals. . Siberia. Var. Pycnite. With quartz and mica. . Finbo, Sweden. Var. Pyrophysalite. In granite. Genus V. Emerap. Sp. 1h. Fane * * + # Sp. 2. Rhombohedral Emerald. 'Triv. Beryl. . Bowdoinham, Maine. Imbedded in quartz. do. do. . Siberia. A loose crystal, deeply striated longitudinal- ly, and nearly cylindrical. . Siberia. do. transparent. . Chesterfield, Massachusetts. A loose crystal, imper- fectly terminated at one extremity. . Near Worcester, Massachusetts. Loose crystal, con- taining mica and feldspar. . Ackworth, New-Hampshire. Fragment of a large crystal. . Haddam, Connecticut. Imbedded in granite. . Norwich, Massachusetts. A large crystal, with a re- entering angle in one of its lateral planes. . Bowdoinham, Maine. Loose crystals. do. do. do. do. . Norwich, Massachusetts. Regular six-sided prism, terminated at each extremity by single planes. . Haddam, Connecticut. Detached crystals; transpar- ent; color yellow. . Haddam, Connecticut. A single crystal regularly ter- minated at one extremity. 621. 622. 623. 625, 628. 629. Mineralogical Cabinet. 37 . Ackworth, New-Hampshire. Portion of a crystal of yellow beryl. . Haddam, Connecticut. Massive; color yellow; with chrysoberyl and garnets. Goshen, Massachusetts. Massive ; color greenish white; with cleavelandite and blue tourmalines, in granite. Genus VI. Quarrz. Sp. 1. Prismatic Quartz. Triv. Iolite. . Bodenmais, Bavaria. Crystallized, and massive. The form of the crystal is a six-sided prism, with the lat- eral edges slightly replaced; with iron pyrites. Sp. 2. Rhombohedral Quartz. Triv. Quartz. . Chesterfield, Massachusetts. In dull grey crystals, ap- parently possessed of the form of the primitive rhom- boid, with its lateral solid angles replaced by trian- gular planes; in granite. . Craig-Lockart, Scotland. A single crystal in the form of the dodecahedron, with triangular faces. . Alps. Crystallized in the form of the double six-sided pyramid, having the edge formed by the meeting of the pyramids, slightly replaced. Crystals smoky, and possessed of a high lustre ; upon agate, and form- ing a portion of a large geode. . Marmarozh, Bannat. In crystals imbedded in clay slate. Similar to No. 627, except, that the replace- ment of the edge formed at the meeting of the py- ramids is greater,—-thus giving rise to the six-sided prism terminated by six-sided pyramids, the more common form of quartz. . Plainfield, New-York. Single crystal, like 628, with the alternate solid angles formed at the meeting of the prism and pyramid, replaced by small rhombic planes; the replacements upon one extremity of the prism corresponding, or being opposite te those upon the other. ree Mineralogical Cabinet. . Plainfield, New-York. Form similar to 629, except that the intervening prism is shorter, and that the rhomboidal planes do not occur in any regular order. . Plainfield, New-York. Three crystals. do. do. do. do. — the intervening prisms being rather longer. . Plainfield, New-York. Three crystals. do. Single crystal. Regular six- sided prism, terminated by six-sided pyramids. . Plainfield, New-York. Four crystals, remarkable for the undue extension of some of their faces, in conse- quence of which others are thrown out of their pro- per places, or nearly extinguished, and, consequent- ly, the symmetry of the crystal impaired. . Easton, Pennsylvania. Var. Irisated quartz. Form like 634. Interior filled with fissures, in consequence of which it exhibits the prismatic colors in a very striking manner. . Compostella, Spain. Var. Compostella hyacinth. De- tached crystals of the form of 634; colored red by iron. . Compostella, Spain. do. Imbedded in gypsum. . Bohemia. Var. Iron Flint. Form like 634. The crystals confusedly aggregated; color yellow. . Alps. Var. Amethyst. Form like 634. . Paris, Maine. Var. Smoky quartz. Form like 634. do. do. - The crystals at- tached to a mass of common quartz by their prisma- tic sides, and to each other, by the apices of their pyramids. . Siberia. Var. Amethyst. Form like 642; color dark purple. . Alps. Crystallized in regular six-sided prisms, termi- nated at one extremity, by six-sided pyramids: two sides of the pyramids extended at the expense of the others, and in one crystal a remarkable en- largement of a single plane is observed. The crys- tals eminently transparent. 645 646. Mineralogical Cabinet. 39 - L. Dauphine. Form like 644. A group of large crystals. L. do. do. The crystals more slen- der, and partially coated by oxide of iron. - L. Mount Blanc. Form like 644, excepting the replace- ment of some of the solid angles formed at the meet- ing of the prism and pyramid, by triangular planes. The crystals also present a flattened appearance, in consequence of the undue enlargement of two oppo- site planes Of the prism. They contain chlorite, from whence arises their green color. 648. L. Haddam, Connecticut. Large, white, and nearly opaque crystals of quartz: form like 644, excepting in the pyramids, whose planes are equally produced. All the large crystals from this locality resemble each other in a want of transparency, and lustre, and in having their lateral planes made up of numerous smaller crystals. 649. L. Madagascar. A large single crystal; form like 648; 650. 65) 652 653 transparent, with air bubbles or cavities traversing the interior ina manner so as to form a resemblance to net-work. L. Dauphiné. A large crystal, with several smaller ones attaohed to it, (and also crystals of carbonate of lime,) whose lateral planes have not an uniform width from one extremity to the other, but are alternately wider at one end, and shorter at the other. One plane of the pyramid is produced to such an extent as very nearly to extinguish the other five, one of which is reduced to a much smaller size than the adjacent rhomboidal truncation. The crystals, like 647, con- tain chlorite, - L. Pomiret, Vermont. A single crystal; with transverse striae upon all its planes, both lateral and terminal. + L. Alps. Jn flattened prisms, arising from the unequal extension of the lateral planes. » L. Alps, Savoy. A regular six-sided prism, terminated at one extremity by a regular six-sided pyramid, With 40 657. 658. 659. 660. 661. 662. 663. 664. 665. 666. 667. 668. 669. Pee ee Mineralogical Cabinet. crystals of feldspar attached to it upon one side, and having its pyramidal extremity penetrated by ex- ceedingly delicate fibres of asbestus. . New-York. Loose tabular crystals. . Dauphiné. A group of tabular crystals, colored by chlorite. . Alps. A transparent single crystal, in which three adjacent faces of the pyramid are produced at the expense of the other three, one of which is scarcely visible ; and one of the solid angles between the pyramid and prism is replaced by two rhomboidal planes. . Haddam, Connecticut. In regular six-sided prisms, with six-sided pyramids, one of which has the alter- nate planes unduly produced. . Haddam, Connecticut. A regular crystal of the com- mon form, with smaller ones attached to its base. . Haddam, Connecticut. The prism slightly curved. . Vermont. A fragment of a large crystal. . Scotland. A short six-sided prism, with a six-sided pyramid. An unusual appearance is occasioned in the lower part of the prism by fissures. . Plainfield, New-York. Single crystal, like 634. do. do. do. do. do. do. . Smithfield, Rhode Island. A regular six-sided prism, imperfectly terminated. . Paris, Maine. A regular six-sided prism, terminated by a six-sided pyramid. The prismatic faces are des- titute of lustre, owing to numerous transverse striae. . Lake George, Diamond Island. A six-sided prism, terminated at one extremity by a six-sided pyramid, of which one of the faces is produced so as nearly to extinguish the other five. A rhomboidal truncation is also observable upon this crystal. . Diamond Island. Three prismatic crystals grouped together. 670. 671. 672. 673. 674. 675. 676. 677. 678. 679. 680. 681. 682. 683. 684. 685. L. Peep L. L. L. Mineralogical Cabinet. 4f . Haddam, Connecticut. A six-sided prism tending slightly towards acumination, and finally surmounted by the common six-sided pyramid. Haddam, Connecticut. The ordinary prism, surmount- ed by a six-sided pyramid, of which the alternate planes are unduly produced, in such a manner as to give the crystal the appearance of having a trihe- dral termination. . Haddam, Connecticut, do. do. Form like 670. do. Slender prismatic crystals. Hungary. Var. Amethyst. In short six-sided prism, terminated by six-sided pyramids. . Hungary. Prisms more slender than in 675. . St. Agnes, Cornwall. Var. Amethyst. In bud-shaped crystals; the prisms tending to an accumination. . Gayer, Saxony. Var. Smoky quartz Six-sided prism, surmounted by a six-sided pyramid; the edges and angles between the prism and pyramid variously ‘modified. Color black, but translucent when held near the eye. } Dauphine. Var. Smoky quartz. A group of prismatic crystals, terminated as usual by pyramids. With crystals of carbonate of lime. Hartz. Var. Ferruginous quartz. In short six-sided prisms, with six-sided pyramids. Color red. Dauphine. A large, irregular shaped crystal of quartz, penetrated by chlorite and asbestus. With carbonate of lime. . Vermont. Portion of a prism of quartz. . Snowdon, Wales. Var. Milky quartz. A prismatic crystal, with one plane of the terminating pyramid unduly extended. . Przibram, Bohemia. Var. Milky quartz. This is the white amethyst of the German mineralogists. . Sandwich Islands, In six-sided pyramids, upon chalce- dony. 6 686. 687. 688. 689. 690. 691. 692. 693. 694. 695. 996. 697. 698. 699. 700. 701. 702. 703. 704. 705. 706. ‘107. 708. L. Mineralogical Cabinet. Little Compton, Rhode Island. Var. Radiated quartz, or quartz in closely aggregated, columnar, radiating masses, which terminate at the surface in six-sided pyramids. New-Fane, Vermont. Var. Milky quartz. In pyra- mids. do. In pyramids, tinged green by oxide of nickel. do. do. This and the preceding variety are sometimes called drusy quartz. Williamsburgh, Massachusetts. Var. Pseudimorphous quartz. Or quartz deposited around crystals of carbonate of lime, of the form metastatique of Hauy. Deerfield, Massachusetts. Var. Amethyst. Coarse colum- L. L. Peer PRP ree eee nar; of a pale color; in agate. Belchertown, Massachusetts. do. With banded- quartz. New Fane, Vermont. Colored green by oxide of nickel. do. do. Alps. Var. Smoky quartz. . Bohemia. Var. Yeilow quartz, or Bohemian topaz. . Vermont. Var. Amethyst. Langenlois, Lower Austria. Var. Fibrous quartz. . Brighton, Massachusetts. Var. Prase. Quartz pene- trated by actynolite. Cumberland, Rhode Island. do. Spain. Var. Avanturine. . Bohemia. Var. Lamellar quartz. . Rabenstein, Bavaria. Var. Rose quartz. . Chesterfield, Massachusetts. do. . Topsham, Maine. do. . Southbury, Connecticut. do. do. do. . Connecticut. Common quartz. 709. 710. 711. 712. 713. 714 715. 716. 717. 718. 719. 720. 721. 722. 723. 724. 725. 726. 727. 728. 729. 730. 731. 732. 733. 735A. 735. 736. 737. ait oll ail oil ait ofl ol =) * ree = wit oil oil oll of all ai all ol oe > Mineralogical Cabinet. 43 . Salzburg. Var. Siderite, or blue quartz. . Brunswick, Maine. Var. Black quartz. Goshen, Massachusetts. Var. Fetid quartz. Contain- ing carbonate of lime. . Bohemia. Var. Cellular quartz. . Schemnitz, Hungary. do. . France. Var. Spongiform quartz. . Amherst, Massachusetts. Var. Blue quartz. . Portsmouth, Rhode Island. Quartz rendered fibrous by amianthus. . Berkshire, Massachusetts. Var. Arenaceous quartz, or sandstone. . South America. Var. Elastic quartz. . France, (Sévre.) Var. Sand. - Ceylon. Var. Cat’s-eye. Polished. . Transylvania. Var. Chalcedony. In pseudimorphous cubic crystals, of a blue color. . Cornwall. Var. Chalcedony. In stalactites; also with pyramidal cavities, probably derived from carbon- ate of lime. - Faroe. Var. Chalcedony. Botryoidal and mammillary. do. do. Upon quartz. » Sandwich Isles. Var. Chalcedony. In veins, with quartz. . Lenox, Massachusetts. do. Mammillary and botryoidal, investing jasper agate. . Ceylon. Var. Sard. . Mississippi. do. . Scotland. Var. Cornelian. India. do. Blood red. Scotland. do. Polished. India. do. do. . Kosemutz, Silesia. Var. Chrysoprase. do. do. . Siberia. Var. Heliotrope. . Appenine. Var. Plasma. - Saugus, Massachusetts. Var. Jasper. 44 738. 739. 740. 741. 742. 743. 744. 745. 746. 147. 748. 749. 750. 751. 752. 753. 754. 755. 756. 757. 758. 759. 760. 761. 762. 763. 764. 765. 766. 767. 768. 769. 770. 771. 772. Mineralogical Cabinet. L. Saugus, Massachusetts. Var. Jasper. L, Saxony, do. Polished. L. do. do. With veins of cal- cedony. . Bohemia. do. Green; polished. . Faroe. Var. Onyx, or striped chalcedony. . Scotland. do. Polished. ‘soll sail all oll il all oll it a a PRP PRP EPP RPP Pe PP PP ee . Dudley, Worcestershire. Var. Porcelain jasper. . Straits of Suez. Var. Egyptian jasper. Polished. Saxony. Var. Ribbon jasper. Deerfield, Massachusetts. Var. Ribbon agate. Oberstein. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. Var. Fortification agate. Saxony. “ Brecciated agate. Scotland. “Moss agate. Chester, Massachusetts. Var. Jasper agate. Oberstein. do. do. do. England. Var. Flint. do. do. France. do. Near Albany, New-York. Var. Flinty slate. do. ** Bassanite, or Lydian stone. North-Carolina. Var. Whet slate. Dendritic. do, do. do. Florida, New-York. Var. Hornstone. Black. do. do. . Bavaria. do. White. . Hinsdale, Massachusetts. do. Red. . Pelham, Massachusetts. do. Green, . Amherst, Massachusetts. do. do. . Pelham, Massachusetts. do, do, . Antigua, Var. Woodstone. 791. 792. 793. 794. 795. 796. 797. PO oe ee Mineralogical Cabinet. 45 L. Antigua. Var. Woodstone. L. do. do. L. Hungary. do. Polished. L.. Antigua. A madrepore replaced by hornstone. Sp. 3. Uneleavable Quartz. Triv. Opal. Hyalite. : Menilite. - Hungary. Var. Precious opal. Saxony. ** Common opal. . Hungary. do. Dobersberg, Austria. Var. Semi-opal. 2 Faroe. do. do. Var. Cacholong. Hungary. Var. Ferruginous opal. do. “Wood opal. . Menilmontant, France. Var. Menilite. - Hungary. Var. Hyalite. Upon basalt. . Georgia. do. In cavities of carious quartz, ll ay L. Lie L. L. L. L. L. or buhrstone. . St. Michaels. Var. Siliceous sinter. do. do. With sulphur and fragments of reeds. - St. Michaels. Var. Pearl sinter, incrusting siliceous sinter. Sp. 4. Empyrodoxr Quartz. Pearlstone. Pitchstone. Obsidian, Cabo de Gata, Spain. Var. Pearlstone. Containing small grains of obsidian, Meissen, Saxony. Var. Pitchstone. Yellowish, do. do. Green. Hungary. do. do, do. Mexico, do. Mediterranean. Var. Pumice. 46 801. 802. 805. 8906. 807. 808. 809. 810. Mineralogical Cabimet. Genus VII. Axinite. Sp. 1. Prismatic Axinite. Triv. Axinite. . Dauphiné. Crystallized with feldspar. do. Massive. Genus VIII. Curysouite. Sp. 1. Prismatic Chrysolite. ‘Triv. Chrysolite. Oli- vine. . Bohemia. Var. Chrysolite. . Mount Vesuvius. Var. Olivine. With brown mica in lava. . Karfenstein, Stiria. Var. Olivine. . Bohemia. do. In basalt. 4 Genus IX. Boracirte. Sp. 1. Tetrahedral Boracite. 'Triv. Boracite. . Liineberg, Brunswick. In transparent crystals, imbed- ded in gypsum. Genus X. ‘TourMALine. Sp. 1. Rhombohedral Tourmaline. Triv. Schorl. Tourmaline. Rubelite. . Munroe, Connecticut. Var. Schorl. Loose crystal. A three-sided prism terminated at each extremity by a three-sided pyramid: the lateral edges replaced by two planes. . Haddam, Connecticut. Var. Schorl. do. . Sweden. Var. Schorl. The crystals not terminated by regular faces ; imbedded in talcose slate. . Tyrol. Var. Schorl. The crystals regularly termi- nated at only one extremity: in chlorite slate. . Brattleborough, Vermont. Var. Schorl. do. In quartz. . Haddam, Connecticut. do. The smaller crystals perfect: in albite. 811. 812. 813. 814. 815. 816. 817. 818. 819. 820. 821. 822. 823. $24. 825. 826. Re7 mie Mineralogical Cabinet. 47 L. Haddam, Connecticut. Var. Schorl. In mica slate. L. Brunswick, Maine. Var. Schorl, or black tourmaline. Tourmaline soustractive. H. With one extremity wanting. L. Brunswick, Maine. Var. Schorl, or black tourmaline. An unusually large crystal, the planes of which pos- sess a high degree of perfection. L. Brunswick, Maine. Var. Schorl, or black tourmaline. Imbedded in quartz. L. Tyrol. Var. Schorl, or black tourmaline. In loose slender crystals, which are translucent, and of a brown color. L. Sweden. Var. Schorl, or black tourmaline. In very perfect crystals, imbedded in quartz. L. Haddam, Connecticut. Var. Schorl, or black tourma- line. In brownish black prismatic crystals, with an- thophyllite and iron pyrites. L. Goshen, Massachosetts. Var. Indicolite, or blue tour- maline. In quartz, with yellow mica. L. Goshen, Massachusetts. do. In cleavelan- dite. L. Paris, Maine. do. In fragments, found loose in the soil. L. Middletown, Connecticut. do. With cleave- landite in quartz. L. Middletown, Connecticut. do. L. Goshen, Massachusetts. do. In curved crystals, imbedded in cleavelandite and white mica. L. Goshen, Massachusetts. do. In pale bluish erystals, some of which are partially surrounded with rubellite. In granite. L. Goshen, Massachusetts. do. In radiating ” erystals, L. do. do. In white mica. I do. do. In slender prisms collected laterally into veins which intersect the granite, in various directions. 848. 849. L L Mineralogical Cabinet. . Goshen, Massachusetts. Var. Indicolite. In pale blue prisms, with rubellite. . Goshen, Massachusetts. do. do. and surrounded by pale colored rubellite. . Goshen, Massachusetts. do. In Spodumene. . Chesterfield, Massachusetts. Var. Green tourmaline. In deeply striated prisms, containing occasionally rubellite in their centres. The prisms, (with the general figure of three sides,) are often much curved. do. do. do. With cleavelandite. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. With cleavelandite. - : . Paris, Maine. do. Fragment of a crys- tal found loose in the soil. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. With rubellite ; im- bedded in a decomposing granite. . Moravia. do. In quartz. . Middletown, Connecticut.. Var. Green tourmaline, traversing mica. 4 . Goshen, Massachusetts. do. Color dark green: in quarts with mica. . Goshen, Massachusetts. do. In mi- nute green crystals. . Kingsbridge, New-York. Var. Brown tourmaline. In granular limestone. . Goshen, Massachusetts. Var. Yellow tourmaline. In granite, with white massive beryl. . Elba. Var. Yellow tourmaline. Passing into pale ru- bellite : in granite. . Moravia. Var. Rubellite. In lepidolite. 850. 851. 852. 853. 854. 855. 856. 857. 858. 859. 860. 861. 862. 863. 864. 865. 866. 867. Mineralogical Cabinet. 49 L. Chesterfield, Massachusetts. Var. Rubellite. In cleave- landite. L. do. do. do. L. do. do. do. With green tourmaline. L. Paris, Maine. do. Massive: found loose in the soil. L. Paris, Maine. do. Portion of a crystal, partially invested by green tourmaline. L. Paris, Maine. do. do. L. do. do. A pale colored crystal. L. do. do. Massive. L. do. do. With green tourma- line, lepidolite, and cleavelandite, upon crystals of quartz. Genus XI. Garner. Sp. 1. Pyramidal Garnet. Triv. Idocrase. Egeran. L Piedmont. Crystallized, and massive. L. Fassa, Tyrol. do. L. Bohemia. In distinct prismatic crystals. L. Mount Vesuvius. do. With garnet and mica. L. Eger, Bohemia. Var. Egeran. Massive, and crystal- lized. L. Worcester, Massachusetts. Var. Egeran. do. Sp. 2. Tetrahedral Garnet. Triv. Helvin. L. Schwarzenberg, Saxony. Crystallized in tetrahedra, with their summits, or solid angles truncated. Sp. 3. Dodecahedral Garnet. Triv. Garnet. L. Hanover, New-Hampsbire. Var. Precious garnet, In regular rhombic dodecahedra. In hornblende slate. L, Hanover, New-Hampshire. Var. Precious garnet, In hornblende slate. 7 Pere 4 eet Mineralogical Cabinet. . Pelham, Massachusetts. Var. Precious garnet. Loose crystals, in trapezohedra. . Craslau, Bohemia. Var. Precious garnet. Massive. . Mount Vesuvius. do. Crystalliz- ed and massive. . Sweden. Common garnet. Large single crystal. . New Fane, Vermoni. Common garnet. do. do. do. do. do. do. In regular do- decahedra, imbedded in chlorite slate. . Salisbury, Connecticut. Common garnet. In dodeca- hedra, with their edges slightly replaced by single planes; associated with crystals of staurotide in mica slate. . Franconia, New-Hampshire. Common garnet. Mas- sive and crystallized in highly modified crystals. With quartz and compact magnetic iron ore. . Mount Vesuvius. Common garnet. Crystallized and massive, with ice-spar. . Ticonderoga, New-York. Common garnet. Massive. . Hawley, Massachusetts. do. Amorphous. . Allathal, Tyrol. Var. Topazolite. . Ceylon. Var. Cinnamon stone. In grains. . Carlisle, Massachusetts. Var. Cinnamon stone. Crys- tallized. . Salisbury, Connecticut. do. Crys- tallized and massive. . Salisbury, Connecticut. do. Massive. Norway. Var. Allochroite. . Sparta, New-Jersey. Var. Melanite. In dodecahedra. do. do. do. . Mount Vesuvius. do. do. With ice-spar. . Cumberland, Rhode Island. Var. Grossular? . Bohemia. Var. Pyrope. . Haddam, Connecticut. Var. Minganesian garnet. In trapezohedral crystals, and massive. do. do. do, ——————————— es —S”—t—“‘ 893. 894. 895. 896. 897. 898. 899. 901. 908, sat ot suk we Mineralogical Cabinet. 51 . Haddam, Connecticut. Var. Manganesian garnet. do. do. Massive. do. do. Part of a crystal. do. do. do. . Willsborough, New-York. Var. Colophonite. Color reddish brown. . Willsborough, New-York. do. Black. With tabular spar and coccolite. . Sweden. Var. Colophonite. Color yellow. Sp. 4. Prismatoidal Garnet. Triv. Staurotide. . Brittany. A macled crystal, consisting of two crystals crossing each other at right angles. Brittany. A macle of two crystals crossing each other at angles of 50° and 120°. . Plymouth, Vermont. Upon mica slate. . Chesterfield, Massachusetts. do. Genus XII. Zrrcon. Sp. 1. Pyramidal Zircon. Triv. Zircon. Buncomb county, North Carolina. In loose crystals. Expailly, France. Var. Hyacinth. Beverly, Massachusetts. Var. Zirconite. Carinthia. Var. Zirconite. A single prismatic crys- tal in zoisite. Genus XII. Gapouinrre. Sp. 1. Prismatic Gadolinite. Triv. Gadolinite. . Finbo, Sweden. In feldspar. 52 909. 910. 911. 912. 913. 914. 915. 916. 917. 918. 919. 920. 921. 922. a gl op a 38 Mineralogical Cabinet. ORDER VIII. ORE. Genus I. Trranium-Ore. Sp. 1. Prismatic Titanium-Ore. Triv. Sphene. . Arendal, Norway. Titane siliceo calcaire ditetraé- dre. H. Single crystal. . Tyrol. Massive and crystallized, in gneiss. Color yellow. . Bolton, Massachusetts. In dark brown crystals, like No. 909. Upona large crystal of nuttallite, with crystals of pyroxene. . Ticonderoga, New-York. Like 909. With green py- roxene, plumbago, and minute crystals of apatite. Forest of Dean, New-York. Massive, with lamellar pyroxene. Sp. 2. Peritomous Titanium-Ore. Triv. Rutile. Chem. Oxide of Titanium. . Bohemia. In slender red prisms, in quartz. . Conway, Massachusetts. A single geniculated crystal. . Stubach, Tyrol. Crystallized, and massive, in quartz. . Craig-Caillarch, Scotland. In fibrous masses, upon quartz. . North Carolina. In distinct crystals, on quartz. . Hungary. Var. Nigrine. . Silesia: “ Iserine. Sp. 3. Pyramidal Titanium-Ore. 'Triv. Anatase. . Bourg d’osians, Dauphine. In acute octahedra; color brown: translucent. Genus II. Zrnc-Ore. Triv. Red Oxide of Zinc. Sp. 1. . Sussex, New-Jersey. Massive ; granular: color blood red; imbedded in a dull, brownish red substance, with a vitreous lustre, which has recently been analized a 923. 924. 925. 926. 927. 928. 929. 930. 931. 932. 933. 934. 935. 936 Poe ee L. L. L. Mineralogical Cabinet. 53 ‘by Dr. Thompson, and found to be a new species. According to its composition, he calls it a Silicate of Manganese. . Sussex, New-Jersey. Lamellar, with franklinite and silicate of manganese. Genvs III. Correr-One. Sp. 1. Octahedral Copper-Ore. 'Triv. Red Oxide of Copper. . Cornwall. In octahedra, with quartz. do. Var. Capillary red oxide of copper. do. ‘* Massive red oxide of copper. . Siberia. “* Earthy red oxide of copper. Genus [V. Tin-Ore. Sp. 1. Pyramidal Tin-Ore. Chem. Oxide of Tin. . St. Agnes, Cornwall. In yellow, transparent crystals ; some of which belong to the forms, Etain oxydé so: s- F SS “ tractif, and Etain oxydé hémitrope. H. - Bohemia. Etain oxyde soustractif. H. In black crys- tals. - Bohemia. Etain oxydé hémitrope, H. Loose crystals, . Saxony. Black, crystallized, and in grains; imbedded in tale. . Banca, India. Var. Stream tin. . Cornwall. Var. Wood tin. Genus V. Scneecrum-One. Sp. 1. Prismatic Scheelium-Ore. Triy. Wolfram. Schlaggenwald, Bohemia. Crystallized in quartz. Cornwall, England. do, Munroe, Connecticut. Compact. 937, L. Trebitech, Moravia, Granular. 54 Mineralogical Cabinet. Genus VI. Tantatum-Ore. Sp. 1. Prismatic Tantalum-Ore. 'Triv. Columbite. 938. L. Chesterfield, Massachusetts. ‘This substance has not 939. 940. reese yet been sufficiently examined to pronounce with certainty upon its nature. It appears, however, from its crystalline form, specific gravity, and other char- acters, to be the genuine Columbite. Genus VII. Unanirum-Ore. Sp. 1. Uncleavable Uranium-Ore. Triv. Pitch Ore. . Joachimsthal, Bohemia. Genus VIII. Crrivm-Ore. Sp. 1. Uncleavable Cerium-Ore. 'Triv. Cerite. . Westmanland, Sweden. Genus IX. CuHrome-Ore, Sp. 1. Octahedral Chrome-Ore. Triv. Chromate of Tron. . Bare Hills, near Baltimore. In loose octahedral crys- tals. do. Massive. Genus X. Irnon-Ore. Sp. | ee * & Sp. 2. Octahedral Iron-Ore. Triv. Oxydulated Iron- Ore. . Mount Grainer, Tyrol. In octahedral crystals, in chlo- rite. . Munroe, New-York. do. and massive. . Sweden. In octahedral crystals, in chlorite slate. do. Granular, and variegated. . Munroe. Massive, and exhibiting sections of octahe- dra upon its surface. 948. 949. 950. 951. 952. 953. 954. 955. 956. 957. 958. 959. 960. 961. 962. 963. 964. 965. 966. 967. 968. 969. 970. 971. 972. 973. L. te pl ~ a all PoP PP re poe pe - - Sarr Mineralogical Cabinet. 55 New-Jersey. Var. Native loadstone. Highly mag- netic. Norburg, Sweden. Massive, with hornblende. Franconia, New-Hampshire. Compact, with hornblende. . Nova Scotia. Compact, with impressions of shells. \ Sp. 3. Dodecahedral Iron-Ore. Triv. Franklinite. . Sussex, New-Jersey. In irregular octahedra, with red oxide of zinc. do. do. do. Massive and compact, with a coating of carbonate of zinc. Sp. 4. Rhombohedral Iron-Ore. Triv. Specular Iron- Ore. . Framont, Lorraine. Fer oligiste dodécahédre. 1. tarnished crystals. . Elba. In highly modified crystals. . Framont, Lorraine. Crystallized, like 955. . Cumberland, England. Lamelliform. . Oravitza, Bannat. Var. Micaceous iron ore. . Elba. do. Nova Scotia. do. . Hawley, Massachusetts. do. Vermont. do. do. do. Mount Vesuvius. Var. Volcanic specular iron ore. Lorraine. Var. Fibrous red haematite. do. do. Mammillary. . Pennsylvania, Var. Compact red iron ore. . Friscau, Lower Austria. Var. Jaspery iron ore. » New-York. Var, Scaly red iron ore. With impressions of several shells, . Bohemia. Var. Columnar clay iron stone. . Richmond, Massachusetts. Var. Red ochre. . Cornwall. Var. Reddle. 56 974. 975. , 976. 977. 978. 879. 980. 981. 982. 983. 984. 985. 986. 987. 988. 989. 990. 991. 992. alll cad se Mineralogical Cabinet. Sp. 5. - Prismatic Iron-Ore. Triv. Hydrous Oxide of fron. Brown Iron Ore. . Siberia. In fibres upon quartz crystals. . Salisbury, Connecticut. Var. Fibrous brown haematite. do. ‘6 Brown and black haema- tite. Fibrous, mammillary, and stalactitical. do. do. do. . Austria. Var. Brown and black haematite. Botryoi- dal and stalactitical. L. Lorraine. In columnar masses. (Black haematite of Phillips.) L. Lorraine. Var. Compact brown iron ore. L. Sardinia. “ Yellow ochre. L. Switzerland. Var. Pisiform clay iron stone. L. Vermont. do. Loose. L. New Braintree, Massachusetts. Var. Bog iron ore. Common iron ore. Deposited around vegetables. L. Connecticut. do. Sp. 6. Di-prismatic Iron Ore. Triv. Yenite. L. Cumberland, Rhode Island. In prismatic crystals pen- etrating quartz. L. Elba. Massive. L. Chatham, Connecticut. See American Journal, vol. viii. p. 59. Not well ascertained. Genus XI. Maneanese-Ore. Sp.1. * * * * Sp. 2. Uncleavable Manganese Ore. Triv. Black Hae- matite. L. Saxony. Var. Grey oxide of manganese. Botryoidal and compact. L. Bennington, Vermont. do. Compact. L. France. do. With fluor. . Devonshire. Var. Wad. 993. 994. 995. 996. 997. 998. 999. 1002. L. L. L. L. L. L. Mineralogical Cabinet. 57 Sp. 3. Prismatoidal Manganese-Ore. Transylvania. Var. Grey manganese-ore. Crystallized. do. do. do. do. ORDER IX. METAL. Genus I. ARsENIC. Sp. 1. Native Arsenic. Saxony. Exhibiting cavities in the form of the cube and the octahedron. Genus If. Texrtvurium. Sp. 1. Native Tellurium. ‘Facebay, ‘Transylvania. In distinct crystals, with blende. Genus III. “Anrinoly. Sp. 1. Rhombohedral Antimony. Triv. Native Anti- mony. . Allemont, France. Massive. Sp. 2. Prismatic Antimony. Triv. Antimonial Silver? . St. Marie. Crystallized in six-sided prisms, which, according to Count Bournon, are not regular. In cal- careous spar. Genus IV. Bismurn. Sp. 1. Octahedral Bismuth. Triv. Native Bismuth. . Joachimstal, Bohemia. In grains, approaching the oc- tahedron in shape. . Huntington, Connecticut. Massive, in quartz. Genus V. Mencuny. Sp. 1. Dodecahedral Mercury. Triv. Native Amalgam Hungary. Upon limestone. 8 1009. 1010. 1011. 1012. 1013. 1014. Mineralogical Cabinet. Sp. 2. Fluid Mercury. Triv. Native Mercury. . Idria. With iron pyrites in bituminous shale. Genus VI. Sitver. Sp. 1. Hexahedral Silver. Triv. Native Silver. . Wellichen, Fustenberg. Crystallized and massive- The crystals being imperfect elongated octahedra. . Kongsberg, Norway. Capillary and ramose. Genus VIL Goxp. Sp. 1. Hexahedral Gold. Triv. Native Gold. . Vorospatask, Transylvania. In minute crystals, and arborescent. In porphyry. . Abendbanya, Transylvania. Foliated. . Siberia. Massive; color bright yellow. Genus VIII. Pratina. Sp. 1. Native Platina. . Brazil. In minute flattened grains. Genus IX. Iron. Sp. 1. Octahedral Iron. Triv. Native Iron. . Canaan, Connecticut. In irregular oblique tetrahedra ; the result of cleavage. See American Journal, vols. xii. and xiv. . Siberia. Var. Meteoric iron. Containing prismatic crysolite. Genus X. Copper. Sp. 1. Octahedral Copper. Triv. Native Copper. . Cornwall. In irregular octahedra. do. do. With quartz. . Siberia. do. 1015. 1016. 1017. 1018. 1019. 1020. 1021. 1022. 1023. 1024. 1025. Mineralogical Cabinet. 59 ORDER X. PYRITES. Genus I. Nicxrrt-Pyrites. Sp. 1. Prismatic Nickel-Pyrites. Triv. Copper-Nickel. . Schlademing, Stiria. Massive; with green oxide of nickel and white cobalt. Genus If. Arsentcat-Pyrrres. Sp. i As * + &£ + # Sp. 2. Prismatic Arsenical Pyrites. 'Triv. Mispeckel. . Saxony. Loose crystals: form rhombic prisms, with diedral summits. . Saxony. Loose crystals. Fer arsenical unibinaire. H. . Franconia. In prismatic crystals, in gneiss. . Huntington, Connecticut. Massive. Genus III]. Copsarr-Pyrires. Sp. 1. Octahedral Cobalt-Pyrites. Triv. Bright white Cobalt. . Tunaberg, Sweden. In loose crystals: form the pen- tagonal dodecahedron. . Tunaberg, Sweden. Crystals imbedded in copper py- rites, do. Massive. . Saxony. Var. Grey cobalt. Sp. 2. Hexahedral Cobalt-Pyrites. Triv. Tin white Cobalt. . Schneeberg, Saxony. In cubes and octahiedrons. Genus IV. Inon-Pynires. Sp. 1. Hexahedral Iron-Pyrites. Triy, Iron-Pyrites. . Cornwall, England. In octahedra, with their solid an- gles truncated. 60 1026. 1027. 1028. 1029. 1030. 1031. 1032. 1035. 1034. 1035. 1036. 1037. 1038. 1039. 1040. 1041. 1042. 1043. 1044. all al oll al al sail ale all ll sabe Slap. Mineralogical Cabinet. . Elba. In loose crystals, in pentagonal dodecahedra. do. Fer sulfure cubododécahedre. H. . Cumberland, England. Loose crystal. do. In cubes, imbedded in clay slate. . England. In cubes upon quartz, with pearl spar. . Siberia. Var. Auriferous iron pyrites. Sp. 2. Prismatic Iron-Pyrites. 'Triv. White Iron Py- rites in part. Cockscomb and Hepatic Pyrites. . England. Var. Cockscomb pyrites. . Saxony. “© Spear pyrites. . Baygorry. ‘* Hepatic iron pyrites. Ohio. ‘* Globular iron pyrites. . Saxony. - ‘ Radiated iron pyrites. Sp. 3. Rhombohedral Iron-Pyrites. 'Triv. Magnetic Iron Pyrites. . Snowdon, Wales. . Huntington, Connecticut. Genus V. Coprrer-Pyrites. Sp. 1. Octahedral Copper-Pyrites. 'Triy. Purple Cop- per. . Gzicklowa, Bannat. Massive. Sp. 2. Pyramidal Copper-Pyrites. 'Triy. Copper-Py- rites. . Germany. Crystallized and massive, with quartz: co- lor variegated. . Germany. In distinct tetrahedra, with their solid an- gles truncated. . Germany. Var. Variegated copper pyrites. . England. Botryoidal copper pyrites. do. Compact and massive, 1045. 1046. 1047. 1048. 1049. 1050. 1051. 1052. 1053. 1054. 1065. Mineralogical Cabinet. 61 ORDER XI. GLANCE. Genus I. Copper-GLance. Sp. 1. Tetrahedral Copper-Glance. 'Triv. Fahlerz. . Schemnitz, Hungary. Jn highly modified tetrahedra, with crystallized carbonate of iron, and massive cop- per pyrites. . Schemnitz, Hungary. do. Sp. Xe *s * # * Sp. 3. Di-prismatic Copper-Glance. Triv. Bournonite. . Kapoick, Transylvania. Crystallized in rectangular prisms, highly modified, and accompanied with deep red crystals of phosphorescent blende. Sp. 4. Prismatic Copper-Glance. ‘Triv. Vitreous Copper. . Cornwall. Crystallized. . Schmolnitz, Moravia. Granular. . England. Massive, and compact. . Cornwall. Massive, and variegated. Genus I]. Sitver-Guance. Sp. 1. Hexahedral Silver-Glance. Triv. Vitreous Sil- ver. . Dauphiné. Massive; with native silver and arseniate of cobalt. Genus II]. Leav-Grance. Sp. 1. Hexahedral Lead-Glance. Triv. Galena, - Derbyshire, In cubes, with the solid angles truncated ; accompanied by white fluor. » Derbyshire. Ip octahedra, with the solid angles tran- cated, . Leicestershire, Corroded crystals of galena. Upon carbonate of lime. 62 1056. 1057. 1058. 1059. 1060. 1061. 1062. 1063. 1064. 1065, 1066. 1067. 1068. 1069. 1070. 1071. Pe eo ee aad ey a Mineralogical Cabinet. . Massachusetts. Massive. . Missouri. Massive. do. Massive; with sulphate of barytes. do. Massive; with a cavity containing carbo- © nate of lead. . Derbyshire. Massive. . Missouri. Granular. . England. do. . Devonshire. Var. Argentiferous galena. . Derbyshire. “ Speculargalena. Slickensides. Genus IV. 'Tetturium-GLance. Sp. 1. Prismatic Tellurium-Glance. 'Triv. Black Tel- lurium. . Nagyag, Transylvania. Genus V. Motyspena-Giance. Sp. 1. Prismatic Molybdena-Glance. Chem. Sulphu- ret of Molybdena. . Lancaster, Massachusetts. Foliated; io granite. . Brunswick, Maine. do. do. . Bohemia. do. in quartz. Genus VI. Bismuru-Guance. Sp. 1. Prismatic Bismuth-Glance. Chem. Sulphuret of Bismuth. . Saxony. Massive. Genus VII. Anrtimony-GuLaNnce. Sp. 1. Prismatic Antimony-Glance. Triv. Graphic Gold. . Nagyag, Transylvania. Sp. 2. Prismatoidal Antimony-Glance. Chem. Sulphu- ret of Antimony. . France. In prismatic crystals, with tabular crystals of sulphate of barytes. _— 1072. 1073. 1074. 1075. 1076. 1077. 1078. 1079. 1080 1081. 1082. 1083. 1084, 1085. 1086. Mineralogical Cabinet. 63 L. France. In flattened prisms. L. Saxony. In radiating prisms upon quartz. L. do. In capillary crystals. L. France. Massive, and in radiating fibres. Genus VIIL. Metane-Guance. Sp. 1. Prismatic Melane-Glance. 'Triv. Brittle Sul- phuret of Silver. L. Saxony. Massive. L. Hungary. Var. Flexible sulphuret of silver. ORDER XII. BLENDE. Genus I. Guance-Bienpe. Sp. 1. Hexahedral Glance-Blende. Triv. Schwarzerz. L. Kapnik, Transylvania. Massive; in siliceous oxide of manganese. Genus II. Garnet-Bienpe. Sp. 1. Dodecahedral Garnet-Blende. 'Triv. Blende. L. Cumberland, England. In blackish, loose crystals, ac- companied by iron pyrites. L. Przibram, Bohemia. Color blackish; in crystals with quartz. L. Kapnik, Transylvania. In brown crystals; phospho- resces on friction with a knife. L. England. Color brown. Crystallized. L. do. do, With fluor. L. do. Color yellow. Massive. L. Southampton, Massachusetts. With galena, L. Przibram, Bohemia. Fibrous blende. It probably contains cadmium ; since nearly all fibrous blendes have, of late, been found to contain this metal. 64 1087. 1088. 1089. 1090. 1091. 1092. 1093. 1094. 1095. 1096. 1097. 1098. fg al a oe L. L Mineralogical Cabinet. Genus Ill. Purr.e-Bienve. Sp. 1. Prismatic Purple-Blende. Triv. Red Antimony. . Hungary. In radiating fibres, with grey antimony ore. Genus IV. Rusy-Brenpe. Sp. 1. Rhombohedral Ruby-Blende. Triv. Red Silver. . Saxony. Crystallized, and massive. Sp.2. * * * * * Sp. 3. Peritomous Ruby-Blende. 'Triv. Cinnabar- . Idria. Crystallized, and massive. . Deuxponts. Massive. . Idria. Compact. do. do. — With iron pyrites. . Carinthia. Friable and red. ORDER XIII. SULPHUR. Genus I. Svuipuur. Sp. 1. Prismatoidal Sulphur. 'Triv. Yellow Orpiment. . Tajowa, Lower Hungary. Lamellar. Sp. 2. Hemi-prismatic Sulphur. 'Triv. Red Orpiment. Kapnik, Transylvania. Crystallized, with blende and copper pyrites. ; Sp. 3. Prismatic Sulphur. Triv. Sulphur. . Bex, Switzerland. Massive, with crystals of sulphate of strontian on carbonate of lime. . Bex, Switzerland. Crystallized, and massive. . Italy. Var. Volcanic sulphur. 1099. 1100. 1101. 1102. 1103. 1104, 1105. 1106. 1107. 1108. 1109. 1110. EEE. 1112. 1113. 1114. 1115. 1116. 1117. 1118. 1119. 1120. 1121. 1122, 1123. 1124. 1125. Mineralogical Cabinet. 65 APPENDIX TO CLASS II. Allophane. L. Schneeberg, Saxony. Aphrite. L. Saxony. Atacamite. Muriate of copper. Crystallized, and massive. L. Chili, Peru. Brewsterite, with chabasie. L. Strontian, Scotland. Calaite. Turquoise. L. Persia. Chiastolite. In clay slate. L. Lancaster, Massachusetts. do. do. (reddish) do. do. A loose crystal. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. In mica slate. L. Bellow’s Falls, Vermont. do. In clay slate. L, Lancaster, Massachusetts. do. do. L. Hartz. do. do. In acicular crystals. L. Cum- berland, England. Chloropal. L. Ribouk, Hungary. Chlorophaeite. In greenstone, L. Gill, Massachusetts. do. do. do. Chondrodite. Brucite, In carbonate of lime; yellow. L. Sparta, New-Jersey. Chondrodite. do. Reddish. L. Amity, New-York. Chondrodite. do. L. Orange, N.York, do. do. (red) do. do. do. With spinelle. L, Boxborough, Massachusetts, Comptonite, in small transparent crystals. Form a right square prism, with dihedral summits. L. Mouot Vesn- vius. Cupreous Bismuth. LL. Siberia. 9 66 1126. 1127. 1128. 1129. 1130. 1131. iS? . 1133. 1134. 1135. 1136. 1137. 1138. 1139. 1140. 1141. 1142. 1143. 1144. 1145. 1146. 1147. 1148. 1149? 1150. 1151: 1152. 1153. 1154. 1155. 1156. 1157. 1158. 1159. Mineralogical Cabinet. Elaolite. L. Norway. Fahlunite.. L. Sweden. Fibrolite. L. Bellows Falls, Vermont. do. L. Delaware. do. L. Lancaster, Massachusetts. do. L. New-Hampshire. Figure-stone. Agalmatolite. L. India. do. LL. Hungary. Gehlenite. Crystallized, and imbedded in carbonate of lime. L. Fassa, Tyrol. Gibbsite, sialactitical. L. Richmond, Massachusetts. do. Upon haematite. do. do. Upon black haematite. do. Haiiyne, in lava. L. Lake Laach. Humboldtiae. L. Bohemia. Hydrate of Magnesia. LL. Hoboken, New-Jersey. do. do. Indianite, with corundum. LL. Carnatic. Karpholite. L. Schlaggenwald, Bohemia. Killinite. L. Killiney, Ireland. ; Magnesite. Earthy and crystallized. L. Hoboken, New- Jersey. do. Earthy and fibrous. do. do. do. do. do. Fibrous. do. do. Var. Meerchaum. L. Archipelago. do. Pulverulent.. L. Hoboken, New-Jersey. Marmolite, with serpentine. do. do. do. do. Mellilite, with sommite. L. Near Rome. Native Nickel. In capillary crystals. L. Bohemia- Nephrite. L. Smithfield, Rhode Island. do. L. Easton, Pennsylvania. do. do. Nuttallite. L. Bolton, Massachusetts. do. In carbonate of lime. L. Bolton, Massachu- setts. 1169. 1161. 1162. 1163. 1164. 1165. 1166. 1167. 1168. 1169. 1170. 1171. 1172. 1173. 1174. 1175. 1176. 1177. 1178. 1179. 1180. 1181. 1182. 1183. 1184. 1185. 1186. 1187. 1188. 1189. 1190. 1191. 1192. 1193. Mineralogical Cabinet. 67 Orthite. In Feldspar. L. Sweden. Pharmacolite. L. Hessia. Phosphate of Manganese. L. France. do. L. Washington, Connecticut. do. do. Pitchy tron Ore. L. Schneeberg, Saxony. Pinite. L. France. do. L. Lancaster, Massachusetts. Pyrallolite ? In carbonate of lime. L. Bolton, Massachu- setts. do. do. do. do. Saussurite, with smaragdite. L. Corsica. Serpentine (noble.) L. Newburyport, Massachusetts. do. 6 L. Hoboken, New-Jersey. do. s. L. Kellyvale, Vermont. do. L. New-Milford, Connecticut. do. L. Hungary. do. L. Phillipstown, New-York. Sillimanite, in gneiss. L. Saybrook, Connecticut. do. do. do. do. Spherulite, in Pearl-stone. L. Schemnits. Steatite. Crystallized. (Apparently pseudimorphs of quartz.) With a dodecahedral crystal of magnetic iron ore. L. Middlefield, Massachusetts. Steatite, or Soapstone. L. China. do. do. do. L. Saxony. do. L. Vermont. do. Var. Potstone. L. Bolton, Massachusetts. Stilpnosiderite. L. Saxony. Thompsonite, with analcime. L. Scotland. Tin Pyrites. L. St. Agnes, Cornwall. Wavellite. On clay slate. L. Devonshire, England, do. do. do, » do. On grit. L. Bohemia. 68 Mineralogical Cabinet. 1194. Yittrocerite. L. Finbo, Sweden. 1195. Zeagonite, in lava. L. Mount Vesuvius. Minerals which will probably never form distinct species rn the mineral system. 1196. Adhesive slate. L. Menil Montant. 1197. Alum slate. L. Palatinate. 1198. Bituminous Shale. L. Pennsylvania. noes do. L. Enfield, Connecticut. 1200. Bole. Containing calcedony. L. Giants’ Causeway. . 1201. Clay stone. L. Connecticut. 1202. Common clay. White. L. Martha’s Vineyard. 1203. do. Brown. do. 1204. do. Red. do. 1205. do. Yellow. do. 1206. do. Very friable. do. 1207. Drawing slate. L. Pawtucket, Rhode Island. 1208. Fullers’ earth. L. England. 1209. Lithomarge. L. Saxony. 1210. Polishing slate. L. Near Hartford, Connecticut. 1211. Tripoli. L. Unknown. 1212. Umber. L. Cyprus. Minerals not mentioned in Mohs’ system, but which are described in Phillips’ Mineralogy, either as varieties, or distinct species ; and which fall under Class II., or among the list above given. 1213. Clay slate. L. Woodbridge, Connecticut. 1214. do. do. 1215. do. L. Vermont. 1216. do. L. Devonshire, England. 1217. do. L. Vermont. 1218. do. do. 1219. Wacké? with basalt. L. Giant’s Causeway. 1220. Iron clay. L. Connecticut. 1221. Indurated clay. L. New-York. 1222. Shale. With vegetable impressions, L. Rhode Island. 1223. 1224. 1225. 1226. 1227. Mineralogical Cabinet. 69 Rottenstone. L. England. Potters’ clay. L. Sévre, France. Pipe clay. L. Unknown. Loam, or brick clay. L. East Haven. Kollyrite. L. Schemnitz, Hungary. 1228. Lava. L. Mount Vesuvius. 1229. do. do. 1250. do. do. 1231. do. do. 1232. do. do. 1233. do. do. 1234. do. do. 1235. do. do. 1236. do. do. 1237. do. do. 1238. do. do. 1239. do. do. 1240. Clink stone. L. New-Haven, Connecticut. 1241, 1242. 1243. 1244. 1245. 1246. 1247, 1248. Domite. L. Puy de Dome, France. Omphacite. With garnets. L. Bayreuth. Limbilite. With augite and calcedony. _L. Limbourg. Pimelite. {n serpentine. L. Silesia. Nickel ochre. With arsenical cobalt, garnet, hornblende, and galena. L. Chatham, Connecticut. Oxide of Chrome. L. Shetland Isles. Yellow Oxide of Tungsten. With tungstate of lime, in quartz. L. Huntington, Connecticut. Yellow Oxide of Tungsten. L. Huntington, Connecticut. Minerals not mentioned by Phillips or Mohs ; belonging to Class I. 1249. Nemolite. L. Hoboken, New-Jersey. 1250. Cummingtonite. L. Cummington, Massachusetts, 1261. do. do. 1252. do. do. 1253. Brittle Talc-Mica. In schiller spar. This substance has not yet been described. 11 is a mineral related on the 70 1258. 1259. 1260. 1261. 1262. 1263. 1264. 1265. 1266. Mineralogical Cabinet. one hand to mica, and on the other to talc. L. Bland- ford, Massachusetts. Brittle Talc-Mica. L. Blandford, Massachusetts. Dysluite, or Manganesian Spinelle, in octahedral crystals in calcareous-spar. L. Sparta, New-Jersey. . Deweyite. A siliceous hydrate of magnesia. L. Middle- field, Massachusetts. .* * * * * Not yet examined. L. Blandford, Massa- chusetts. CLASS II. ORDER I. RESIN. Genus I. Meticurone-Resu. Sp.1. Pyrimidal Melichrone-Resin. Triv. Mellite. L. Thuringia. In loose octahedra. Genus JJ. Muinenat-Resin. Sp. 1. Yellow Mineral-Resin. 'Triv. Amber. L. Coasts of the Baltic. L. do. Polished. Sp. 2. Black Mineral-Resin. 'Triv. Mineral Oil. Bi- tumen. L. New-York. Naptha from the distillation of mineral oil. . Barbadoes. Var. Barbadoes tar. . Derbyshire. Var. Elastic bitumen. . France? Compact mineral pitch. . Trinidad. Var. Asphalt. . Unkown. Slaty mineral pitch. | ea ell oa 1267. 1268. 1269. 1270. 1271. 1272. 1273. 1274. 1275. 1276. 1277. 1278. 1279. 1280. 1281. 1282. 1283. Mineralogical Cabinet. 71 ORDER Il. COAL. Genus I. Munerat-Coat. Sp. 1. Bituminous Mineral-Coal. L. Hungary. Var. Bituminous wood. L. England. Slaty. L. Virginia. do. = L. England. do. With iron pyrites. L. Pittsburg. do. L. England. Fibrous and columnar. L. Richmond, Virginia. Columnar, and variegated. L. England. Cannel coal. Sp. 2. Non-bituminous Mineral-Coal. Triy. Anthracite. . Portsmouth, Rhode Island. Columnar. L L. Wilkesbarre, Pennsylvania. Compact and iridescent. L. Lehigh, Pennsylvania, Compact. L do. do. L do. do. and tarnished. L. do. do. do. Portsmouth, Rhode Island. Slaty anthracite. APPENDIX TO CLASS III. Retinasphalt. L. Delaware. Fossil copal? L. Owyhee. Minerals accidentally omitted in the Catalogue, and belonging to 1284. 1285. 1286. 1287. 1288. 1289. 1290. Class II. Chabasie. L. New-Haven. do. do. Brown spar. L,. Florida, New-York. Pearl-spar. L. England. Beryl. L. Bowdoinham, Maine. Sahlite. L. Munroe, New-York, From the mass which contained the Barystrontianite. L. Stromness, Orkney. 72 1291. 1292. Mineralogical Cabinet. Flesh colored stilbite. L. Tyrol. Fibrous schorl. L. Bellows Falls, Vermont. 1293. Blue corundum. L. New-Jersey. 1294, 1295. 1296. 1297. 1298. 1299. 1300. 1301. 1302. 1303. 1304. 1305. 1306. 1307. 1308. 1309. 1310. Krokalite. L. Transylvania. Chlorite slate. L. Tyrol. “Petit Sable.” L. Sevre. Black mica. LL. Haddam, Connecticut. Arsenical silver. L. Hartz. Serpentine. L. Saxony. Prase. L. Cumberland, Rhode Island. Pseudimorphous quartz. In small six-sided prisms, termi- nated by trihedral summits. L. Southampton, Massa- chusetts. Axinite, with epidote. L. Dauphine. Sapphire, or blue corundum. L. New-Jersey. Cyanite. L. Connecticut. Staurotide, upon mica slate. L. Maine. Black spinelle, or pleonaste. L. Warwick, New-Jersey. Basalt. L. Ireland. do. do. Nephrite. L. Smithfield, Rhode Island. Axestone. L. New Zealand. PRINTED BY H. HOWE, New-Haven, Conn . r aa |e P ay) 3 alee "ss , 4% a FLT ee dee ' 4 “id Dias sy SOLAR SPOTS. Among the Plates there will he found Diagrams, _ representing the Position and Number of the Souar Spors which were observed from Cape Diamond, in | 1816, 17, and 18, by Mr. Watts—Their accuracy may he relied upon. * |Colums of Basaltre Cota ms f Basa Tite Trap Freenstone L Trap Greenstone ~! fro mm t/t Feet te DV Inchesin Diameter j LAKE SUPERIOR. —_ ei ee 2 eae —_— Ferraugtneous ~S Conglomerate ronons Conglomerate c~) ~ PRY spe GO ee ie Gra nitee Hills ok \ ey ibe a ’ any MER - - NA ihecareg hhh tebe RAS ah _ We: hte Cc A ae oe eS | PY r TrER | SS a as \ ALA aR SH Rouse LN PT EN Ce WC. Ge babes SS 0 Wee a (A.the present entrance of the St Louvres, 72 Wega Ph Bian old outlet clos with sand, = C. the nner OUrlLal & Prmerly the entranee os Of the S? Zours preveows te the formatron of” the outer Ridges pf Sand ae ; ; Cc “« \ A ee tow nett a oi) ~ Shee + See - lp ge on Og ee Be ete ‘ ; fe ES ae ew EN AFB jan D al Hos yf Ce ia at re re Ott ht es SLs uy Cardtlle Heep feock, load Of Labrador os “por euindiGheemiptenecen etidiend + _. , - “ee * oe WI é - . + “> =e 4 = , - “5 a ~ 72 me... . és - “> .* K+ ? a . 5 >. . ‘ i z & - < a ° » > te ‘ Lo) 3 ‘ = _ —ae - 7 . — F ~ — , - ~ ‘ee q * . 5 = hl . A [aren IVS Hough Man, Ele valor and Soclions ke, Of 070 of the points to cre of the Sunallesl Coluwens of Basalt , brought by Cabl2 Camp tell, hp 0 JY Leg, “from Cashe Reef Roch, Henley harbott Chalea tt bay Coast Uf Liatragi. Fg: Jf 2 ae ae Elevation S07 flipten btrdb Y 7 / Stele of the point on tli Ste FLY'S 2? / Zin. 8. alrancalisn.: ; aie : The heeght a Lbs joik te y | : A Jude b7 cfich lhe pracefy appears ees SRS ft 0 al Lhe Stale afypoosile cLtS \ wily. The pare. 4 figs Like 2 Cuts, | ‘\s LLC encavily ab + ptt . Gerth 3 L$- | hernioe-, Syenite Fi g6. PF mane oe \ f ? : 23" > E 4 : ee eee Ree planes ce A Be ay : — AN UNE NVOWSY HK OSSTL QRGANTC Sov take 8 Sohn Lower ¢ unada Dew the water! we ARERMALY —— eS ee « ~ % o, wh oD nas * ‘ * 5 — Yetta 16S 1) Nee GIGMANAU TRL OBIT , PE}. IX Sf Ps Pim bithe SS Soin Lower Canada. Deven the meter atee phon the aprotinin the writers prth den poe, ae sidy ute Bir dbrnetite. upcH felr fA Li 4 /* A f A == \. a { : I s i | ~ A Yb Tp lO% ” 072/, VY JU, 7 07 047 Prt Uf, oe 27 7 7 DD D420 A 4. /y DN \ | 4 1 NN) ) ) SV 42. at Cor a ‘\ = bpp otk e 2s y F a\ dé ul fy Assay —~ f ))% \r cho” atias AMratles s! Ye Teelousac FEN SG NRA Es ay —— is Z2 LF IZ a 1816 | 527-6 Vieo~| 54 O€ ty 2 eka: a , 4 Coal oN" ot Phas x >: Pate ea oh > Wie a 4 ay